• Macron : Le grand « plan eau » qui fait flop

    Face à une sécheresse historique et à la pénurie qui s’annonce pire que celle de l’été dernier, avec des nappes phréatiques très en dessous de leur niveau habituel, Emmanuel Macron sort son « plan eau » : 50 mesures censées prendre le problème à bras le corps, présentées la semaine dernière dans les Alpes. Blast a suivi pendant des semaines sa préparation sous... influence. Enquête et décryptage sur un catalogue de mesures ineffectives dicté par les lobbies.

    Ménager l’attente... Dans le domaine du teasing et des effets d’annonce, Emmanuel Macron est passé maître. Annoncé depuis des semaines et retardé à plusieurs reprises, d’abord prévu début 2023 à l’occasion des « Carrefours de l’eau » organisés chaque année à Rennes, le plan sécheresse du gouvernement avait été remis à plus tard à la demande de l’Elysée. On l’attendait encore le 22 mars dernier lors de la journée mondiale de l’eau, qui offrait une fenêtre de tir idéale. Crise politique oblige, l’affaire avait dû être encore décalée. Et finalement le voilà, présenté jeudi dernier par le chef de l’Etat sur les rives du lac de Serre-Ponçon (Hautes-Alpes).

    En août 2022, la France a chaud. Le soleil (de plomb) cogne, les Français suent et les terres s’assèchent - un phénomène inquiétant, sans revenir jusqu’au cauchemar des incendies dans les Landes. En pleine canicule, les alertes remontées par les élus et les préfets se multipliant, Elisabeth Borne annonce la mise sur orbite d’une « planification écologique » plaçant l’eau au cœur de ses priorités. On sait aujourd’hui que près de 700 villages ou petites villes ont souffert de pénuries d’eau potable, chiffre qui à l’époque avait été minoré. Pendant plusieurs semaines, certaines populations avaient dû être alimentées par des citernes ou de l’eau en bouteille livrée par packs.

    Diagnostics clairement tracés

    Le coup de chaud de l’été 2022 passé, le chantier est lancé opérationnellement le 29 septembre par Christophe Béchu, le ministre de la Transition écologique, et sa secrétaire d’Etat Bérangère Couillard, avec une phase de consultation. Début janvier 2023, les contributions de ces groupes de travail, comme celles des comités de bassin (des instances de concertation à l’échelle locale rassemblant opérateurs, Etat, collectivités, ONG, industriels, agriculteurs et consommateurs), sont présentées à la secrétaire d’Etat dans le cadre du Comité national de l’eau (un organe consultatif placé sous l’autorité du ministère de la Transition).

    De ces travaux et de leurs conclusions remises à Bérangère Couillard se dégagent « des diagnostics clairs et des propositions de solutions », « notamment autour de la REUT (réutilisation des eaux usées traitées) et du développement de la télérelève », se félicite la Fédération professionnelle des entreprises de l’eau (FP2E) dans sa lettre publiée en mars dernier.

    La FP2E fédère 6 entreprises membres dont les multinationales Veolia, Suez et Saur. Ce lobby influent a participé activement à cinq des groupes de travail - sur la gestion des sécheresses, sur les usagers, la sobriété, le grand cycle de l’eau et les pollutions diffuses. L’occasion de pousser ses intérêts. A la sortie de la consultation, la FP2E pointe aussi « les blocages à lever », « relatifs notamment au financement, à la complexité des démarches administratives ou encore à la durée des autorisations ». Des freins « décourageants pour les porteurs de projet », note-t-elle.

    En réalité, cet investissement vient de loin. La FP2E, et avec elle les géants privés de l’eau, pousse ses pions depuis des mois : avant la présidentielle de 2022, ce syndical patronal avait présenté aux candidats son « programme ». Dès lors, tout était dit et la « feuille de route » tracée. Elle n’a pas changé depuis.
    Un gouvernement bien irrigué

    En France, la dernière grande loi sur l’eau date de 2006. Depuis, les effets du changement climatique sur le cycle hydrologique se font sentir, beaucoup plus puissamment et rapidement qu’on ne le pensait il y a encore quelques années. Résultat, l’édifice institutionnel de la gestion de l’eau à la française, qui a vu le jour à l’orée des années soixante, craque de toute part. Pourtant, personne ne veut ouvrir la boîte de Pandore que représenterait nécessairement l’élaboration d’une nouvelle loi. Celle-ci imposerait en effet de mettre au premier rang des discussions la question explosive de l’évolution du modèle agricole productiviste. Un sujet très actuel, le récent week-end de guerre civile dans un champ des Deux-Sèvres en étant une sidérante démonstration, autour de la question des méga-bassines. Et surtout un casus belli pour la FNSEA, très en cour à l’Elysée.

    Le plan présenté en grande pompe par Emmanuel Macron au lendemain de la pénible et interminable séquence sur les retraites a été bien irrigué. Pour parvenir aux 53 mesures qu’il exhibe, on a exhumé tout ce qui trainait au fond des placards depuis des lustres, afin de susciter un effet « waouh ». Ce catalogue ne fera pas illusion bien longtemps, comme on s’en apercevra rapidement, dès cet été. Il est le produit d’un véritable opéra-bouffe qui a vu tous les lobbies intéressés s’atteler dans l’urgence à la rédaction de rapports, de contributions et de propositions dont le contenu laisse dubitatif. Ils s’y sont mis, tous sans exception.

    Cet activisme n’est pas nouveau. C’est même un grand classique qui a débouché jusqu’à présent sur une série de grand-messes pour rien – des Assises en 2018-2019 au Varenne de l’eau du ministère de l’Agriculture en 2021-2022 (qui déroulait le tapis rouge à la FNSEA), avant que l’Académie des technologies ne s’y colle à son tour fin 2022. Une litanie sans rien changer qu’Emmanuel Macron n’a pourtant pas manqué de rappeler la semaine dernière, les énumérant pour s’en féliciter : « dès le mois de septembre, on a tiré les leçons, lancé les travaux, le ministre l’a rappelé, s’appuyant sur ce qui avait été fait dès il y a cinq ans ».
    Un plan « Copytop »

    Pour permettre au président de la République de sortir sa tête de l’eau et marcher sur le lac de Serre-Ponçon, une véritable usine à gaz s’est mise en branle à un train d’enfer. Depuis l’automne dernier, les contributions se sont ainsi empilées les unes sur les autres : mission d’information de la commission des affaires économiques du Sénat, copieux rapport du groupe prospective de la Chambre haute, propositions de la Fédération nationale des collectivités concédantes et régies (FNCCR), du Comité national de l’eau - un organisme baroque, repaire de tous les lobbies, placé sous l’autorité du ministère chargé de la Transition écologique – ou encore, dernières en date, celles d’une autre commission sénatoriale. Sans oublier les 48 propositions du Comité de bassin Seine-Normandie le 3 février, avant l’audition organisée le 15 du même mois par la commission de l’aménagement du territoire et du développement durable du Sénat (encore) !

    Au final, cette bataille d’experts s’est dénouée dans des réunions interministérielles (les « RIM ») opposant classiquement l’écologie, l’agriculture, Bercy, la DGCL du ministère de l’Intérieur, le tout sous la férule de Matignon - dont l’occupante connaît le sujet. « Béchu et Couillard n’y connaissent rien, c’est Borne qui pilote tout depuis le début », confirme une source proche du dossier.

    L’analyse de cette production frénétique de nos collèges d’experts, qui se sont copiés sans vergogne sous l’air du « y’a qu’à-faut qu’on », est édifiante. S’ouvre alors sous nos yeux l’étendue affolante de tout ce qui aurait dû être fait, ne l’a pas été et reste donc à faire - avec les remises en cause drastiques que cela implique.

    Depuis une quinzaine d’années, tous les organismes de recherche impliqués dans la question de l’eau, comme les inspections des administrations centrales, ont publié des centaines de rapports parfaitement informés, qui détaillent par le menu la montée des périls comme les mesures qui devraient être prises pour y faire face. En pure perte. Rien ne change, business as usual.

    Pollutions multiformes, pesticides, irrigation à outrance, imperméabilisation des sols, inondations, sécheresses, recul du trait de côte, chute dramatique de la biodiversité... La réalité est un cauchemar. Et l’élaboration aux forceps de ce nouveau « plan eau » illustre une nouvelle fois, jusqu’à la caricature, la « méthodologie » qui voit rituellement la montagne accoucher d’une souris.

    Que s’est-il passé, au juste ? Ce qui se passe en réalité depuis des lustres. L’affaire se joue en deux temps : l’état des lieux d’abord, puis les propositions. L’état des lieux, la phase 1, s’alimente des centaines de rapports disponibles. Rédigés par des fonctionnaires (IGEDD, CGEEAR, IGF, IGA…) ou par des collaborateurs du Parlement, très généralement compétents, ils renvoient les décisions à prendre au politique. C’est à cette étape, celle des propositions, que les choses se grippent. Pour s’en convaincre, il suffit de confronter pour chacun des rapports, et d’un rapport l’autre, l’état des lieux initial aux « propositions » d’actions élaborées. Le constat est accablant : l’intervention du politique neutralise tout espoir d’améliorer quoi que ce soit.

    Le sénateur et l’éléphant

    Sur le constat tout le monde s’accorde, globalement. A quelques nuances près : la France demeure un pays bien doté, avec des précipitations suffisantes pour répondre à de multiples usages - 32 à 35 milliards de m3 sont prélevés chaque année pour le refroidissement des centrales nucléaires, l’eau potable, l’agriculture, l’alimentation des canaux, l’industrie, etc. Mais les impacts du changement climatique sur le cycle de l’eau se font déjà sentir, y compris dans les bassins plus septentrionaux, provoquant l’eutrophisation des cours d’eau, l’évaporation à un rythme plus rapide et la diminution des pluies en été.

    Et puis, il y a « l’éléphant dans la pièce », selon l’expression du sénateur Renaissance Alain Richard... Co-rapporteur d’un rapport avec Christophe Jarretie (député Modem de Corrèze jusqu’en juin 2022), Alain Richard désigne ici la mobilisation de la ressource pour les besoins agricoles, qui explosent l’été quand il n’y a plus d’eau… D’où les conflits sur l’irrigation et les bassines, qui ont dépassé la côte d’alerte.

    Se prononçant en faveur de la multiplication des retenues, ce même rapport souligne pourtant « une autre limite aux stratégies d’économies d’eau pour l’irrigation agricole » : elle « réside dans la manière dont la marge de manœuvre permise par les économies se trouve redéployée. En améliorant le système d’irrigation, on peut mobiliser davantage d’eau pour les plantes à prélèvement égal. La tentation peut être alors de ne pas réduire les prélèvements mais d’augmenter la surface irriguée. Ce risque est d’autant plus fort qu’avec l’élévation des températures et la modification du régime des précipitations certaines cultures historiquement non irriguées qui n’avaient besoin que de l’eau de pluie, comme la vigne dans le Sud-Ouest, ne doivent désormais leur survie qu’à l’installation de dispositifs d’irrigation. »

    Le 5 février dernier, on a appris que la région Occitanie et six départements du Sud-ouest (Haute-Garonne, Gers, Hautes-Pyrénées, Tarn-et-Garonne, Lot et Landes) venaient de recapitaliser à hauteur de 24 millions d’euros la Compagnie d’aménagement des coteaux de Gascogne (CACG). Spécialisée dans les barrages et les bassines, cette société d’aménagement régional était en quasi faillite. L’an dernier, sa gestion désastreuse a été sévèrement étrillée par la chambre régionale des comptes. Objectif de cette opération de sauvetage de la CACG ? « S’armer face au manque d’eau », notamment en « augmentant la capacité des réserves existantes »…
    Les diktats de la FNSEA

    Dans les débats autour de la crise de l’eau, on parle aussi beaucoup des « solutions fondées sur la nature ». Ça fait écolo à tout crin. « Cela implique d’aller à l’encontre de la tendance à l’artificialisation des sols, de désimperméabiliser, en particulier en milieu urbain, pour favoriser l’infiltration de l’eau de pluie ou encore apporter de la fraîcheur dans les villes lors des pics de chaleur », édicte le rapport de la commission des affaires économiques du Sénat. Problème, on oublie de dire que le principe du « zéro artificialisation nette » a suscité sur le terrain une véritable bronca des élus, de toute obédience, qui ont engagé un bras de fer avec le gouvernement sur le sujet.

    Notre éléphant, celui du sénateur Richard, est lui aussi au cœur des débats. « L’agriculture est le principal consommateur d’eau, indispensable à la pousse des plantes et à l’abreuvement du bétail, relève le Sénat. Mais l’adaptation des pratiques au changement climatique est encore trop lente et la transition vers l’agro-écologie doit être accélérée à travers tous les leviers possibles : formation, aides apportées par le premier ou le deuxième pilier de la politique agricole commune (PAC), recherche appliquée et expérimentation des nouvelles pratiques ».

    Des mesures et solutions de bon sens ? Probablement, sauf que le courant majoritaire de la profession agricole, incarné par la FNSEA, continue à s’opposer avec succès à toute évolution structurelle du modèle productiviste dominant et impose ses diktats à tous les gouvernements. L’actuel ministre de l’Agriculture Marc Fesneau l’a lui-même reconnu à mi-mots dans un récent article de Libération.

    Un autre sujet est lui aussi systématiquement évacué des « solutions ». Il mériterait qu’on y réfléchisse, pour reconsidérer le sujet dans son ensemble : chaque année, pour « équilibrer les fonds publics », l’Etat prélève 300 millions d’euros depuis quinze ans dans les caisses des agences de l’eau. « Les consommations domestiques d’eau potable, sur laquelle les redevances sont assises, sont sollicitées pour financer des domaines de plus en plus variés touchant de plus en plus au grand cycle de l’eau, et de moins en moins à la modernisation des stations d’épuration ou à la modernisation des réseaux de distribution d’eau potable, pourtant vieillissants », pointent ainsi les deux co-présidents du groupe de travail « Redevances des agences de l’eau et atteintes à la biodiversité ».

    En 2022, le duo Richard-Jarretie envisageait de compenser ce manque à gagner par la création d’une nouvelle taxe (assise sur la taxe d’aménagement départementale). Leur proposition de loi, qui aurait dû être adoptée en loi de finance rectificative, sera finalement sèchement rejetée par Bercy.

    La fuite politique

    Autrefois, « l’eau était gérée directement par les maires dans des syndicats intercommunaux à échelle humaine », mais « les regroupements de structures conduisent à dépolitiser l’eau », constate le rapport des deux parlementaires sur la question de la gouvernance. Résultat de cette évolution, « l’eau n’est plus que rarement une question politique débattue lors des campagnes électorales locales ».

    Désormais, « le pouvoir est passé du côté des techniciens. » « La politique de l’eau est dépolitisée et renvoyée à la recherche des meilleurs choix techniques possibles, constatent Jarretie et Richard. Les maires des grandes villes, les présidents des grandes intercommunalités ne siègent plus que rarement dans les organismes chargés de (sa) gestion. Ils y délèguent des élus, certes compétents, mais dont le poids politique propre est minime et qui n’ont pas tellement d’autre choix que de suivre les orientations de la technostructure de l’eau. »

    Parallèlement, cette dépossession d’une question éminemment politique s’accompagne d’une surenchère. Elle concerne la recherche et l’innovation, a priori louables sauf quand elles deviennent le paravent et le prétexte à l’inaction. Depuis une quinzaine d’années, les multinationales Veolia, Suez et Saur mènent avec succès un lobbying opiniâtre pour promouvoir une fuite en avant technologique. Censée apporter des solutions miracles, par exemple pour la réutilisation des eaux usées ou la recharge artificielle des nappes phréatiques, elle contribue en réalité au statu quo, pour ne rien changer aux pratiques délétères qui sont pourtant à l’origine de la dégradation croissante de la qualité de la ressource.

    Face à la production de ce discours et à cette fibre du tout technologique, difficile de résister. Pour deux raisons. « La compréhension des mécanismes de la politique de l’eau, tant dans ses aspects techniques qu’organisationnels est particulièrement ardue », soulignent Alain Richard et Christophe. Certes, « les SDAGE (schéma directeur d’aménagement et de gestion des eaux, ndlr) et les SAGE (schéma d’aménagement et de gestion des eaux, ndlr) sont soumis à l’avis du public. Les dossiers d’autorisation au titre de la loi sur l’eau font l’objet d’enquêtes publiques dont les éléments sont mis à disposition de tous sur les sites Internet des préfectures. Mais seuls quelques « initiés » sont capables de maîtriser les nombreux paramètres en jeu ». Face à cette complexité et au jeu des lobbies, les administrés sont désarmés : « La transparence des procédures ne garantit pas la participation du public et l’appropriation des enjeux à une grande échelle. » Par ailleurs, en matière de gouvernance encore, l’équilibre et les relations national/local ne se soldent pas vraiment en faveur de l’implication des échelons au plus près des administrés.

    Doit-on réfléchir et envisager de décentraliser l’action publique, pour plus d’efficacité ? Un nouveau vœu pieu. La Macronie méprise les 570 000 élus locaux français. Dans la pratique, ce sont désormais les préfets, et surtout les préfets de région, qui ont la haute main sur des politiques publiques revues à l’aune du libéralisme le plus échevelé.

    Un déluge de com

    Le 23 février dernier, Christophe Béchu et Bérangère Couillard présidaient le premier comité d’anticipation et de suivi hydrologique (CASH) de l’année. Objectif affiché ? « Informer les représentants des usagers sur la situation hydrologique actuelle et projetée en anticipation de risques potentiellement significatifs de sécheresse »...

    Pareille langue de bois n’augurait rien de bon, ou plutôt admirablement ce qui allait suivre cet interlude comme quand les deux membres du gouvernement, 24 heures plus tard, expliqueront qu’ils vont décider avec les préfets de mesures de restrictions... « soft ». Le lendemain de cette pseudo-annonce, Le Monde consacre son éditorial aux périls qui menacent, appelant face à l’urgence à la sobriété des usages. Comme un coup de pied à l’âne.

    En ce début d’année 2023, le rouleau compresseur de la com gouvernementale s’emballe. A donner le tournis. La veille de la réunion du CASH, le 22 février sur France Info, le ministre Béchu déclare la France « en état d’alerte ». Le samedi 25 février, en visite au Salon de l’agriculture, Emmanuel Macron en appelle à un « plan de sobriété sur l’eau » et invente les « rétentions collinaires » jusque-là... inconnues.

    Le lundi 27 février, Christophe Béchu, à nouveau, réunit les préfets coordonnateurs de bassin. La semaine suivante, il est en visio avec les 100 préfets de département. Dix jours plus tôt, la troisième mission d’information sénatoriale mobilisée auditionnait des directeurs d’agences de l’eau. En outre, pour tirer les enseignements pratiques de la sécheresse historique de 2022, une mission est confiée aux inspections générales, charge à elles d’établir un retour d’expérience auprès de l’ensemble des acteurs et usagers et de formuler des propositions d’amélioration. La mission, en cours, devrait rendre ses conclusions au 1er trimestre 2023.

    Des « solutions » ineptes

    Cette mise en scène à grand spectacle se distingue principalement... par son inanité : loin de répondre aux enjeux d’une crise systémique, il s’agit en s’appuyant sur des « évidences » (qui n’en sont pas) de « vendre » du vent en agitant des « solutions » (qui n’en sont pas) tout en promouvant une fuite en avant technologique qui elle va rapporter des milliards aux usual suspects du secteur...

    À Savines-le-Lac, dans ses mesures phare, Emmanuel Macron a notamment insisté jeudi dernier sur la nécessité de lutter contre les fuites pour atteindre les objectifs fixés - et « faire 10% d’économie d’eau ». En les réparant ?

    Édifié depuis la moitié du XIXème siècle, le linéaire du réseau français d’adduction d’eau atteint quelque 880 000 kilomètres. Estimé à 1 000 milliards d’euros, ce patrimoine national a été à l’origine largement financé sur fonds publics, avant l’invention de la facture d’eau. Propriété des collectivités locales, son taux de renouvellement est en deçà de ce qu’il devrait être idéalement (1% par an), calé logiquement sur la durée de vie des tuyaux.

    « Parce que tout ça, c’est le fruit de quoi ?, a fait mine de s’interroger Emmanuel Macron la semaine dernière. De sous-investissements historiques. Et pourquoi on se retrouve collectivement dans cette situation ? C’est que pendant très longtemps, on s’est habitué à ne plus investir dans nos réseaux d’eau ».

    Face à cette situation, la loi n° 2010-788 du 12 juillet 2010 (dite loi « Grenelle II ») a introduit deux dispositions : l’obligation tant pour les services d’eau que d’assainissement d’établir pour fin 2013 un descriptif détaillé de leurs réseaux d’une part, et l’obligation pour les services de distribution de définir un plan d’actions dans les deux ans lorsque les pertes d’eau en réseaux sont supérieures au seuil fixé par décret (n° 2012-97 du 27 janvier 2012).

    En clair, si son réseau est excessivement percé, la collectivité sera pénalisée en se voyant imposer un doublement de la redevance « prélèvement » perçue par les agences de l’eau sur les factures des usagers. Par ailleurs, plus « incitatif », la Banque des territoires (Caisse des dépôts et consignations) a ouvert ces dernières années une ligne de crédit de 2 milliards d’euros « [d’]Aquaprêt ». Les collectivités sont donc invitées à s’endetter pour changer leurs tuyaux. Succès mitigé jusqu’à aujourd’hui.

    Pour donner la mesure du problème, il est utile de savoir que changer un kilomètre de tuyau coûte entre 50 000 et 200 000 euros. Depuis trois ans, regroupées sous la bannière « Canalisateurs de France », les entreprises du secteur ont augmenté leurs tarifs de 30 à 40%.

    Autrement dit, une fois ces éléments précisés, aucune progression sensible n’est à attendre sur la question des fuites. Il va donc falloir trouver ailleurs.

    D’autant que si Emmanuel Macron annonce des financements (180 millions d’euros par an « sur nos points noirs), il s’est bien gardé de préciser l’origine de ces fonds (en encadré).

    Les eaux usées, plan juteux des majors

    Devant les élus, face aux Alpes qui le toisaient, le chef de l’Etat a insisté sur une autre mesure forte : il faut « investir massivement dans la réutilisation des eaux usées », a-t-il asséné avec un air entendu.

    Réutiliser les eaux usées ? Encore une fausse bonne idée « frappée au coin du bon sens ». Pour le mesurer et se faire une idée de l’annonce présidentielle, il faut là aussi comprendre de quoi il s’agit. Cette idée est en réalité promue depuis une vingtaine d’années au fil d’un lobbying effréné de Veolia, Suez et de la Saur.

    Concrètement, il existe aujourd’hui à peine 80 unités de « réutilisation des eaux usées traitées » (REUT) dans l’hexagone, pour plus de 22 330 stations d’épuration, de la petite installation qui traite les rejets de quelques centaines d’usagers aux complexes géants implantés dans les métropoles.

    Le traitement des eaux usées n’a pas pour objectif de la rendre potable. Avant d’être traitée, cette eau usée reçoit un prétraitement afin d’éliminer le sable et les autres matières en suspension. Le process consiste ensuite à opérer des filtrations et traitements (mécanique, biologique, physico-chimique…) avant de la rejeter d’une qualité acceptable, fixée par la réglementation, dans le milieu naturel (les lacs, les rivières, la mer, etc).

    L’épuration classique, dite par boue activée, s’inspire du domaine naturel. Plus précisément des rivières, qui développent des boues au sol afin de supprimer la pollution - elle s’en nourrit. Dans une installation traditionnelle, on fournit de l’oxygène à la boue pour satisfaire ses besoins énergétiques et on la laisse se nourrir, avant de la séparer de l’eau traitée à l’aide d’un clarificateur. Les filières les plus modernes peuvent aujourd’hui compter jusqu’à 10 étapes de traitement successives, jusqu’aux ultra-violets (UV).

    Plus coûteux et bien moins répandu, le traitement membranaire repose sur le même principe, mais au lieu d’utiliser un clarificateur les membranes filtrent la liqueur mixte.

    Avec la REUT, il s’agit de mobiliser des traitements complémentaires pour améliorer la qualité de l’eau usée. L’objectif n’est plus de la rejeter dans le milieu naturel mais de l’utiliser pour l’irrigation, l’arrosage des espaces verts, des golfs ou la réalimentation des nappes phréatiques, des captages ou des réserves qui servent à produire de l’eau potable, comme Veolia l’expérimente à grande échelle en Vendée.

    Revers de la médaille, c’est... autant d’eau qui ne revient pas au milieu, qui en a pourtant besoin, les rivières comme les nappes phréatiques, pour le maintien du cycle naturel - sans négliger les inquiétudes suscitées par le contrôle sanitaire des eaux ainsi « réutilisées » par ses usagers. Sur ce terrain, les expérimentations citées en exemples par les défenseurs de l’usage de la REUT pour l’irrigation dans le sud de l’Espagne ou en Italie (jusqu’à 10% des eaux usées y sont retraitées) montrent plutôt le chemin à éviter : les systèmes hydrologiques concernés y ont été gravement dégradés par un recours intensif à la REUT…

    On retrouve ici encore les mêmes à la manœuvre. Car pour Veolia, Suez et Saur, nouveaux usages « non conventionnels » veut dire d’abord et surtout nouvelles filières, nouvelles technologies, donc nouveaux marchés… Ces lobbies ont déjà convaincu le gouvernement qu’il fallait « faire sauter les entraves règlementaires qui pénalisent le développement des projets ». Comme en atteste le décret publié le 11 mars 2022, censé encadrer cette pratique, réputée « incontournable » pour répondre aux tensions qui se font jour sur la disponibilité des ressources en eau.
    Construire des bassines ?

    La question de l’irrigation de l’agriculture est devenue sensible à l’aube des années 2000, dans plusieurs grandes régions françaises - la Charente, le Sud-Ouest, la Beauce, la Picardie, terres d’élection des grandes cultures irriguées. Alors que le changement climatique affecte déjà le cycle hydrologique, la fuite en avant d’un modèle agricole productiviste délétère va dès lors entrer en contradiction avec une gestion soutenable de la ressource en eau.

    L’impasse s’est faite jour dans le courant des années 80 quand l’Etat a considéré que tout prélèvement au-dessus d’un certain seuil devait faire l’objet d’une déclaration à ses services, après avoir délivré des autorisations au coup par coup, sans aucune limite, pendant des décennies. Une situation intenable.

    Chaque été, les préfets d’une vingtaine de départements prennent de manière récurrente des arrêtés sécheresse et 30% du territoire métropolitain est considéré en déficit structurel. « On a une quinzaine de départements, dont les Hautes-Alpes d’ailleurs, qui sont d’ores et déjà placés en vigilance », a rappelé le président de la République la semaine dernière. « On a ensuite une dizaine de départements qui sont d’ores et déjà en alerte ou alerte renforcée dans certaines zones », a-t-il encore ajouté.

    La récente actualité, avec le choc des images de Sainte-Soline, a définitivement popularisé le sujet des grandes bassines. Mais, au juste, qu’est-ce qu’une bassine ? Cet ouvrage de stockage d’eau pour l’irrigation est constitué de plusieurs hectares de bâches en plastique retenues par des remblais de 10 à 15 mètres. Mais il ne se remplit pas avec de l’eau de pluie en hiver : avec une pluviométrie moyenne de 800 mm par an, il faudrait... 15 ans pour la remplir. Elle n’est pas davantage alimentée par de l’eau de ruissellement, comme celle des crues - comme le sont les retenues collinaires. Les bassines sont donc remplies par l’eau des nappes phréatiques, ce à quoi s’opposent les militants mobilisés le 25 mars dernier dans les Deux-Sèvres. Il faut compter 2 mois pour remplir une bassine avec des pompes travaillant à 500m3/H.

    Une fois capturée, l’eau est exposée au soleil, à l’évaporation et à la prolifération bactérienne ou algale. Elle servira alors principalement à irriguer du maïs destiné à nourrir le bétail, dont une bonne partie sera exportée avant que nous réimportions le bétail qui s’en nourrit. On dénombre aujourd’hui une bonne quarantaine de sites avec des grandes bassines (ou des projets) sur le sol national.

    Depuis un demi-siècle, on se débarrassait au printemps de l’eau « excédentaire » pour pouvoir effectuer les semis. On a drainé prairies et zones humides, « rectifié » les rivières pour évacuer l’eau. Ces opérations ont eu pour résultat une diminution des prairies et une augmentation de l’assolement en céréales. Mais à force d’évacuer l’eau, on a commencé à subir les sécheresses et les irrigants ont commencé à pomper l’eau des nappes.

    La loi NOTRe à la poubelle ?

    Comme si ça ne suffisait pas, la loi NOTRe de 2015 - loi phare du mandat Hollande qui avait pour objectif de rationaliser l’organisation des 35 000 services d’eau et d’assainissement français jusqu’alors gérés par les communes, en transférant ces compétences aux intercommunalités - n’a cessé d’être détricotée par les élus locaux qui n’ont jamais accepté d’être privés de leurs prérogatives.

    Après trois premières lois rectificatives, une quatrième offensive est venue du Sénat : la chambre haute examinait le 15 mars une nouvelle proposition de loi qui prévoit que même si les compétences ont déjà été transférées il serait possible de revenir en arrière, même pour les interco ayant procédé à la prise de compétences ! « On ne pourrait rêver pire pour créer un bordel ingérable », soupire un haut responsable de la direction générale des collectivités locals du ministère de l’Intérieur.

    Dans son rapport annuel 2023, la Cour des comptes a posé le dernier clou au cercueil, dans le chapitre qu’elle consacre à la politique de l’eau en France. Conclusion d’une enquête d’ampleur menée avec les treize chambres régionales, le texte n’y va pas de main morte pour dénoncer cette mascarade : « Elle est incohérente [et ] inadaptée aux enjeux de la gestion quantitative de la ressource », fulmine-t-elle. Cette politique, telle qu’elle est menée, souffre de « la complexité et du manque de lisibilité de son organisation », constatent les sages.

    La Cour fustige, les lobbies dansent...

    Exemple ? Près de la moitié des sous-bassins hydrographiques ne sont pas couverts par un schéma d’aménagement et de gestion des eaux (Sage), dont l’élaboration... conditionne pourtant la mise en œuvre concrète des orientations du Sdage.

    « Lorsqu’ils existent, le contenu de ces schémas n’est pas toujours satisfaisant en raison de leur durée moyenne d’élaboration, proche d’une dizaine d’années, de l’ancienneté des données sur lesquelles ils s’appuient et de l’absence d’objectifs de réduction des consommations d’eau », pointent les magistrats financiers. Face à ces constats d’une sévérité sans précédent, la Cour des comptes demande donc de la « clarifier » en suivant mieux la géographie de l’eau et recommande de la (re)structurer autour du périmètre des sous-bassins versants.

    Mais qu’importent ces sombres augures et leurs appels... Le 22 mars, on se réjouissait, c’est bien là l’essentiel : Canalisateurs de France - les marchands de tuyaux qui réclament de 3 à 4 milliards d’euros d’investissements supplémentaires chaque année - organisaient un grand raout : une « matinée de l’eau » avec pour « grand témoin » l’incontournable Erik Orsenna, l’homme... qui se vantait de faire commerce de son entregent dans un portrait criant de vérité publié en 2016 par M le Monde. Le ton était donné.

    Dans ces conditions, après avoir observé pendant des mois ce qui se passait en coulisses, et constaté l’omniprésence de lobbies toujours plus offensifs, on ne pouvait s’attendre qu’au pire à l’annonce du fameux plan eau du gouvernement. A la lecture du document diffusé dans la foulée du discours d’Emmanuel Macron, on doit le dire, on n’a pas été déçu. Entre énièmes déclarations d’intention (jamais suivies d’effets), camouflage du réel, empilement de gadgets ineptes - le baromètre de ceci, le thermomètre de cela... -, le président de la République s’est fait le VRP d’un « plan waouh ». Présenté comme la « modernisation sans précédent de notre politique de l’eau », il tient en réalité du concours Lépine et du catalogue de la Redoute.

    À la sortie, une (seule) chose est acquise : l’été sera chaud. Et l’exercice d’esbroufe ne règlera rien.

    https://www.blast-info.fr/articles/2023/macron-le-grand-plan-eau-qui-fait-flop-lojNnq91RhyU46bCLV9S0w

    #eau #plan_eau #lobbies #Macron #plan #mesures #sécheresse #plan_sécheresse #REUT #réutilisation_des_eaux_usées_traitées #FP2E #télérelève #Veolia #Suez #Saur #lobby #FNCCR #Comité_national_de_l’eau #Comité_de_bassin_Seine-Normandie #RIM #irrigation #bassines #changement_climatique #irrigation_agricole #agriculture #Compagnie_d’aménagement_des_coteaux_de_Gascogne (#CACG) #zéro_artificialisation #dépolitisation #politique #politique_de_l'eau #technostructure #gouvernance #SDAGE #SAGE #schéma_d'aménagement_et_de_gestion_des_eaux #schéma_directeur_d'aménagement_et_de_gestion_des_eaux #politique_publique #libéralisme #comité_d’anticipation_et_de_suivi_hydrologique (#CASH) #inaction #réseau #investissements #sous-investissement #Aquaprêt #collectivités_locales #Canalisateurs_de_France #fuites #eaux_usées #épuration #bassines #nappes_phréatiques #industrie_agro-alimentaire #loi_NOTRe

    –—

    voir aussi :
    https://seenthis.net/messages/997687

  • [La Juriclik] Tout ce que vous avez toujours voulu savoir sur le système de #sécurité_sociale en #belgique
    https://www.radiopanik.org/emissions/la-juriclik/tout-ce-que-vous-avez-toujours-voulu-savoir-sur-le-systeme-de-securite-s

    Au sommaire de cette émission du mois de mars :

    La Belgique possède un des systèmes de sécurité sociale les plus forts en Europe. Et, lorsqu’on grandit au sein de ce système, ce n’est pas toujours facile de réellement prendre la mesure de ce qu’il représente. Il est d’ailleurs de plus en plus souvent remis en question, que ce soit par les politiques ou les citoyens.

    On a donc décidé de prendre un peu de recul et d’expliquer dans les détails à quoi sert notre système de sécu et comment il fonctionne.

    → La sécurité sociale, qu’est-ce que c’est ? La notion de solidarité Les 3 missions de la sécurité sociale Les 4 régimes Les 7 branches qui constituent la sécurité sociale Le principe de #financement

    → Le système des #allocations_familiales

    → Le #chômage

    → Les soins de santé

    → Les (...)

    #citoyenneté #santé #bruxelles #impôts #société #solidarité #cpas #pensions #cotisations_sociales #état_belge #congés_payés #soins_de_santé #vacances_annuelles #aide_sociale #société_belge #aide #rôle_de_l'état #citoyenneté,santé,bruxelles,belgique,chômage,impôts,société,solidarité,cpas,pensions,financement,allocations_familiales,cotisations_sociales,état_belge,congés_payés,soins_de_santé,vacances_annuelles,sécurité_sociale,aide_sociale,société_belge,aide,rôle_de_l’état
    https://www.radiopanik.org/media/sounds/la-juriclik/tout-ce-que-vous-avez-toujours-voulu-savoir-sur-le-systeme-de-securite-s

  • Hanna Lakomy : „Ich habe Freier, die mich von meinem Job erlösen wollen“
    https://www.berliner-zeitung.de/kultur-vergnuegen/kolumne-von-hanna-lakomy-ich-habe-freier-die-mich-von-meinem-job-er

    La prostituée et journaliste Hanna Lakomy nous fournit une analyse dialectique des motivations contradictoires de ses clients. C’est un texte exceptionnel parce qu’il réunit des observations de première main et une réflexion conséquente qui n’a pas lieu dans la majorité des textes sur la prostitution.

    2.4.2023 von Hanna Lakomy - Das menschliche Phänomen, an dessen Beschreibung ich mich hier wage, ist kein neues. Nur hat unsere Öffentlichkeit, glaube ich, keinen klaren Begriff davon. Das liegt daran, dass die meisten Menschen solche Exemplare unserer Gattung zwar kennen, oder sogar selbst sind – aber eben nichts davon wissen, weil sie nicht das Privileg haben, die Welt durch die Augen einer Prostituierten zu betrachten.

    Es geht um Menschen, die als Kunden zu Prostituierten gehen – aber unsereins dafür verachten. Ja, ganz richtig: Sie sind unwiderstehlich angezogen von uns und dem, was sie von uns erheischen, aber sie hassen uns dafür. Und sinnen auf Rache. Oder sie leugnen einfach hartnäckig die Realität unseres Gewerbes: Es sind die Freier wider Willen, die unfreien Freier. Ich taufe sie einfach: die Unfreier.

    Ein Unfreier

    Es kann nicht ausbleiben, dass ich ein konkretes Beispiel anführe. Sonst wird es zu abstrakt, und außerdem hat ja auch die Leserschaft ihre Bedürfnisse, die ich befriedigen möchte. Und das, obwohl ich weiß, dass auch einige meiner liebsten Stammkunden die Berliner Zeitung lesen. Doch wie immer in solchen Fällen beuge ich einer Klage wegen Persönlichkeitsrechtsverletzung vor, indem ich mich des Mittels der Verfremdung bediene. Wer immer bangt, sich gemeint zu fühlen, dem sei gesagt: Nein, du doch nicht, mein Lieber. Es ist ja nicht nur ein Einzelner, den ich meine, sondern ein Phantasiegeschöpf, das aus mindestens dreien oder vieren von euch besteht.

    Sagen wir, er sei Ende vierzig. Verheiratet, deutsch und christlich von Konfession. Zugleich aber durchaus alternativ, Vertreter eines modernen Glaubens mit schmissigen Gottesdiensten, umweltbewusst, und überhaupt ein mustergültiger Staatsbürger. Er ist selbstverständlich Spender von Organen und von regelmäßigen Summen an diverse gemeinnützige Organisationen, und er hätte auch gern Flüchtlinge aus der Ukraine aufgenommen, aber es scheiterte an den Behörden. Er erzieht seine Kinder antiautoritär und nimmt der Frau gefühlt die Hälfte der Hausarbeit ab. Er ist nicht reich, denn er wollte für seine Eltern nur das teuerste Pflegeheim, und seine Kinder gehen natürlich auf Privatschulen. Und dann ist da noch das süße Patenkind aus einem Kinderhilfsprojekt in Afrika. Er hat es mit der ganzen Familie gemeinsam ausgesucht. Er zeigt mir Fotos auf seinem iPhone, um auch von mir zu hören, wie süß es ist.

    Ein Mann, der so idealistisch ist, der kann natürlich nicht so sein wie „die anderen Männer, die du so triffst“.

    Dieses Klischee hat er im Kopf. Das von den anderen Freiern, die natürlich reicher, aber auch unmoralischer sind als er. Denn er ist ein hochmoralischer Mensch, das wird er nicht müde zu erklären. Aber ab und zu brauche halt auch jemand wie er mal „Urlaub für die Seele, oder eine sinnliche Auszeit“ – man merkt, dass er sich diese Formulierungen zurechtgelegt hat. Er kommt zu meinesgleichen, um sich als erstes ausführlich zu rechtfertigen.

    Aber dann stockt er. Natürlich tut er das. Eine erfahrene Prostituierte weiß, was normalerweise geschieht, nachdem all diese unbezwingbaren Argumente vorgetragen wurden. Sie hört der Moralpredigt geduldig zu und lächelt süß. Nickt verständnisvoll. Oh ja, wir verstehen das doch, wir machen ihm keine Vorwürfe! Wir sind empathisch. Wir spüren, wie unwohl so einer sich fühlt in seiner Haut. Es ist unser Beruf, ihm darüber hinwegzuhelfen, das Eis zu brechen. Fast jeder neue Kunde ist zunächst unsicher und verklemmt und auf die falsche Weise steif.

    Nur mit dieser besonderen Spezies ist es anders. Es ist mehr als Unbeholfenheit. In ihrer Nähe, unter ihrem Blick spüre ich die Spannung: Das wird ein hartes Stück Arbeit. Dieser Vorwurf in seinem Blick, diese Gekränktheit. Um seine Mundwinkel spielt ein trotziger Zug von Verzweiflung. Man fühlt sich paradoxerweise dazu bewegt, sich bei dem Mann zu entschuldigen. Doch wofür? Er wusste doch, wen er aufsucht, als er sich mit einer Hure zum Stelldichein verabredete. Will er etwa über den Preis verhandeln? Weil das Hotelzimmer schon zu kostspielig für ihn ist? Nein, das ist es nicht, und die Erwähnung empört ihn zutiefst. Nein, so einer sei er nicht, ein Mann, der um den Preis eines Frauenkörpers feilscht, wie um eine Ware.

    Dass es nicht der Körper ist, den er bezahlt, erwähnen wir manchmal, aber meist vergeblich. Er wird so oder so immer wieder darauf zurückkommen, uns vorzuwerfen, dass wir unseren „Körper verkaufen“.

    Er besteht darauf, besser zu sein als meine sonstigen Kunden. Denn er geht davon aus, dass Männer, die zu Prostituierten gehen, Schweine sind. Er glaubt übrigens auch, dass ich jeden Kunden annehmen muss, wenn der nur zahlt. Er lässt es sich nicht ausreden, dass mein Job eine Qual ist, er aber meine Erlösung in Person. Und er ist schwerstens gekränkt von meiner Undankbarkeit. Weiß ich denn nicht, was ich für ein Glück habe, dass er es heute ist?

    „Es fällt dir wohl schwer, dich zu öffnen! Nähe zuzulassen! Wer weiß, was für schwere Verletzungen deine Seele erlitten hat, wahrscheinlich in deiner Kindheit.“

    Immerhin wirkt dann der gewisse karitative Kick. Es baut sich eine heroische Erektion auf.

    Ich zahle nicht für Sex!

    Es ist nicht immer klar, ob die Zahlungsunwilligkeit mit Geldmangel begründet ist. Aber wenn das Begehren stark ist und sie frustriert sind von der Unerfüllbarkeit ihres Liebeswunsches, dann fällt ihnen ein, dass es ja gar nicht anständig ist, sich zu prostituieren. Eine Frau sollte so etwas nicht tun. Es ist ganz falsch, dass wir auf Bezahlung bestehen. Wenn wir moralisch handeln würden, dann würden wir auf Sex gegen Geld verzichten. Sonst nehmen sie sich das Recht heraus, uns moralisch zu verurteilen.

    Das Problem liegt aber viel tiefer: Es kränkt sie, dass ausgerechnet sie für ihr nur allzu berechtigtes Bedürfnis nach Urlaub für die Seele bezahlen müssen. Dass ich ihnen den nicht gratis gewähre, jetzt wo ich sehe, wer sie sind. Wo sie doch so einen guten Charakter haben. Mit ihnen, da müsste ich doch freiwillig schlafen wollen.

    Die Selbstverachtung des Freiers ist das Spiegelbild der Hurenverachtung, des Hurenhasses. Huren dürfte es in ihrer Welt eigentlich gar nicht geben. Unsere Art zu leben ist falsch (aber sie verzeihen uns). Keine Frau, glauben sie, sei freiwillig Hure, denn Hure sein bedeutet, die Menschenwürde zu verlieren. Sie verstehen nicht, dass Prostitution auch Selbstbestimmung bedeuten kann. Sie glauben, dass die Selbstbestimmung einer Frau immer nur in die romantische, monogame Paarbeziehung führt. Dass es die tiefste Bestimmung der Frau ist, aufzugehen in der Partnerschaft und Mutterschaft. Ihr Leben der Liebe der Familie zu widmen – natürlich auch als nebenbei berufstätige, vielseitig interessierte Frau, die ihrem Mann dadurch eine ebenbürtige Gesprächspartnerin ist und ihn auch mental unterstützt.

    Eine Prostituierte aber, die keinen Partner findet, das arme Ding, weil man sie sozial ächtet, oder weil sie vielleicht irgendeinen Schaden hat, der sie daran hindert, ihre wahren (monogamen) Gefühle zu leben, wird statt zum Eigentum eines einzelnen Partners zum öffentlichen Eigentum – das uralte Besitzdenken des Patriarchats: Wenn die Frau keinem Mann gehört, dann liegen eben ungeklärte Eigentumsverhältnisse vor.

    Aber nun sind sie ja gekommen, um mich zu retten. Halleluja: Sie verachten mich nicht wie die anderen für mein Gewerbe (denken sie). Sie wollen mir zeigen, wie das ist, wenn man „beim Sex etwas fühlt“. Sie wollen mir das „taube Gefühl von der Haut küssen“. Bei solchen Worten suchen sich dann bereits Augen und Finger meines Retters den uralten Weg des Fleisches, das stark ist, wenn der Geist so schwach ist. Und einmal mehr ist er irritiert von meinem belustigten, eiskalten Blick.

    Aus einem Brief des Magnifico Marco Venier an Veronica Franco, die berühmteste Kurtisane Venedigs im Cinquecento:

    Ma com´esser può mai che, dentro al lato molle, il bianco gentil vostro bel petto chiuda sí duro cor e sí spietato?

    Jedoch, wie kann es sein, dass dieser weiche Leib, die weiße, sanfte Brust umschließt ein Herz so hart und gnadenlos?

    Das kommt unsereins ja so bekannt vor! Der wortgewandte, eitle, zahlungsunwillige Liebhaber beleidigt in schmeichelhaften Worten die Kurtisane als Kurtisane, als Frau, die Geld verlangt für ihre Zuwendung. Er geht zu einer Prostituierten und beschwert sich, dass sie Prostituierte ist. Nicht, dass er sie dann zur Frau nehmen und wirtschaftlich absichern würde. Keiner der beiden Parteien käme so etwas in den Sinn. Nein, er will einfach nur Gratissex, weil er sich für etwas Besseres hält als ihre übrigen Kunden – in Veronicas Fall Fürsten und Kardinäle, die Elite der Renaissance. Und alle diese Herren zahlen. Was Herr Marco sehr wohl weiß. Doch er verlangt eine Ausnahme für sich selbst, allein deshalb, weil er angeblich so sehr für sie schwärmt – oder sich zumindest sehr eloquent ausdrücken kann in diesem elend langen, der Nachwelt erhaltenen Brief.

    Veronicas Antwort ist nicht weniger eloquent, nur weniger gespreizt. Sie verblüfft durch ihre schlichte Klarsicht. Hier ist die Stelle, mit der sie den Magnaten auf seinen Platz verweist. Eine Antwort, die Tausenden von heutigen Kolleginnen, auch mir, aus dem Herzen spricht, heute wie vor fünfhundert Jahren:

    Piú mi giovi con fatti, e men mi lodi, e, dov´è in ciò la vostra cortesia soverchia, si comparta in altri modi.

    Dient mehr mit baren Fakten mir und weniger mit Lobpreis, und wo vor Höflichkeit Ihr schier wollt überwältigt sein, vergeltet sie auf andre Weise mir.

    Wie mein Beruf als prominente Hure mich zur Relativistin gemacht hat
    Differenzierung

    Es gibt zwei Sorten Unfreier: diejenigen, die vorwiegend von ihrer Libido getrieben sind, und dann die Liebeskasper, Liebesnarren.

    Letztere suchen nach Liebe, nach Gefühlsbindung, nicht nach Sex: Ich will keinen Sex, ich will dich in mich verliebt machen. Sie sind in Sachen Paarbeziehung unerfahren oder tief verletzt. Da ist eine unendliche emotionale Bedürftigkeit, die kein noch so intensiver Sex stillen kann. Im Gegenteil, das Bindungsbedürfnis wird dadurch nur noch stärker. Sie verwechseln körperliche Zuwendung mit Gegenliebe, und zwar ausnahmslos und trotz ihrer meist hohen Intelligenz. Der Zauber der Sinnlichkeit ist das Heroin der Romantiker. Verloren, wer es anrührt. Oft findet sich bei ihnen ein tiefer Mangel an mütterlicher Zuwendung, an dem sie ein Leben lang leiden, und für den sie jedes weibliche Wesen in Beugehaft nehmen wollen, das sie am unverhüllten Busen ruhen lässt. In ihren klaren Momenten bitten sie explizit um das Vorspielen einer Paarbeziehung. Aber wenn man es ihnen dann gekonnt vorspielt, bleiben sie misstrauisch, sie wollen halt doch keine Illusionen, sie wollen Garantien, die es so oder so nie geben kann. Sie stellen sich sexuell bedürfnislos, in passiver Aggressivität, oder aber sie rechnen mir vor, wie wenig ich tue im Bett, und dass ich alles ihnen überlasse. Oft geht es dabei vor allem um Küsse. Sie bekommen kategorisch zu wenig Küsse. Sie sind hoffnungslos, aber süchtig. Was sie dennoch treibt, wenn sie meinesgleichen als treue Stammkunden immer wieder aufsuchen, ist etwas ganz anderes. Letztendlich wollen sie sich durch uns selbst verletzen, sich mit uns bestrafen für ihre falsche Hoffnung.

    Der Liebesnarr ist bedauernswert, aber nicht ungefährlich. Er duldet keine innere Distanz, er überschreitet jede ihm gesetzte Grenze, er ist penetrant und ohne jede Einsicht. Er laugt aus, er ist ein Vampir, der nur vom Leben anderer lebt und an ihnen schmarotzen muss, um seine innere Kälte zu bekämpfen. Gibt man ihm einmal nach, will er immer mehr und mehr. Er will alles. Er will mehr als alles. Es spielt für ihn auch keine Rolle, dass ich außer ihm noch andere Kunden habe. Er erkennt diese Realität gar nicht an. Denn mein Leben jenseits von ihm blendet er aus. Er bezieht alles auf sich, betrachtet sich als mein Schicksal. Die Regel, dass er für die Zeit bezahlen muss und dass er nur einer von vielen ist, begreift er nur als eine infame, boshafte Idee von mir, langfristig geplant eigens zu dem prophetischen Zweck, ihn persönlich zu erniedrigen.

    Die andere Sorte Unfreier, die verklemmten Perversen, sind etwas derberer Natur. Sie sind weniger zartfühlend und realistischer. Sie kommen nicht mit wahnhaft leuchtenden Augen, sondern mit gefurchter Stirne, in sich gebückt, verdruckst. Anders als die traurigen Romantiker können sie schmeicheln und beleidigen im Wechsel. Sie können winselnde Bettler und dreiste Erpresser sein. Ihr Trieb macht sie unbeherrscht in der Wahl ihrer Mittel, das zu bekommen, was sie wollen. Etwas, das – in ihren Augen – abstoßend ist und schambesetzt.

    Anders als der Liebesnarr, der in seinem Wahnsinn mit sich im Reinen und dessen Verfassung sehr stabil und dauerhaft ist, handelt es sich bei verklemmten Perversen um Menschen im Ausnahmezustand. Es sind Menschen, die neben sich stehen. Sie wollen das nicht wollen, was sie wollen. Aber der verbotene Fetisch ist übermächtig. Sie wären nicht gekommen, hätten sich nicht, nach wer weiß wie langen inneren Quälereien, auf den Weg zu mir gemacht, wenn es da nicht ein Etwas gäbe, das stärker ist als die innere Regierungserklärung. Dieser dunkler Trieb, der mir selbst fremd ist, da ich so tiefe Leidenschaft nicht empfinden kann aufgrund meiner faden Tabulosigkeit. Es lauert bei dieser Sorte Mensch wohl immer unter der Oberfläche des Bewusstseins. Die innere Leere eines toten Moralismus lässt viel Raum für das Unaussprechliche. Unaussprechlich für sie – leicht zu erraten für mich, zwischen den Zeilen. Man drehe ihnen die Worte im Munde um, drehe sie herum und herum wie den Schlüssel im Schloss. Und schon öffnet sich die Tür, in ihrem Falle: eine Falltür.

    Ein Sturz in den Abgrund, endlich. Das Abwerfen der Bürde der Würde. „Urlaub für die Seele.“ Eine gequälte Ekstase, die so befremdlich ist wie anrührend. Sie sind so verletzlich ohne den Schutz ihres Selbstwertgefühls. Sie erleben einen Gesichtsverlust: ohne Gesicht sein dürfen, mit verbundenen Augen etwa, oder mit einer Schweinsmaske. „Eine sinnliche Auszeit.“

    Und dann das schlechte Gewissen. Das Sich-winden, die Scham, das Sich-nicht-anschauen-können im Spiegel. Die Schuld und die Schuldzuweisung.

    Meine früheren Kolleginnen im Bordell, dem Bordell meines Vertrauens, hatten in ihrer Weisheit einen speziellen Begriff für diese Spezies: Grillschnecken. Grillschnecken? Wie diese Dinger für die Grillparty? Genau. Wie grölten sie lachend, unisono:

    Er kann sich ringeln wie er will, er kann sich kringeln wie er will, er ist doch nur ein Würstchen und will auf den Grill!

    Beide Sorten Unfreier haben eines gemeinsam: Sie können nicht akzeptieren, dass eine Hure als Hure Respekt verdient. Sie hassen unsere geistige Überlegenheit. Und doch sind sie von Frauen wie uns ein Leben lang abhängig.

    Unfreier sind notorische Verräter an ihrer eigenen Lust, Verräter an der Intimität, die wir Huren mit ihnen teilen. Das Freierstigma, das sich mit schöner Regelmäßigkeit auch in den Medien als Schrei nach Freierbestrafung manifestiert, haben auch die Männer verinnerlicht, die es zu Prostituierten treibt. Und das sittliche Verbot steigert das Bedürfnis. Den seelischen Druck, der sich aufbaut. Unsere Schamgesellschaft ist die Ursache, dass gerade wohlmeinende, ethische Menschen diese geistigen Verrenkungen machen, weil sie ihre körperlichen und seelischen Bedürfnisse nicht in Einklang bringen können mit den allgemeinen Moralvorstellungen.

    Wer unter einem Stigma lebt, wird nicht nur verachtet. Er hat auch seinerseits gelernt, andere zu verachten. Und er sinnt auf Rache. Es gibt einen fatalen Zusammenhang zwischen Lust und Straflust, strafbarer Lust und der Lust, andere stellvertretend für die eigene Schuld zu bestrafen.

    Die Zeiten, in denen Prostituierte so souverän mit männlicher Eitelkeit spielen dürfen wie Veronica Franco dereinst, sind historisch meist von kurzer Dauer. Die außergewöhnliche Freiheit der Kurtisanen des frühen Cinquecento wurde nach der Hälfte des Jahrhunderts abgelöst durch ein neues Zeitalter der Moral. Die katholische Kirche, deren Prachtentfaltung am päpstlichen Hof so lange der gesellschaftliche Freiraum für die Unabhängigkeit kluger Frauen gewesen war, musste auf das Phänomen Luther reagieren. Dessen herausfordernder Vorwurf ihre moralische Autorität in Frage stellte. Man musste plötzlich beweisen, dass man frommer war als die anmaßenden Protestanten. Und vice versa! Von allen Todsünden, mit denen der Klerus sich beladen hatte, wurde ökonomischerweise die Wollust auserkoren, um nun demonstrativ gegeißelt zu werden, und das sechste Gebot wurde aufgerichtet zum gebotensten aller Gebote. Die beiden religiösen Lager überboten sich im frömmelnden Eifer. Die Hexenverfolgung nahte. Wo die Sinnlichkeit nicht zu ihrem Recht kommt, triumphiert die Gewalt. Und ich blicke mit wachsender Besorgnis der Mitte dieses Jahrhunderts entgegen.

    Totem und Tabu
    https://de.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Totem_und_Tabu

    Grundlage der Zwangsneurose ist der Gegensatz von Trieblust und Verbot. Der Lust, vor allem der Berührungslust an den Geschlechtsorganen, trat von außen das Verbot gegenüber, die Berührung auszuführen. Dem Verbot gelang es jedoch nicht, den Trieb aufzuheben; der Erfolg des Verbots bestand nur darin, die Lust ins Unbewusste zu verdrängen. Der Gegensatz von Lust und Verbot besteht also fort, und dies führt dazu, dass die Handlungen gegenüber dem Objekt ambivalent sind. Eine bestimmte Aktion, etwa eine bestimmte Berührung, bietet den höchsten Genuss und soll deshalb immer wieder ausgeführt werden; aufgrund des Verbots wird diese Handlung jedoch zugleich verabscheut. Das Verbot ist bewusst, die fortgesetzte Lust hingegen unbewusst. Seine Stärke – seinen Zwangscharakter – verdankt das Verbot gerade der Beziehung zur unbewussten Lust. „Wo ein Verbot vorliegt, muß ein Begehren dahinter sein“

    #sexualité #capitalisme #prostitution #histoire #psychologie #caractère_obsessionnel

  • Turquie  : le séisme du 6 février, la souffrance des populations et les profits à venir
    https://mensuel.lutte-ouvriere.org/2023/04/02/turquie-le-seisme-du-6-fevrier-la-souffrance-des-populations (le mensuel Lutte de classe, 8 mars 2023)

    Après le séisme catastrophique du 6 février dans le sud de la Turquie et le nord de la #Syrie, nous publions ici une traduction des articles de nos camarades de Sınıf Mücadelesi (#Turquie – UCI).

    Le gouvernement AKP, et tous les profiteurs dont il est le plus ardent défenseur, portent une grande responsabilité dans la catastrophe provoquée par le séisme du 6 février et les secousses qui l’ont suivi, dont les conséquences se feront sentir pendant des mois, voire des années.

    Tout ce qui s’est produit lors du tremblement de terre de 1999 se reproduit aujourd’hui à plus vaste échelle. Tout ce qu’Erdogan critiquait à l’époque s’est reproduit, car il a lui aussi suivi la loi du profit. C’est #Erdogan lui-même qui a modulé l’application de la loi promulguée en 2000, qui était censée garantir des constructions résistantes aux tremblements de terre. Après 2011, pour les provinces situées en zone sismique, il a promulgué des lois assouplissant les contrôles au profit des promoteurs. Le contrôle était presque laissé à leurs soins et des permis ou des certificats de conformité leur étaient délivrés moyennant paiement, pratiquement sans condition. Cela a ouvert la voie à une construction non réglementée et non contrôlée, menée par des entrepreneurs qui étaient des cadres à tous les niveaux du parti AKP ou ses administrateurs dans les municipalités.

    Des destructions aggravées par le système politique

    Les conséquences du #séisme sur l’économie

    785 milliards de livres de dette

    39 % des bâtiments hors de la réglementation

    La situation de la classe ouvrière

    #tremblement_de_terre #capitalisme

  • ★ Yuval Dag refuse de s’enrôler dans le service militaire obligatoire - Revue libertaire Divergences

    "Voilà sa déclaration :

    « Aujourd’hui, plus que jamais, le grand public se rend compte à quel point Israël et sa politique sont étroitement liés à la violence et à l’occupation des territoires palestiniens. [....] La résistance commence tout d’abord par l’introspection et la compréhension. Comprendre qu’en portant un uniforme et les symboles d’un certain corps, on choisit de représenter ce corps. Comprendre que l’enrôlement dans l’armée est un choix politique, et que sa signification est de soutenir l’agenda militaire et politique, et d’y prendre part. [....] Je refuse de donner mon corps et ma vie à n’importe quel système, pour n’importe quel pays, et dans la situation actuelle, surtout pas à l’État d’Israël et à l’armée israélienne. »

    Partagez la déclaration de refus de Yuval sur Facebook avec vos amis et votre famille (...)"

    #Israel #Palestine #servicemilitaire #Tsahal #antimilitarisme #Paix #Refuznik #ObjectionDeConscience #Solidarité

    ⏩ Lire le texte complet…

    ▶️ https://divergences.be/spip.php?article3639

    israel3-2.jpg (482×800)

  • Rinchiusi e sedati: l’abuso quotidiano di psicofarmaci nei Cpr italiani

    Nei #Centri_di_permanenza_per_il_rimpatrio le persone ristrette vengono “tenute buone” tramite un uso dei medicinali arbitrario, eccessivo e non focalizzato sulla presa in carico. Dati inediti mostrano la gravità del fenomeno. Da Milano a Roma

    “Mentre sono addormentati o storditi, le loro richieste diminuiscono: così le persone trattenute nel Centro di permanenza per il rimpatrio (Cpr) non mangiano, non fanno ‘casino’, vengono rimpatriate e non pretendono i propri diritti. E soprattutto l’ente gestore risparmia, perché gli psicofarmaci costano poco. Il cibo e una persona ‘attiva’, invece, molto di più”. Il racconto di Matteo, nome di fantasia di un operatore che ha lavorato diversi mesi in un Cpr, è confermato da dati inediti ottenuti da Altreconomia e che fotografano un utilizzo elevatissimo di questi farmaci all’interno dei centri di tutta Italia. Una “macchina per le espulsioni” -dove “l’essere umano scompare e restano solo i soldi”, racconta Matteo- a cui il Governo Meloni non vuole rinunciare. Nell’ultima legge di Bilancio sono stati previsti più di 42,5 milioni di euro per l’ampliamento entro il 2025 della rete dei nove Cpr già attivi e il nuovo decreto sull’immigrazione licenziato a marzo 2023, appena dopo i fatti di Cutro, prevede procedure semplificate per la costruzione di nuove strutture, con l’obiettivo di realizzarne almeno una per Regione. Questo nonostante le percentuali dei rimpatri a seguito del trattenimento siano bassissime mentre incalcolabile è il prezzo pagato in termini di salute dalle oltre cinquemila persone che nel 2021 sono transitate nei centri.

    Per confrontare i dati ottenuti sulla spesa in farmaci effettuata dagli enti gestori delle strutture, abbiamo chiesto le stesse informazioni al Centro salute immigrati (Isi) di Vercelli, il servizio delle Asl che in Piemonte prende in carico le persone senza regolare permesso di soggiorno (non iscrivili quindi al sistema sanitario nazionale) e segue una popolazione simile a quella dei trattenuti del Cpr anche per età (15-45 anni), provenienza e condizione di “irregolarità”. A Vercelli la spesa in psicofarmaci rappresenta lo 0,6% del totale: al Cpr di via Corelli a Milano, invece, questa cifra è 160 volte più alta (il 64%), al “Brunelleschi” di Torino 110 (44%), a Roma 127,5 (51%), a Caltanissetta Pian del Lago 30 (12%) e a Macomer 25 (10%).

    Numeri problematici non solo per l’incidenza degli psicofarmaci sul totale ma anche per la tipologia, all’interno di una filiera difficile da ricostruire e che coinvolge tre attori: l’azienda sanitaria locale, la prefettura e l’ente gestore a cui è affidata, tramite bando, la gestione del centro. “A differenza della realtà carceraria, nel Cpr la cura della salute non è affidata a medici e figure specialistiche che lavorano per il sistema sanitario nazionale, bensì al personale assunto dagli enti gestori il cui ruolo di monitoraggio si è dimostrato carente, se non assente”, spiega Nicola Cocco, medico ed esperto di detenzione amministrativa.

    Grazie ai dati raccolti dall’Associazione per gli studi giuridici sull’immigrazione (Asgi) e dall’associazione di volontariato Naga relativi ai farmaci acquistati per il Cpr di Milano tra ottobre 2021 e febbraio 2022, sappiamo però che in cinque mesi la spesa in psicofarmaci è superiore al 60% del totale, di cui oltre la metà ha riguardato il Rivotril (196 scatole): farmaco autorizzato dall’Agenzia italiana del farmaco (Aifa) come antiepilettico ma usato ampiamente come sedativo.

    Nel primo caso necessiterebbe una prescrizione ad hoc ma le visite psichiatriche effettuate alle persone trattenute nei mesi che vanno da ottobre 2021 a dicembre 2022 sono solo otto. In alternativa, un utilizzo del farmaco diverso rispetto a quello per cui è stato autorizzato dovrebbe avvenire solo previo consenso informato della persona a cui viene somministrato. “Chiedevano a me, operatore, di darlo, ma io mi rifiutavo perché non potevo farlo, non sono né un medico né un infermiere: i più giovani non sanno neanche che cosa sia questo medicinale ma no, non ho mai visto nessuna acquisizione del consenso”, racconta Matteo. A Torino la spesa in Clonazepam (Rivotril) dal 2017 al 2019 è di 3.348 euro, quasi il 15% del totale (22.128 euro) mentre a Caltanissetta tra il 2021 e il 2022 sappiamo che sono state acquistate 57.040 compresse: 21.300 solo nel 2021, a fronte di 574 persone trattenute. Significa mediamente 37 a testa. “L’utilizzo degli psicofarmaci all’interno dei Cpr è troppo spesso arbitrario, eccessivo e non focalizzato sulla presa in carico e sulla cura degli individui trattenuti, concorrendo ad aggravare la patogenicità di questi luoghi di detenzione”, osserva Cocco.

    Si registra inoltre un elevato consumo di derivati delle benzodiazepine, che dovrebbero essere utilizzate quando i disturbi d’ansia o insonnia sono gravi. A Roma in tre anni (2019, 2020 e 2021) sono state acquistate 3.480 compresse di Tavor su un totale di 2.812 trattenuti, cui si aggiungono, tra gli altri, 270 flaconi di Tranquirit da 20 millilitri e 185 fiale intramuscolo di Valium. Gli stessi farmaci li ritroviamo a Caltanissetta: 2.180 pastiglie di Tavor (più 29 fiale) tra il 2021 e il 2022; Zoloft (antidepressivo, 180 compresse); Valium e Bromazepam. Simile la situazione a Milano: tra ottobre 2021 e febbraio 2022 sono state acquistate, tra le altre, 27 scatole di Diazepam e 32 di Zoloft. Una “misura” del malessere che si vive nei centri è dato anche dall’alta spesa in paracetamolo, antidolorifici, gastroprotettori e farmaci per dolori intestinali. Un esempio su tutti: a Roma, in cinque anni, sono state acquistate 154.500 compresse di Buscopan su un totale di 4.200 persone transitate. In media, 36 pastiglie a testa quando un ciclo “normale” ne prevede al massimo 15.

    Un quadro eloquente in cui è fortemente problematica la compatibilità tra la permanenza della persona nel centro e l’assunzione di farmaci che prevedono precisi piani terapeutici. Qui entrano in gioco anche i professionisti assunti dall’ente gestore, che devono effettuare lo screening con cui si valuta lo stato di salute della persona trattenuta e l’eventuale necessità di visite specialistiche o terapie specifiche.

    A Milano gli psicofarmaci pesano per il 64% sul totale della spesa sanitaria. A Torino per il 44%, a Roma per il 51%. All’Isi di Vercelli appena per lo 0,6%

    Infatti, come previsto dallo schema di capitolato che disciplina i contratti d’appalto legati alla gestione dei Cpr italiani, “sono in ogni caso assicurati la visita medica d’ingresso [screening, ndr] nonché, al ricorrere delle esigenze, la somministrazione di farmaci e altre spese mediche”. Non è chiaro però, né dal capitolato né dalla nuova direttiva che regola diversi aspetti del funzionamento dei centri siglata il 19 maggio 2022 dal Dipartimento per le libertà civili e l’immigrazione, in seno al ministero dell’Interno, quali siano le modalità con cui avviene la somministrazione di farmaci e chi effettivamente si faccia carico dei relativi costi.

    Dunque ogni Cpr (e quindi ogni ente gestore e ogni prefettura) adotta le proprie prassi, anche in virtù dell’esistenza o meno di protocolli con le Asl che gli uffici del governo sarebbero obbligate a stipulare. Una disomogeneità che genera scarsa trasparenza. Un altro caso di scuola: a Milano la prefettura chiarisce come “i farmaci acquistati dall’ente gestore sono prescritti da personale sanitario dotato di ricettario del Servizio sanitario nazionale, in capo al quale ricadono i relativi costi”. L’Asl a sua volta, ricordando l’esistenza di un protocollo d’intesa stipulato con la Prefettura, riporta che i medici del Cpr possono avvalersi del ricettario regionale per tutto un elenco di prestazioni, ma “non per la prescrizione di farmaci ai cittadini stranieri irregolari”. Un cortocircuito.

    Se anche i farmaci venissero forniti seguendo attente prescrizioni e piani terapeutici il problema sarebbe comunque la compatibilità del trattenimento con le patologie delle persone. I “trattenuti” accedono infatti nei Cpr solamente dopo una “visita di idoneità alla vita in comunità ristretta”, che dovrebbe sempre essere svolta da un medico della Asl o dall’azienda ospedaliera. Secondo quanto stabilito dalla citata direttiva del maggio 2022 la visita di idoneità serve a escludere “patologie evidenti come malattie infettive contagiose, disturbi psichiatrici, patologie acute o cronico degenerative che non possano ricevere le cure adeguate in comunità ristrette”.

    La presenza tra le “spese” di antipsicotici, antiepilettici o di creme e gel che curano, ad esempio, la scabbia, sembra quindi un “controsenso”. “Se non si può arrivare a parlare di incompatibilità assoluta è perché il regolamento è un riferimento normativo secondario -sottolinea Maurizio Veglio, avvocato di Torino e socio dell’Asgi specializzato in materia di detenzione amministrativa-. Se una prescrizione legislativa specifica che persone con determinate patologie non possono stare nel centro e poi abbiamo percentuali di spesa così alte per farmaci ‘congruenti’ con quel profilo c’è una frizione molto forte”.

    “Nel Cpr la cura della salute non è affidata a medici e figure specialistiche che lavorano per il Ssn, bensì al personale assunto dagli enti gestori” – Nicola Cocco

    Una frizione che si traduce, concretamente, nella presenza di farmaci acquistati in diversi Cpr come Quetiapina, Olanzapina o Depakin, indicati nella terapia di schizofrenia e disturbo bipolare; Pregabalin (antiepilettico); Akineton, utilizzato per il trattamento del morbo di Parkinson (30mila compresse in due anni a Caltanissetta), piuttosto che il Rivotril. A Macomer, in provincia di Nuoro, l’ente gestore Ors Italia in una comunicazione rivolta alla prefettura il 9 settembre 2020 di cui abbiamo ottenuto copia scrive che la “comunità di persone trattenute è caratterizzata da soggetti con le più svariate criticità […]: tossicodipendenza, soggetti con doppia diagnosi (dipendenza e patologia psichiatrica, ndr), pazienti affetti da patologie dermatologiche”. Uomini e donne per cui non è problematizzato l’ingresso o meno nel centro. E il Servizio per le dipendenze patologiche territoriale (Serd), dal canto suo, ci ha fornito i piani di trattamento degli ultimi tre anni.

    Il metadone è presente anche nelle spese di Torino (circa 1.150 euro in quattro anni). Sempre nel capoluogo piemontese, nello stesso periodo, la spesa per la Permetrina, un gel antiscabbia, è di quasi 2.800 euro; una voce che si ritrova anche a Milano e Caltanissetta dove, nel 2022, sono stati acquistati 109 tubetti di Scabianil mentre a Roma, nel 2020, troviamo un farmaco per la tubercolosi (50 compresse di Nicozid). In tutti i Cpr in analisi troviamo anche antimicotici, legati a infezioni fungine (dermatologiche o sistemiche). “Se non c’è incompatibilità assoluta, l’idoneità non può essere valutata su una ‘normale’ vita comunitaria, ma va ‘calibrata’ sulla specificità di quello che sono quelle strutture -conclude Veglio-. A Torino, prima della sua momentanea chiusura a inizio marzo 2023 dormivano sette persone in 35 metri quadrati”. Luoghi definiti eufemisticamente come “non gradevoli” dal ministro dell’Interno Matteo Piantedosi a metà marzo 2023 a commento delle nuove regole sull’ampliamento della rete dei centri rispetto a cui le informazioni sono spesso frammentate o mancanti.

    Un tema che ritorna anche rispetto alla spesa sui farmaci. Due esempi: a Palazzo San Gervasio, struttura situata in provincia di Potenza e gestita da Engel Italia, secondo l’Asl nel 2022 la spesa totale è pari ad appena 34 euro (un dato costante dal 2018 in avanti) senza la presenza di psicofarmaci o antipsicotici. Un quadro diverso da quello descritto dai medici operanti all’interno del Centro che, secondo quanto riportato dall’Asgi in un report pubblicato nel giugno 2022, dichiaravano un “massiccio utilizzo di psicofarmaci (Rivotril e Ansiolin) da parte dei trattenuti”. Un copione che si ripete anche per il centro di Gradisca d’Isonzo, in provincia di Gorizia, già finito sotto i riflettori degli inquirenti. A metà gennaio 2023 è iniziato infatti il processo per la morte di Vakhtang Enukidze, 37 anni originario della Georgia, avvenuta il 18 gennaio 2020.

    Vakhtang Enukidze è morto nel Cpr di Gradisca d’Isonzo il 18 gennaio 2020 per edema polmonare e cerebrale causato da un cocktail di farmaci e stupefacenti

    Come ricostruito sul quotidiano Domani, l’autopsia ha accertato che la causa della morte è edema polmonare e cerebrale per un cocktail di farmaci e stupefacenti. Pochi mesi dopo, il 20 luglio 2020, Orgest Turia, 28enne originario dell’Albania, è morto per overdose di metadone. Due morti che danno ancor più rilevanza all’accesso ai dati. Ma sia l’Azienda sanitaria universitaria Giuliano Isontina (Asugi) sia la prefettura di Gorizia riferiscono ad Altreconomia di non averli a disposizione. In particolare, l’ufficio del governo sottolinea che “l’erogazione dei servizi non avviene tramite rendicontazione delle spese mediche affrontate”. Citando la “documentazione di gara” si specifica che le spese per i farmaci sono ricomprese “nell’ammontare pro-capite pro-die riconosciuto contrattualmente”. Buio pesto anche a Brindisi, Trapani e Bari.

    Qualche tribunale inizia però a fare luce. È il caso di Milano, dove a fine gennaio 2023 la giudice Elena Klindani non ha convalidato il prolungamento della detenzione di un ragazzo di 19 anni, rinchiuso in via Corelli da cinque mesi, perché “ogni ulteriore giorno di trattenimento comporta una compromissione incrementale della salute psicofisica per il sostegno della quale non è offerta alcuna specifica assistenza, al di fuori terapia farmacologica” e la salute del giovane “è suscettibile di ulteriore compromissione per via della condizione psicologica determinata dalla protratta restrizione della libertà personale”. Altro che “luogo non gradevole”.

    https://altreconomia.it/rinchiusi-e-sedati-labuso-quotidiano-di-psicofarmaci-nei-cpr-italiani
    #rétention #détention_administrative #Italie #CPR #asile #migrations #sans-papiers #médicaments #psychotropes #données #chiffres #cartographie #visualisation #renvois #expulsions #coût #Rivotril #sédatif #Clonazepam #benzodiazépines #Tavor #Tranquirit #Valium #Zoloft #Bromazepam #Buscopan #Quetiapina #Olanzapina #Depakin #méthadone #Permetrina #Scabianil #Nicozid #Ansiolin

    • Condizioni di detenzione nei Centri per il Rimpatrio - Conferenza stampa di #Riccardo_Magi
      https://webtv.camera.it/evento/22168

      –-

      “Rinchiusi e sedati” alla Camera dei deputati grazie a @riccardomagi e @cucchi_ilaria che chiedono “spiegazioni urgenti” al ministro Piantedosi sull’abuso di psicofarmaci all’interno dei Cpr denunciato dall’inchiesta: “La verità è una sola, questi luoghi vanno chiusi”

      https://twitter.com/rondi_luca/status/1644003698765381632

    • “Perché i Centri di permanenza per il rimpatrio devono indignare”

      L’avvocata Giulia Vicini, socia dell’Associazione per gli studi giuridici sull’immigrazione, conosce bene i Cpr e le condizioni di vita di chi vi è trattenuto. In particolare in quello di via Corelli a Milano. Luoghi di privazione della libertà, con garanzie inferiori a quelle della custodia in carcere. Stigmi cittadini. Il suo racconto

      Cpr. A dispetto del nome e dei nomi che lo hanno preceduto -Centro di permanenza temporanea (Cpt), Centro di identificazione ed espulsione (Cie), e ora l’acronimo sta per Centro di permanenza per il rimpatrio- si tratta di un luogo di privazione della libertà personale. La stessa struttura di questi centri lo dimostra: alte mura, filo spinato e telecamere sul perimetro. Presidio costante di almeno quattro corpi di forze dell’ordine: esercito, carabinieri, polizia di Stato e Guardia di Finanza.

      I francesi hanno trovato un nome per diversificare la privazione della libertà personale dei cittadini stranieri in attesa di rimpatrio dalla detenzione nelle carceri ed è “retention”. In Italia si parla di trattenimento amministrativo. Come lo si voglia chiamare, si tratta della stessa privazione della libertà personale a cui sono sottoposti coloro che sono stati condannati per avere commesso dei reati. Chi sta nel Cpr non può andare da nessuna parte e risponde a regole che sono proprie del carcere, nonostante siano diversi i presupposti per il trattenimento e anche le garanzie e le tutele del trattenuto.

      I trattenuti nel Cpr sono cittadini stranieri in attesa dell’espletamento delle procedure di esecuzione di un rimpatrio forzato. Tra i presupposti (quantomeno quelli previsti dalla legge) per il trattenimento presso il Cpr vi è quindi anzitutto di non avere o non avere più un titolo per soggiornare regolarmente nel territorio nazionale, un permesso di soggiorno. Prendendo in prestito uno degli alienanti nomi in voga nel dibattito pubblico, chi può essere trattenuto al Cpr è “irregolare”. O, peggio ancora, “clandestino”. Ma, sempre in forza delle norme di legge, l’irregolarità non è sufficiente perché si possa applicare la misura del trattenimento presso il Cpr. È anche necessario che lo straniero sia “espellibile”, che possa essere destinatario di un provvedimento di rimpatrio. Questo perché l’ordinamento nazionale prevede delle ipotesi in cui il cittadino straniero, pur non avendo un permesso di soggiorno, non può essere allontanato dal territorio nazionale. È il caso dei minori, delle donne in stato di gravidanza e -quantomeno fino alla recente riforma della protezione speciale- di coloro che avevano maturato in Italia dei legami famigliari o sociali significativi e degni di protezione.

      Ulteriore presupposto perché le autorità di pubblica sicurezza possano ricorrere al trattenimento è che il provvedimento di rimpatrio comminato possa essere eseguito con la forza. L’uso della forza e il trattenimento sono infatti previsti come ultima ratio per garantire l’esecuzione del rimpatrio. L’ordinamento disciplina delle misure alternative, meno afflittive della libertà personale, quali ad esempio l’obbligo di firma e il ritiro del passaporto.

      Questi i presupposti di legge. L’esperienza però ci mostra che nei Cpr vengono spesso trattenute persone inespellibili o che potrebbero avere accesso a misure alternative. Quello che è certo è che chi è trattenuto presso il Cpr non ha commesso alcun reato, o quantomeno non è trattenuto per avere commesso un reato. Il suo trattenimento è unicamente finalizzato a consentire alle autorità di pubblica sicurezza di rimuoverlo forzatamente dal territorio.

      Che il trattenimento nel Cpr non sia conseguenza di alcun reato è tanto più evidente se si considera che anche chi vi è trattenuto dopo avere espiato una pena in carcere non lo è per “pagare” una pena -appunto già pagata altrove- ma per essere identificato, in un sistema che si rivela incapace, o forse disinteressato a procedere all’identificazione e al riconoscimento durante la (spesso lunga) permanenza in carcere.

      Per riassumere, della popolazione del Cpr fanno parte coloro che entrano nel territorio senza un titolo per l’ingresso o il soggiorno o che entrano con un titolo trattenendosi però oltre la sua scadenza. Coloro che perdono un titolo di soggiorno spesso per cause non a loro imputabili, quali la perdita dell’occupazione. Ma anche i richiedenti asilo. Coloro che chiedono protezione internazionale perché in fuga da persecuzioni e guerre.

      Il decreto legge 20/2023 convertito in legge 50/2023 ha peraltro reso il trattenimento del richiedente asilo la norma ogni qualvolta la domanda è presentata “in frontiera”. Dove il concetto di frontiera si amplia a dismisura ricomprendendo territori scelti senza alcuna apparente ragione (si pensi ad esempio Matera) con la conseguenza che alla domanda di protezione presentata in questi territori seguirà un trattenimento. Le direttive europee prescrivono che il trattenimento del richiedente protezione debba rappresentare una misura eccezionale e che si debbano distinguere i luoghi di trattenimento perché diversi sono i presupposti e diverse le procedure e le garanzie. Nondimeno i richiedenti asilo possono essere trattenuti fino a dodici mesi negli stessi luoghi dei cittadini stranieri in attesa di esecuzione del rimpatrio.

      Quando e quanto si può essere trattenuti nel Cpr? Sul quando, si è già detto, lo straniero che viene portato al Cpr non è solo quello che è appena entrato in Italia ma anche quello che si trova nel territorio da moltissimi anni e che nel territorio ha costruito un percorso di vita. Sul quanto vale la pena interrogarsi perché la disciplina degli stessi termini del trattenimento dimostra l’esclusiva funzionalità alla conclusione di un procedimento -quello di espulsione- che molto spesso le autorità non portano a termine. La proroga del trattenimento, dopo i primi trenta giorni, può infatti essere consentita dal Giudice di pace solo se “l’accertamento dell’identità e della nazionalità ovvero l’acquisizione di documenti per il viaggio presenti gravi difficoltà”. Il trattenimento può essere prorogato per altri trenta giorni solo se risulta probabile che il rimpatrio venga eseguito. Il trattenimento non solo è funzionale all’esecuzione del rimpatrio ma anche spesso determinato da inefficienze o ritardi della Pubblica amministrazione.

      Dove si consuma il trattenimento ai fini del rimpatrio? Nonostante le nostre preoccupazioni e la nostra indignazione riguardino spesso, legittimamente, i Cpr, gli stranieri destinatari di misure di rimpatrio vengono trattenuti anche negli aeroporti. In quella Malpensa in cui i titolari di passaporto italiano transitano senza alcun ostacolo e in cui i cittadini stranieri a cui si contesta di “non avere i documenti in regola” al momento del loro arrivo vengono trattenuti anche fino a otto giorni, in aree sterili, senza vedere la luce del giorno e senza avere accesso ai loro oggetti personali, e poi vengono “accompagnati” all’aereo che li riporta a casa. Dall’entrata in vigore del decreto legge 113/2018 è inoltre possibile trattenere presso dei locali all’interno delle questure in attesa di rimpatrio. E negli uffici di via Montebello della questura di Milano questi locali esistono e vengono comunemente utilizzati.

      Infine, quello che forse più deve indignare è come si svolge il trattenimento. Ai trattenuti nel Cpr sono riconosciute garanzie inferiori a quelle della custodia in carcere, tanto nel procedimento che porta alla privazione della libertà, quanto nelle condizioni materiali di tale privazione. Il caso dell’utilizzo della forza pubblica per l’esecuzione del rimpatrio di cittadini stranieri è l’unico per cui -in alcune ipotesi- la legge nazionale esclude la necessità di una convalida giudiziaria. Questo vale per i respingimenti “immediati” ai valichi di frontiera e anche, con l’entrata in vigore del decreto legge 20/2023, per chi è destinatario di misure di espulsione di carattere penale. Anche dove una convalida giudiziaria è prevista, la stessa è molto al di sotto degli standard del giusto processo, con udienze che si svolgono da remoto, senza concedere ai legali adeguato tempo per conferire con l’assistito, e hanno una durata complessiva di poco più di un quarto d’ora. Nel procedimento di convalida, inoltre, opera spesso un’inversione de facto dell’onere della prova in cui lo straniero deve offrire prova documentale di tutto quello che deduce mentre sulle dichiarazioni rese dalla Questura, parte istante, si fa cieco affidamento.

      Quanto alle condizioni, l’ampia reportistica risultante dai sopralluoghi effettuati presso i Cpr è più che eloquente. Lo straniero trattenuto non riceve alcuna informativa sui diritti e sui servizi a cui ha titolo. Significativo è che lo stesso venga identificato e arrivando nella sala colloqui con l’avvocato si identifichi con un numero. Quando si iniziano a identificare le persone con i numeri la storia ci insegna che non si arriva mai a nulla di buono.

      https://altreconomia.it/perche-i-centri-di-permanenza-per-il-rimpatrio-devono-indignare

    • Abuso di psicofarmaci nei Cpr: perché la versione del ministro Piantedosi non sta in piedi

      Intervistato da Piazzapulita sulle terribili condizioni dei trattenuti nei Centri, il titolare del Viminale ha provato a confutare i risultati della nostra inchiesta “Rinchiusi e sedati”. Ma le sue tesi non reggono: dalla presunta richiesta dei reclusi all’ipotizzata presenza solo di persone con reati commessi durante la loro permanenza in Italia

      Giovedì 25 maggio su La7 la trasmissione Piazzapulita (https://www.la7.it/piazzapulita/video/inchiesta-esclusiva-di-piazzapulita-violenze-e-psicofarmaci-ai-migranti-dentro-a) il servizio di Chiara Proietti D’Ambra ha mostrato immagini inedite sulle condizioni di vita delle persone recluse nei Centri di permanenza per il rimpatrio italiani (Cpr). Il lavoro si è concentrato sulle strutture di Gradisca d’Isonzo (Gorizia) e palazzo San Gervasio (Potenza) dando conto anche dei risultati dell’inchiesta “Rinchiusi e sedati” pubblicata da Altreconomia ad aprile e che per la prima volta ha quantificato, dati alla mano, l’abuso di psicofarmaci in cinque delle nove strutture detentive attualmente attive in Italia.

      Le immagini e i dati sono stati mostrati anche al ministro dell’Interno Matteo Piantedosi che ha risposto alle domande della giornalista Roberta Benvenuto (https://www.la7.it/piazzapulita/video/piantedosi-se-cpr-gestiti-da-privati-in-modo-insoddisfacente-possibilita-di-gest). Risposte lacunose, giunte tra l’altro prima in televisione rispetto alle quattro interrogazioni parlamentari presentate più di un mese fa da diversi senatori e deputati e tuttora rimaste inevase.

      Il ministro ha spiegato di “escludere nella maniera più categorica che vi sia un orientamento della gestione dei Centri finalizzata alla sedazione di massa. C’è una richiesta da parte degli ospiti. Fare il confronto tra le prescrizioni all’esterno e all’interno delle strutture non ha senso perché è più facile che nei Cpr si concentrano persone per cui quel tipo di prescrizioni si rivela normale”. Come descritto nella nostra inchiesta, presentata alla Camera dei Deputati a inizio aprile con Riccardo Magi e Ilaria Cucchi, l’utilizzo di psicofarmaci rispetto a un servizio dell’Asl che prende in carico una popolazione simile è però spropositato: 160 volte in più a Milano, 127,5 a Roma, 60 a Torino e così via.

      Il confronto è nato esattamente dalla necessità di quantificare un utilizzo di cui neanche le prefetture hanno contezza per partire da un dato di realtà che vada oltre le testimonianze dei reclusi. Piantedosi dichiara che non è significativo questo confronto perché il “sovrautilizzo” è dovuto al fatto che all’interno dei centri vi sono delle persone per cui quei farmaci sono necessari. Ma nell’inchiesta abbiamo riscontrato un largo utilizzo di Quetiapina, Olanzapina o Depakin, indicati nel­la terapia di schizofrenia e disturbo bipolare; Pregabalin (antiepilettico); Akineton, utilizzato per il trattamento del morbo di Parkinson (30mila compresse in due anni a Caltanissetta); Rivotril.

      Se questi farmaci sono forniti tramite prescrizioni e non somministrati al di fuori di quanto previsto dal foglio illustrativo, significa nei centri si trovano persone con patologie psichiatriche gravi. Ma nel maggio 2022 una direttiva dello stesso ministero dell’Interno aveva specificato che la visita d’ingresso nel Centro per valutare l’idoneità alla “vita” in comunità ristretta nella struttura deve escludere “pato­logie evidenti come malattie infettive contagio­se, disturbi psichiatrici, patologie acute o croni­co degenerative che non possano ricevere le cure adeguate in comunità ristrette”. Delle due l’una: o le persone non possono stare nei Centri per la loro condizione sanitaria, oppure i farmaci vengono forniti off-label, senza cioè seguire un preciso piano terapeutico.

      Nel centro di via Corelli a Milano, nonostante il 60% delle scatole di farmaci acquistate in cinque mesi sia stato di psicofarmaci, le visite psichiatriche svolte in quasi due anni (quindi un periodo più lungo) sono state appena otto. Un altro segnale inquietante sulle modalità di utilizzo di questi psicofarmaci.

      Va ricordato inoltre che all’interno dei Cpr la cura della salute non è affidata a medici che lavorano per il Sistema sanitario nazionale ma da personale assunto dagli enti gestori sulla base di convenzioni ad hoc con prefetture e aziende sanitarie locali. “Il ruolo del monitoraggio si è dimostrato carente se non assente. Il ricorso a specialisti psichiatri e centri di salute mentale, per quanto garantito dalla normativa vigente, risulta spesso difficoltoso dal punto di vista burocratico e poco utilizzato -ha spiegato ad Altreconomia il dottor Nicola Cocco, esperto di detenzione amministrativa-. L’utilizzo degli psicofarmaci all’interno di molti Cpr è appannaggio del personale medico dell’ente gestore, che quasi sempre non ha alcune esperienza di presa in carico della patologia mentale e della dipendenza, tanto più in un contesto complesso come quello della detenzione amministrativa per persone migranti”.

      Questo aspetto è problematico anche rispetto alla “giustificazione” avanzata dal ministro Piantedosi rispetto alla richiesta da parte delle stesse persone recluse della somministrazione di questi farmaci. “Dal punto di vista medico la eventuale ‘richiesta’ dei trattenuti non giustifica nulla: gli psicofarmaci vengono somministrati a discrezione del personale sanitario. Sempre”, ricorda Elena Cacello, referente sanitaria del Centro salute immigrati di Vercelli (VC).

      La presunta richiesta dei reclusi -presentata come giustificazione risolutiva- conferma in realtà l’inefficienza del sistema. “Vi è spesso una gestione improvvisata di eventuali quadri di patologia mentale dei trattenuti -ribadisce Cocco-. Tale improvvisazione si manifesta attraverso la prescrizione arbitraria di psicofarmaci da parte dei medici degli enti gestori, in mancanza spesso di un percorso di presa in carico e cura, ma solo per la risoluzione del sintomo”. Un sintomo che, considerando che non può essere presente già all’ingresso nel Centro (che quindi dovrebbe escludere il trattenimento), insorge a causa delle pessime condizioni di vita nelle strutture -dove non è prevista alcuna attività, spesso neanche nella disponibilità del proprio telefono cellulare- e dettato anche dalla necessità di “tenere buoni” i reclusi. “Un altro aspetto può ‘spiegare’ questo sovrautilizzo di psicofarmaci a scopo sedativo o tranquillizzante funziona: la somministrazione funziona come una vera e propria ‘camicia di forza farmacologica’ nei confronti delle persone trattenute, al fine di evitare disordini e, non meno importante, l’intervento diretto delle forze di polizia; è evidente come in questo caso l’utilizzo degli psicofarmaci non ha una rilevanza clinica per le persone interessate, bensì di sostegno all’apparato di polizia”.

      Il ministro ha dichiarato poi che “all’interno dei Cpr tutte le prestazioni sanitarie sono nella normalità garantite, controllate e monitorate”. Un dato smentito da diverse testimonianze di avvocati e attivisti che si occupano di detenzione amministrativa ma soprattutto da sentenze di tribunali.

      Partiamo da quella della giudice Elena Klindani che a fine gennaio 2023 non ha prorogato il trattenimento di un ragazzo di 19 anni rinchiuso in via Corelli a Milano da cinque mesi perché “ogni ulteriore giorno di trattenimento comporta una compromissione incrementale della salute psicofisica per il sostegno della quale non è offerta alcuna specifica assistenza, al di fuori terapia farmacologica” e la salute del giovane “è suscettibile di ulteriore compromissione per via della condizione psicologica determinata dalla protratta restrizione della libertà personale”. Per avere una panoramica completa di quello che succede è utile leggere, tra gli altri, “Il Libro nero del Cpr di Torino”, a cura dell’Associazione per gli studi giuridici sull’immigrazione (Asgi) che racconta “quattro casi di ordinaria ferocia” di persone trattenute nel Cpr da Torino che danno conto dell’insufficiente garanzia rispetto alle cure sanitarie di cui necessitano i trattenuti e il lavoro di denuncia dell’Associazione Naga, con sede a Milano, che da diversi anni segnala la scarsa tutela della salute all’interno del centro di via corelli. E poi i lavori della rete Mai più Lager-No ai Cpr e di LasciateCIEntrare.

      Moussa Balde, Wissem Abdel Latif, Vakhtang Enukidze sono solo alcuni dei nomi delle oltre 30 persone morte nei Cpr. Sul suicidio di Balde e di Enukidze sono tutt’ora in corso procedimenti penali, rispettivamente a Torino e a Trieste, per accertare le responsabilità di chi aveva in custodia i due giovani. Di fronte a questo quadro il titolare del Viminale ha parlato di “salute garantita” e dichiarato, solo a seguito dell’insistenza della giornalista, che è “possibile, probabile” che siano necessari più controlli.

      https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OQF1F1lyFRY&embeds_referring_euri=https%3A%2F%2Faltreconomia.it%2F&

      Infine il ministro ha sottolineato che nei Cpr sarebbero presenti solamente persone con reati commessi durante la loro permanenza in Italia per una “prassi che si è consolidata negli anni”. “L’articolo 32 sul diritto alla salute è garantito a tutti, a prescindere dal loro passato”, ha giustamente risposto in studio lo psicoterapeuta Leonardo Mendolicchio.

      Ma il punto è che quanto detto da Matteo Piantedosi è falso. Secondo dati ottenuti da Altreconomia, e forniti proprio dal ministero dell’Interno, nel 2021 sono state 987 le persone che hanno fatto ingresso nei Cpr direttamente dal carcere: il 19% del totale di 5.174 trattenuti. Una percentuale a cui vanno certamente aggiunti coloro che hanno precedenti penali e vengono rintracciati sul territorio successivamente alla loro scarcerazione ma che comunque smentisce la versione governativa.

      Il ministro dichiara che non voler “rinforzare il sistema di espulsione e rimpatrio” sarebbe “omissivo” da parte di qualsiasi governo. Negli ultimi quattro anni la percentuale delle persone trattenute effettivamente rimpatriate ha superato il 50% solo nel 2017: questi centri non raggiungono quindi nemmeno l’obiettivo per cui sarebbero stati creati, sulla carta. La presunta omissione non passa dall’esistenza di queste strutture.

      Piantedosi ha poi paradossalmente auspicato una “collaborazione da parte degli ospiti” perché terribili scene come quelle mostrate nel servizio non avvengano più. Quasi a dire che i diritti fondamentali fossero materia da elargire, a mo’ di premio al merito, e non invece da garantire punto e basta. “Il Cpr è psicopatogeno di per sé e come sistema -conclude Cocco-. Le proteste sono legittime, sono un diritto. Chiedere più collaborazione è quasi come impedire a qualcuno di poter fare lo sciopero della fame: utilizzare il proprio corpo è la extrema ratio che si ha per manifestare il proprio malessere. Tocca allo Stato evitare che le persone si facciano male o muoiano. Non certo ai reclusi”. Che il ministro, nella lunga sequela di falsità, chiama “ospiti”.

      https://altreconomia.it/abuso-di-psicofarmaci-nei-cpr-perche-la-versione-del-ministro-piantedos

    • Pioggia di ansiolitici al Cpr di #Palazzo_San_Gervasio per rendere innocui i reclusi

      Oltre 2.800 pastiglie in appena sei mesi per poco più di 400 trattenuti transitati: i dati inediti sulla struttura in provincia di Potenza. La Procura intanto indaga sulla gestione di Engel Italia. Gli psicofarmaci sarebbero serviti a “neutralizzare ogni possibile lamentela per le condizioni disumane in cui spesso si trovavano a vivere le persone”

      Una scatola di psicofarmaci per ogni persona che è entrata al Cpr di Palazzo San Gervasio tra gennaio e luglio 2022. I dati inediti ottenuti da Altreconomia fotografano l’abuso dell’antiepilettico Rivotril e di benzodiazepine all’interno della struttura, su cui sta indagando anche la Procura di Potenza. “Le situazioni di degrado e non conformità al rispetto della persona umana e dei diritti in cui si trovavano a vivere i reclusi -scrivono gli inquirenti nell’ordinanza applicativa di misure cautelari di fine dicembre 2023 rivolta, tra gli altri, ad Alessandro Forlenza amministratore di fatto della Engel Italia Srl, che ha gestito il centro dal 29 ottobre 2018 al 23 giugno 2023- venivano lenite dall’uso inappropriato di farmaci sedativi volti a rendere gli ospiti innocui e quindi neutralizzare ogni loro possibile lamentela per le condizioni disumane in cui spesso si trovavano a vivere”.

      In sei mesi di spesa, da gennaio a luglio 2022, il 38% delle 791 scatole di farmaci acquistati erano psicofarmaci, per un totale di oltre 2.800 tra compresse e capsule e 1.550 millilitri in fiale o flaconi. Numeri esorbitanti se si considera che, secondo i dati della prefettura, la presenza media in struttura è stata di 70 persone con circa 400 transiti in sei mesi. Tra i farmaci acquistati troviamo soprattutto sedativi e ansiolitici come il Diazepam (65 scatole), l’Alprazolam (45), Tavor (14) ma anche Rivotril (77 confezioni), un antiepilettico con importanti effetti secondari di stordimento. “Tale farmaco veniva acquistato sistematicamente in quantità tali da non rimanere mai senza copertura -ha spiegato una delle operatrici sentite dalla Procura di Potenza-. Senza Rivotril sarebbe scoppiata la rivolta”.

      Gli inquirenti hanno così focalizzato la loro attenzione, rispetto all’operato della Engel Italia Srl, società madre di Martinina Srl, sotto indagine a Milano per presunte frodi nella gestione del Cpr di via Corelli, anche sull’utilizzo smodato degli psicofarmaci. Per diversi motivi. L’antiepilettico “Rivotril” dovrebbe essere utilizzato off-label, quindi al di fuori dei casi in cui la persona soffre di epilessia, solo laddove non vi siano “valide alternative terapeutiche” e in ogni caso con l’acquisizione del consenso della persona di cui, però, secondo la Procura, non vi sarebbe “alcuna traccia”.

      “Risulta che l’uso del medicinale -come si legge nell’ordinanza di custodia cautelare- prescindeva dalla volontà del paziente e corrispondeva alla specifica necessità di controllare illecitamente l’ordine pubblico interno da parte della Engel”. Che per la gestione del centro ha ricevuto oltre 2,8 milioni di euro dalla prefettura di Potenza.

      Un problema di quantità ma anche di modalità di somministrazione e prescrizione. La direzione dell’ente gestore, sempre stando alle ricostruzioni degli inquirenti, avrebbe richiesto “a seconda delle esigenze” di ridurre le dosi “per risparmiare sui costi del farmaco” allungando i flaconi con l’acqua. Ma non solo. Due medici operanti all’interno del Cpr sarebbero indagati per la redazione di “false ricette per la dispensazione dei predetti farmaci a carico del Servizio sanitario nazionale”.

      Con riferimento sempre agli psicofarmaci, “su 2.635 confezioni dispensate tra gennaio 2018 e agosto 2019 dai due medici ben 2.235 erano destinati a pazienti identificati con Stp (codice fiscale per chi non ha un permesso di soggiorno, ndr) e quindi presumibilmente ospitati presso il Cpr di Palazzo San Gervasio”. Con un dettaglio non di poco conto. Diverse prescrizioni sarebbero state destinate a soggetti, ordinanza alla mano, che erano già usciti dal Cpr. Un modo, presumibilmente, per continuare ad acquistare scatole di farmaci gravando sul sistema sanitario nazionale e non sull’ente gestore.

      I dati ottenuti da Altreconomia sui farmaci comprati dalla Engel Italia Srl potrebbero quindi essere solo una fetta di quelli somministrati perché riguardano quelli per cui la società ha chiesto rimborso dalla prefettura. Ma escludono quelli “passati” dall’azienda sanitaria. Rispetto a cui, però, i conti non tornano: nella nostra inchiesta “Rinchiusi e sedati” pubblicata ad aprile 2023 si è dato conto del riscontro dell’Asl territoriale che ha dichiarato importi bassissimi. Nei primi dieci mesi del 2022 in totale 19 prescrizioni e 34,7 euro di farmaci destinati al Cpr. Qualcosa, stando anche ai dati della Procura, non torna.

      Oltre agli psicofarmaci -tra cui troviamo anche la Quetiapina, antipsicotico prescrivibile per gravi patologie psichiatriche- nei farmaci acquistati dalla Engel si trovano diverse tipologie di farmaci acquistati che raccontano della presenza all’interno della struttura di persone dalla salute precaria. Due esempi su tutti: la Spiriva, prescrivibile per la broncopneumopatia, una malattia dell’apparato respiratorio caratterizzata da un’ostruzione irreversibile delle vie aeree e il Palexia, usato per il trattamento del dolore cronico grave in adulti che possono essere curati adeguatamente solo con antidolorifici oppioidi.

      Dal 20 giugno 2023 Engel Italia Srl non è più l’ente gestore del Cpr di Palazzo San Gervasio. Ad aggiudicarsi il nuovo appalto per 128 posti, con importo a base d’asta di 2,2 milioni di euro, è stata #Officine_Sociali, cooperativa di Priolo Gargallo in provincia di Siracusa. Officine Sociali ha partecipato a diverse gare per la gestione di Cpr e grandi strutture di accoglienza nel corso degli anni, finendo per aggiudicarsi la gestione dell’hotspot di Taranto e Pozzallo; per quest’utimo ha incassato, da inizio dicembre 2021 a giugno 2023, oltre 1,3 milioni di euro. Pochi mesi prima della gara indetta dalla prefettura di Potenza per la gestione del Cpr, Officine sociali costituiva un “raggruppamento temporaneo di imprese” con Martinina Srl, la nuova “creatura” di Forlenza, per aggiudicarsi la gara per la gestione del Cpr di Gorizia. Un anno prima, le due società avevano gareggiato insieme per vincere l’appalto di Torino. Una sinergia di intenti.

      Tornando alla gestione di #Engel_Italia Srl “il livello di assistenza e di cura”, secondo la Procura, sarebbe stato “insufficiente a garantire loro le modalità di trattenimento idonee ad assicurare la necessaria assistenza ed il pieno rispetto della dignità umana”. Il servizio medico sarebbe stato garantito 4.402 ore in meno di quanto, quello infermieristico di più di 11mila in meno nel periodo compreso tra febbraio 2021 al 31 ottobre 2022. “Nell’ambulatorio è sempre mancata l’acqua corrente”, si legge nell’ordinanza. Per la gestione del Cpr di Potenza sono indagati anche dottori, due albergatori della zona, un commissario e due ispettori di polizia. “Gli ospiti apparivano infatti molto provati proprio dal contesto in cui si trovavano a vivere -ha raccontato un’operatrice sentita dalla Procura-. Dopo qualche settimana di permanenza alcuni di loro cominciavano a sviluppare comportamenti ossessivi come il camminare in cerchio”.

      A Milano intanto si verificano nuove proteste e violenze sui trattenuti nonostante il commissariamento, così come a Caltanissetta, dove la condizione di vita nelle strutture è insostenibile (un video dall’interno lo dimostra) fino ad arrivare Trapani, con la condanna del governo italiano da parte della Corte europea per i diritti dell’uomo per trattamenti inumani e degradanti a danni di un recluso nel Cpr. Tutto questo a meno di una settimana di distanza dal suicidio di Ousmane Sylla che ha acceso i riflettori sull’attuale gestione da parte di Ors Italia della struttura di Ponte Galeria a Roma. Intanto il ministero dell’Interno resta in silenzio: a “camminare in cerchio” sembra non essere solamente chi è trattenuto. Perché il sistema Cpr non va messo in discussione.

      https://altreconomia.it/pioggia-di-ansiolitici-al-cpr-di-palazzo-san-gervasio-per-rendere-innoc

  • 🛑 Un excellent ouvrage pédagogique, très bien fait, pour dénoncer et débusquer le cancer négationniste partout où il se trouve... et souvent là où on ne l’attend pas.

    ⏺ LE NÉGATIONNISME - Histoire, concepts et enjeux internationaux.
    Editions Eyrolles - 2023 - 187 pages - 12 euros

    #SecondGuerremondiale #nazisme #néonazisme #extrêmedroite #extrêmegauche #Shoah #génocide #antisémitisme #barbarie #campsdeconcentration #campextermination #chambreàgaz #négationnisme #révisionnisme #falsification

    338831124_132656383104485_6665679854891967576_n.jpg (1280×1806)

  • Lille : après la cyberattaque, les coordonnées bancaires des agents et élus sur le darkweb La voix du nord

    La confirmation est tombée ce vendredi 31 mars : parmi les données volées lors de l’attaque numérique menée sur les serveurs de la ville de Lille, se trouvent les coordonnées bancaires des agents et élus municipaux.

    Un mois après la cyberattaque subie par la ville de Lille, alors que les services municipaux sont toujours fortement perturbés par cette intrusion numérique, on en sait un peu plus sur le « caractère personnel » des données soustraites.

    Alors que la Ville rappelait ce jeudi que les données volées revendiquées par les hackers pesaient moins de 2 %, il semblerait que des informations sensibles aient été récupérées. Dans une note interne que nous avons consultée, la ville informe ce vendredi son personnel et ses élus : « Les premiers résultats des analyses possibles à partir des données publiées par les hackeurs sur le darkweb viennent de confirmer que parmi ces données se trouvent les coordonnées bancaires (IBAN) de l’ensemble des agents et élus municipaux. »

    Martine Aubry : « rappeler à tout le monde de ne pas donner son code, quels que soient les messages reçus »
    En réalité, des fiches de paie et des RIB d’agents et élus font partie de la saisie numérique opérée par les pirates. « Mais avec un RIB, on ne fait rien en soi, si on n’a pas les codes et autorisations qui vont avec, précise Martine Aubry. C’est aussi pour ça qu’on a passé une note pour bien rappeler à tout le monde de ne pas donner son code, quels que soient les messages reçus. »

    La ville, par cette communication interne, conseille aux agents et aux élus de « se rapprocher de leurs établissements bancaires » , de « surveiller régulièrement leurs comptes » et, surtout, en cas de message suspect, de ne jamais répondre ou cliquer sur des liens, ni consulter les pièces jointes. La procédure en cas de suspicion d’escroquerie est également rappelée, via le service THESEE (sur le site www.masecurite.interieur.gouv.fr).

    Il faut dès lors espérer que le périmètre des données volées s’arrête là, alors que, comme le rappelle la note interne, des informations concernant les usagers des services municipaux ont elles aussi fuité. « Honnêtement pour l’heure, on n’a pas d’inquiétude particulière. Et d’ailleurs, si on en avait, on le dirait, comme on le fait depuis le début » , assure le maire de Lille.

    #administration #cyberattaque #hacking #ransomware #sécurité #piratage #surveillance #internet #cybersécurité #algorithme #sécurité_informatique #dématérialisation des #services_publics #mairie #Lille #administration

    Source : https://www.lavoixdunord.fr/1310538/article/2023-03-31/lille-apres-la-cyberattaque-les-coordonnees-bancaires-des-agents-et-elu

    • Une base de données se conçoit aussi en fonction des impératifs de sécurité.
      Ba ba du métier.

      J’espère que les informations personnelles de celles et ceux qui ont travaillé à la conception du système informatique de la mairie sont dans les informations disponibles.

  • #Home_Office planning to house asylum seekers on disused cruise ships

    Exclusive: Ministers facing growing anger from Tory backbenchers over use of hotels in their constituencies

    The Home Office is planning to use disused cruise ships to house asylum seekers amid growing anger from Conservative backbenchers over the use of hotels in their constituencies.

    Ministers are looking at possible vessels including a former cruise ship from Indonesia, which would be moored in south-west England, the Guardian understands.

    During the Conservative leadership campaign last summer, Rishi Sunak proposed putting illegal immigrants on cruise ships moored around the country but was warned it could be illegal under the Human Rights Act and the European convention on human rights.

    Downing Street confirmed he had dropped the idea to use the ships to house asylum seekers, which critics said would amount to arbitrary detention, once he became prime minister last October.

    Sources suggested, however, that the cruise ships could be registered as hotels rather than detention centres to get around possible legal challenges.

    The immigration minister, Robert Jenrick, is due to make an announcement on Wednesday regarding asylum accommodation amid speculation that it will include the use of boats and military barracks. It could also disclose plans to make use of a clause in the levelling up bill to force councils to accept large-scale accommodation for those seeking asylum.

    Multiple reports on Tuesday night suggested a plan to house asylum seekers on giant barges normally used for offshore construction projects could also be announced.

    The barges are built to house hundreds of people, although a government source told the Times that plans were at an “early stage” and had significant practical issues that needed to be addressed.

    The disclosure comes as the Home Office admitted nearly 400 hotels across the country were being used to accommodate more than 51,000 people at a reported cost of more than £6m a day.

    Sunak is under pressure to come up with alternatives as Conservative MPs, including members of his own cabinet, object to plans to move some people from hotels into former military bases.

    Suella Braverman, the home secretary, is expected to announce alternatives to hotel accommodation as soon as this week. They are expected to be used for new arrivals initially, rather than to rehouse people who are in hotels.

    The prime minister managed to face down a potentially big rebellion on Monday as up to 60 Tory MPs attempted to amend the new illegal migration bill by giving UK courts the power to ignore rulings by Strasbourg judges.

    Whitehall sources confirmed that the government had “in recent months” examined plans including using cruise ships from across the world, which could be brought to the UK and then used to house asylum seekers.

    The ships would be moored off the coast, emulating an approach by the Scottish government, which housed Ukrainian refugees in two 700-cabin ships. They were docked in Glasgow and Edinburgh and could hold 1,750 people each.

    Braverman said she would not rule out the use of former cruise ships when questioned in December by a House of Lords committee. “We will bring forward a range of alternative sites, they will include disused holiday parks, former student halls – I should say we are looking at those sites – I wouldn’t say anything is confirmed yet.

    “But we need to bring forward thousands of places, and when you talk about vessels all I can say is – because we are in discussion with a wide variety of providers – that everything is still on the table and nothing is excluded,” she said.

    It comes amid a Tory backlash over hotels in constituencies being used to house asylum seekers.

    Ministers had also drawn up plans to use two military bases that were identified to house asylum seekers earlier this year – RAF Scampton, the Dambusters’ base in Lincolnshire, and MDP Wethersfield in Braintree, Essex. But they are facing opposition from local Conservative politicians. Council leaders in Braintree are taking legal action to stop up to 5,000 people being moved to the site over the space of a year.

    James Cleverly, the foreign secretary, who is the local MP, wrote on his Facebook page that Wethersfield was inappropriate as an asylum camp because of “the remote nature of the site, limited transport infrastructure and narrow road network”.

    The local council in Scampton is seeking listed status for the Lincolnshire base, while historians and RAF veterans have written to the government asking for the plans to be halted.

    One government source, asked about the possible use of cruise ships, said ministers were working to end the use of hotels and bring forward a range of alternative sites for longer-term accommodation. But they would not discuss details of individual sites or proposals that could be used for bridging or asylum accommodation.

    A government spokesperson said: “We have always been upfront about the unprecedented pressure being placed on our asylum system, brought about by a significant increase in dangerous and illegal journeys into the country.

    “We continue to work across government and with local authorities to identify a range of accommodation options. The government remains committed to engaging with local authorities and key stakeholders as part of this process.”

    https://www.theguardian.com/politics/2023/mar/28/home-office-planning-to-house-asylum-seekers-on-disused-cruise-ships
    #hébergement #asile #réfugiés #migrations #bateaux #bateaux_de_croisière #bateau_de_croisière #Angleterre #UK

    –—

    ajouté à la métaliste sur la Bibby Stockholm :
    https://seenthis.net/messages/1016683

    ajouté à la métaliste #migrations et #tourisme :
    https://seenthis.net/messages/770799

    • Air force bases set to be used to house migrants as ministers hunt for cheaper alternatives to hotels

      The Government are reportedly also considering a former cruise ship from Indonesia, which would be moored in south-west England, as a possible site

      Migrants will be housed at two air force bases in a bid to cut down on the use of hotels and deter people from crossing the Channel on small boats, the immigration minister is expected to announce on Wednesday.

      #RAF_Scampton in Lincolnshire, the former home of the Dambusters and Red Arrows, and #RAF_Wethersfield in Essex are expected to be among the accommodation sites for asylum seekers confirmed by Robert Jenrick, despite local opposition.

      The announcement is being made with the aim of ending the use of hotels for migrants – a pledge the Prime Minister, Rishi Sunak, has made. More than 51,000 people are being housed in 395 hotels, according to the BBC, at an estimated cost of £5.6m a day. Holiday parks and student halls are not expected to be included on the initial list of new sites.

      The Foreign Secretary, James Cleverly, has found himself at odds with his own government over plans to house asylum seekers at RAF Wethersfield, which is in his constituency.

      Braintree District Council is taking legal action against the Home Office in an attempt to secure an injunction against plans to house 1,500 migrants at RAF #Wethersfield.

      Veteran Tory MP Sir Edward Leigh has meanwhile raised concerns that using RAF Scampton to house asylum seekers could put at risk a £300 million investment plan for the site.

      A plan to turn a former RAF base in Linton-on-Ouse, in the constituency of Mr Sunak’s close ally Kevin Hollinrake, into a processing centre for asylum seekers, was meanwhile ditched under Liz Truss.

      During the Tory leadership contest last summer, the Prime Minister pledged to use “cruise ships” as part of efforts to “end the farce of millions of pounds of taxpayers’ money being spent every day on housing illegal migrants in hotels”.

      Downing Street did not respond to a question on whether that meant the prospect of using cruise ships has now been shelved.

      The Guardian reports that the Government was considering a former cruise ship from Indonesia, which would be moored in south-west England, as a possible site.

      According to The Sun, an announcement on nautical accommodation will be made in the coming days.

      There are reports ministers are said to be considering obtaining accommodation barges – typically used for offshore construction projects with only basic facilities – which could house hundreds of migrants who are currently in hotels.

      The plan is at an “early stage”, The Times reported, with ministers not yet decided on where the barge or barges will be stationed, though they are expected to be stationed at port, rather than at sea.

      A source told The Times the Government was aware of “significant practical issues” with these vessels, and it was not clear how safety would be dealt with, though a source told the newspaper: “It’s a row we’re prepared to have.”

      The Government is said to be keen on the idea as a way to discourage people from crossing the Channel and is pointing to countries like France housing refugees in floating vessels.

      Meanwhile, right-wing Tory rebel Jonathan Gullis said it would be “perfectly acceptable” to house asylum seekers in tents while they await for deportation, amid concerns about the cost of hotels.

      During a debate on the Illegal Migration Bill, ministers were also urged to give “serious assurances” they will not return to the “barbaric days” of detaining children in immigration centres.

      Conservative former minister Tim Loughton led calls for the Government to confirm it would not place migrant children in indefinite detention if they come to the UK by unauthorised means.

      Centrist Tories were joined by MPs from across the political spectrum who are worried that a coalition government-era policy not to detain children could be overturned.

      The announcement comes after months of pressure from Tory MPs over the use of hotels for asylum seekers, at a cost of £5.6m a day.

      But it will also be a test of the Government’s ability to override local opposition to build new asylum sites.

      Plans for alternative sites have however triggered a backlash from some Tory MPs over now-abandoned plans to house asylum seekers in Pontins holiday parks in Southport and Camber Sands.

      https://inews.co.uk/news/politics/rishi-sunak-plan-house-asylum-seekers-cruise-ships-shelved-for-now-2239548
      #bases_aériennes #Scampton

    • Au Royaume-Uni, des #barges pour parquer les réfugiés qui traversent la Manche

      Le gouvernement britannique multiplie les annonces censées dissuader les migrants de traverser. La dernière innovation prévoit d’installer les demandeurs d’asile sur d’anciennes embarcations, dans les ports, le temps de leur procédure. Le premier ministre se targue d’avoir déjà fait baisser le nombre de passages depuis la France.

      LeLe feuilleton au Royaume-Uni se poursuit. Les exilé·es, qui en sont les actrices et acteurs principaux, ne sont pour autant jamais consulté·es. On parle d’elles et d’eux comme des « indésirables » qu’il faudrait éloigner, tantôt en usant de machines capables de générer des vagues en mer, tantôt en les parquant sur des ferrys hors d’usage en mer.

      Il y a eu ensuite l’accord non officiel signé entre le Royaume-Uni et le Rwanda, visant à acter le projet de sous-traitance des demandes d’asile à un pays tiers. Un accord décrié et vivement critiqué par les membres de la société civile, mais aussi des chercheurs et chercheuses, qui soulignaient combien cette externalisation venait saboter le droit d’asile.

      Faute de pouvoir encore les envoyer au Rwanda – l’accord a fait l’objet d’un recours devant la Cour européenne des droits de l’homme (CEDH), puis devant la justice britannique fin 2022 –, le gouvernement a décidé plus récemment d’installer une barge au sud-ouest du pays pour y parquer les demandeurs et demandeuses d’asile qui parviendraient à rejoindre le Royaume-Uni de manière irrégulière.

      L’objectif ? Dissuader les personnes exilées de tenter la traversée de la Manche, alors que le nombre de traversées n’a jamais été aussi élevé en 2022, et qu’un terrible naufrage survenu le 24 novembre 2021 ayant coûté la vie à au moins 27 migrant·es est venu souligner les défaillances du secours en mer.

      Satisfait des résultats de son « plan », le premier ministre britannique, Rishi Sunak, a annoncé l’installation de deux nouvelles barges pour l’accueil de demandeurs et demandeuses d’asile, d’une capacité de 500 personnes chacune, d’ici cet été. Le gouvernement entend ainsi réduire de moitié la facture correspondant à l’hébergement des migrant·es dans les hôtels du pays, qui s’élèverait à 6 millions de livres (soit environ 7 millions d’euros) par jour.
      Un « plan » qui fonctionnerait déjà

      La toute première barge, baptisée Bibby Stockholm, a fait l’objet d’une rénovation à Falmouth et sera installée au port de Portland, une petite île située au sud-ouest de Londres. Elle devrait accueillir 500 personnes pour un total de 200 chambres, et sera surveillée en permanence dans l’objectif de préserver la population locale, avancent les autorités.

      La barge aurait coûté, selon le journal The Times, près de 20 000 livres (soit 23 000 euros), et le dispositif coûterait « nettement moins cher que les hôtels », a affirmé Rishi Sunak. La ministre de l’intérieur britannique, Suella Braverman, avait déjà affirmé le souhait de freiner l’hébergement des demandeurs et demandeuses d’asile dans les hôtels, compte tenu du coût que cela engendrait « pour le contribuable ».

      Le 5 juin, le premier ministre a tenu un discours particulièrement dur à leur endroit, renvoyant dos à dos les difficultés économiques rencontrées par les Britanniques dans un contexte d’inflation et le coût de l’accueil des migrant·es.

      « Notre plan commence à fonctionner. Avant que l’on ne le mette en place en décembre, le nombre de personnes ayant traversé illégalement la Manche avait quadruplé en deux ans. Mais en cinq mois, les traversées ont baissé de 20 % par rapport à l’an dernier », a-t-il rassuré. Ce serait la première fois, insiste Rishi Sunak, qu’une baisse des arrivées serait observée sur la période de janvier à mai.

      « Je ne me reposerai pas tant que les bateaux ne sont pas stoppés », a-t-il poursuivi, indiquant utiliser « tous les outils à disposition » ; à commencer par la diplomatie, puisque le partenariat avec la France aurait permis d’empêcher 33 000 traversées en 2022, soit une hausse de 40 % des interceptions.

      L’accord signé avec l’Albanie en décembre dernier, pour réduire les migrations depuis « un pays sûr, européen », aurait lui aussi porté ses fruits. Alors que les Albanais·es représentaient un tiers des arrivées en small boats (lire nos reportages ici et là), Rishi Sunak se vante d’avoir ainsi fait baisser ce chiffre de près de 90 %, et d’avoir expulsé 1 800 ressortissant·es albanais·es en l’espace de six mois.

      « C’est bien la preuve que notre stratégie de détermination peut fonctionner. Quand les gens savent qu’en venant ici illégalement, ils ne pourront pas rester, ils ne viennent plus. »

      Pour « sortir » les demandeurs et demandeuses d’asile du schéma classique d’hébergement dans les hôtels, le gouvernement compte par ailleurs se servir de lieux « alternatifs », comme des bases militaires situées à Wethersfield et à Scampton, où des centaines de personnes devraient être transférées d’ici à cet été, et 3 000 d’ici à l’automne. Celles et ceux restant dans les hôtels pourront être amenés à partager une même chambre avec plusieurs personnes, « lorsque c’est approprié ».
      L’externalisation toujours d’actualité

      « Et je dis à ces migrants qui protestent : ceci est plus que juste. Si vous venez ici illégalement, en quête d’une protection après avoir fui la mort, la torture ou la persécution, alors vous devriez pouvoir partager une chambre d’hôtel, payée par le contribuable, dans le centre de Londres. »

      À l’avenir, le gouvernement britannique mise aussi sur la réforme de la loi sur l’immigration et espère, une fois tous les recours en justice « terminés », pouvoir mettre en pratique la nouvelle loi sur la migration, qui permettrait de placer en détention toute personne arrivée illégalement sur le territoire, avant de l’expulser, soit vers son pays d’origine, soit vers un pays tiers comme le Rwanda, avec lequel un accord a été signé en ce sens.

      « Nous voulons que les choses soient claires, a martelé Rishi Sunak lors de son discours empli de fermeté. Je sais que ce sont des mesures difficiles. Et je ne m’en excuserai pas. »

      Dans un rapport rendu public le 11 juin, le comité mixte des droits de l’homme du Parlement britannique a exhorté le gouvernement à « ne pas enfreindre ses obligations légales envers les réfugiés, les enfants et les victimes de l’esclavage moderne », et à « jouer son rôle dans le système international de protection des réfugiés ». Invitée à répondre aux questions des membres de ce comité, la ministre de l’intérieur n’a pas donné suite.

      Le rapport final, qui contient une liste de recommandations telles que le respect effectif du droit d’asile ou du droit européen (comme les mesures de la CEDH), le non-recours à la détention des migrant·es et la protection des mineur·es non accompagné·es et autres publics vulnérables, appelle le gouvernement à répondre dans les deux mois.

      Celui-ci n’y répondra sans doute pas, considérant que la lutte contre la « migration illégale » est une priorité urgente pour laquelle tous les moyens sont permis.
      La société civile ne cesse de dire son inquiétude

      « Nous sommes profondément inquiets de voir que le gouvernement prévoit d’héberger un nombre grandissant de demandeurs d’asile dans des lieux totalement inadaptés à leurs besoins », avait dénoncé dans un tweet le Refugee Council, une organisation venant en aide aux personnes migrantes et réfugiées en Angleterre, réagissant à l’annonce de l’installation de la première barge.

      Sans compter la portée symbolique associée au fait de loger des personnes ayant traversé la Manche – et potentiellement d’autres eaux – à bord d’une embarcation qui, bien qu’elle soit à quai, ne peut que raviver le souvenir d’un parcours migratoire souvent dangereux et des vies que la mer emporte régulièrement, quand elle ne renforce pas le sentiment d’insécurité lié à une potentielle expulsion.

      Le Royaume-Uni a finalement réinventé le concept de « zone d’attente », mais pour les demandeurs et demandeuses d’asile. Reste à savoir dans quelle mesure leur liberté de circulation sera respectée ou non.

      Si le gouvernement britannique assure que la portée dissuasive de son discours et de ses mesures « fonctionne », il serait bon de se pencher sur les résultats concrets d’une telle politique, qui pousse les personnes exilées à davantage de précarité : celles qui n’osent effectivement plus tenter la traversée n’ont que la perspective des camps et de la rue pour horizon, à l’heure où l’État maintient une politique « zéro point de fixation » pour éviter que la jungle de Calais ne se reforme et où l’accueil des migrant·es est toujours plus décousu.

      Celles qui tentent toutefois de rejoindre le Royaume-Uni en small boat prennent de plus en plus de risques, partant désormais de communes plus éloignées des côtes anglaises pour éviter les contrôles et patrouilles des forces de l’ordre, dont les effectifs sont particulièrement présents aux abords des plages servant de points de départ.

      L’association Utopia 56, très présente sur le littoral pour venir en aide aux exilé·es, n’a d’ailleurs pas tardé à réagir aux annonces de Rishi Sunak. « Pourtant, ces quatre derniers jours, 1 519 personnes ont traversé la Manche et nos équipes ont reçu douze appels d’embarcations en détresse. Rishi Sunak, Gérald Darmanin, malgré les effets d’annonce, vos politiques violentes ne mènent à rien, sinon à pousser les personnes à risquer leur vie », a tweeté l’organisation le 14 juin.

      https://www.mediapart.fr/journal/international/160623/au-royaume-uni-des-barges-pour-parquer-les-refugies-qui-traversent-la-manc
      #Bibby_Stockholm

    • Government quietly awards travel firm £1.6bn contract for asylum barges and accommodation

      Fury over astonishing sum to operate barges and run services to house asylum seekers in Britain

      An Australian travel firm previously slammed for its handling of Covid quarantine hotels has been quietly handed a £1.6bn contract covering the UK’s new asylum accommodation ships, The Independent can reveal.

      #Corporate_Travel_Management (#CTM) was put in charge of the lucrative two-year arrangement in February, weeks before the government revealed it would use a barge as its first offshore accommodation for asylum seekers.

      The contract was awarded directly to CTM without competition, and a lawyer with knowledge of the system said the government had pushed a wider deal originally drawn up for official travel “beyond what it was intended to be used for”.

      Ministers have repeatedly refused to detail the projected cost of Rishi Sunak’s controversial asylum vessels, while insisting they will be cheaper than using hotels that are currently costing £6m a day.

      This week, Suella Braverman told parliament’s Home Affairs Committee she could not predict the cost of the new Illegal Migration Bill, because there are “many unknown factors”.

      Three vessels so far have been announced, with a barge named the “Bibby Stockholm” due to arrive in Portland, Dorset later this month and a further two ships set for undisclosed locations.

      Richard Drax, the Conservative MP for South Dorset, said the public “should know how much is being paid” on the barge set-up and said the spending he was aware of so far was “alarmingly high”.

      “The point is this is taxpayers’ money,” he told The Independent. “This contract might actually be separate to what the ports are being paid.

      “Then on top of that, the police want money, the health authority wants money, of course the council wants money, and yet the government continues to insist that this is cheaper than hotels. The overall figure will be alarmingly high.”

      Yvette Cooper, Labour’s shadow home secretary, said the Home Office has “serious questions to answer”.

      “The Tories are spending more and more taxpayers’ money on their total failure to fix the asylum backlog they have created,” she added.

      “This is an incredibly expensive contract with no clarity on whether proper procedures have been followed, and the barges come on top of costly hotels, not instead of them, because of the government failure to take asylum decisions or get any grip.”

      The CTM contract, published under the title “provision of bridging accommodation and travel services”, states that it has an estimated value of £1,593,535,200 over two years and could be extended beyond 2025.

      The Home Office refused to answer The Independent’s questions on what portion of the contract covers barges, and parts of official documents headed “pricing details” have been redacted in full because of “commercial interests”.

      John O’Connell, chief executive of the Taxpayers’ Alliance, said: “This murky contract leaves taxpayers in the dark. The migrant crisis may require an urgent response, but bungled procurement has cost a fortune in recent years.

      “Ministers must ensure transparency and value for money when tendering services.”

      Answering a parliamentary question on the Bibby Stockholm in May, immigration minister Robert Jenrick said it would be managed “by a specialist and experienced provider, which has a strong track record of providing this kind of accommodation”. He added that the provider had “managed two vessels [housing Ukrainian refugees] in Scottish ports for the past year”.

      On its website, CTM describes itself as “a global provider of innovative and cost-effective travel solutions spanning corporate, events, leisure, loyalty and wholesale travel”.

      The firm says it was established in Brisbane in 1994 and has since grown from a “two-person start-up into one of the world’s most successful travel management companies”, operating across Australasia, Asia, the Americas, Europe, the Middle East and Africa. It has two UK offices in London and Manchester.

      The firm’s most recent financial report hailed record profits, having taken A$292m (£160m) in revenue over the last six months of 2022.

      A notice to its shareholders celebrated the new contract’s “significant impact” on financial growth, adding: “This work involves highly complex services and logistic support… CTM has both the experience and specialised knowledge to support this work.”

      The government placed the new barges under a pre-existing agreement with CTM for “travel and venue solutions”, which previously covered official bookings for conferences, flights, train tickets, hotels and vehicle hire for ministers and civil servants.

      A source familiar with the drawing up of the overarching framework accused the government of “pushing the scope beyond what it was intended to be used for”.

      “If products and services are outside scope there’s a procurement failure and the contract has been awarded without following the rules,” they told The Independent. “It doesn’t look like the right vehicle for this kind of contract and it looks like they’ve done it to minimise visibility.”

      The remit of CTM’s government work was widened during the pandemic and its general manager for northern England, Michael Healy, was made an OBE in the 2021 New Year honours list over the repatriation of British nationals stranded abroad during the Covid pandemic.

      A report by parliament’s Foreign Affairs Committee found that the operation was “too slow and placed too much reliance on commercial providers”, but CTM was then handed a contract for operating quarantine hotels and mandatory testing.

      In a series of angry Google reviews that dragged the company’s rating down to 1.4 stars, one person called CTM “incompetent”, while another wrote: “Shame on the Tory government UK, on whoever decided to give them this contract.”

      Several MPs raised their constituents’ poor experiences in parliament, with one presenting a formal petition demanding compensation and saying the way the contract was awarded “avoided due process or competition”.

      CTM was later involved in operations to transport Afghans and Ukrainians to the UK, and operated two cruise ships used to temporarily house Ukrainian refugees in Scotland.

      That contract, which was also awarded without competition under the same framework as the new barges, covered two ships and hotels, and had an estimated value of £100m.

      CTM declined to comment and did not answer The Independent’s request for details of what the contract covered.

      A Home Office spokesperson said: “The pressure on the asylum system has continued to grow and requires us to look at a range of accommodation options, which offer better value for money for taxpayers than hotels. It is right that we explore all available options.

      “CTM was awarded the contract to deliver accommodation for the Home Office after an extensive procurement process and has a strong track record of providing this kind of accommodation.

      “We are pleased that they will be providing management for Bibby Stockholm, the two additional vessels announced by the prime minister, as well as bridging accommodation and travel services.”

      https://www.independent.co.uk/news/uk/home-news/barge-australia-asylum-contract-travel-b2354578.html

    • Le “prigioni galleggianti”: il nuovo piano del Regno Unito per la prima accoglienza

      L’intervista a Tigs Louis-Puttick, fondatrice dell’ONG Reclaim The Sea, arrestata nei giorni scorsi durante una protesta

      Fanno discutere in UK, e non solo, le “prigioni galleggianti” volute fortemente dal primo ministro britannico Rishi Sunak e il ministro dell’Interno Suella Braverman. Una misura per risparmiare sul costo della prima accoglienza che ora prevede la sistemazione in albergo dei richiedenti asilo.

      “Bibby Stockholm” è il nome della chiatta marittima che per i prossimi 18 mesi sarà utilizzata dal governo britannico per “ospitare” fino a 506 richiedenti asilo uomini, tra i 18 e i 56 anni, in attesa che si concluda l’iter della domanda di accoglienza nel Paese.

      Abbiamo parlato del nuovo piano del governo britannico e della campagna “No floating prisons” in questa intervista a Tigs Louis-Puttick, fondatrice dell’ONG Reclaim The Sea. L’attivista il 18 luglio scorso è stata arrestata «per essermi fermata in strada davanti al Ministero degli Interni con un cartello che diceva ‘Refugees Welcome’ e ‘No all’Immigration Bill, No Floating Prisons‘», ha dichiarato Tigs Louis-Puttick 1.

      Nello stesso giorno la “Bibby Stockholm” attraccava nel porto di Portland.

      Il nuovo piano del governo britannico prevede la prima accoglienza di 500 persone richiedenti asilo in una gigantesca chiatta-alloggio ancorata in un porto nel Canale della Manica, violando la libertà di movimento e il diritto alla privacy.

      Il 5 aprile 2023 l’Ufficio degli Interni britannico (Home Office) ha annunciato l’avvio di un piano per “accogliere” le persone migranti su una gigantesca chiatta-alloggio (la Bibby Stockhom), che giacerà all’interno del porto dell’isola di Portland, nel Canale della Manica. Secondo quanto dichiarato, la decisione è stata presa per “(…) ridurre l’insostenibile pressione sul sistema d’asilo britannico e ridurre l’onere economico che pesa sui contribuenti, causato dall’aumento significativo degli attraversamenti del Canale della Manica” 2. Da quanto emerge dalle dichiarazioni ufficiali dell’Home Office, la Bibby Stockholm diventerà operativa da luglio per un periodo iniziale di 18 mesi, e ospiterà fino a 500 richiedenti asilo uomini, tra i 18 e i 65 anni. La chiatta giacerà in un’area cosiddetta “protetta” del porto, da dove sarà possibile uscire e accedere al centro abitato solamente tramite un servizio autobus dedicato. A bordo, sarà presente un servizio di lavanderia, un catering per i pasti e degli spazi comuni. Sebbene sarà permesso scendere e accedere terra ferma, al momento, per gli ospiti, non è prevista l’erogazione di alcun servizio relativo all’accoglienza al di fuori del porto 3.

      È più che evidente come, l’Home Office miri alla limitazione della libertà di movimento delle persone migranti, riducendola ai minimi termini. Secondo quanto stimato da The Independent lo spazio che ogni persona avrà a disposizione sulla chiatta sarà di appena 15 metri quadri, “la misura di un posto auto”.

      Richard Drax, esponente del partito Conservatore britannico, l’ha definita una “quasi-prigione”, dove le persone saranno lasciate “sedute a girarsi i pollici”. Secondo James Wilson, direttore dell’organizzazione Detention Action (che fornisce supporto all’interno dei centri di detenzione per l’immigrazione illegale), non è che “(…) una chiatta angusta e simile ad una prigione” 4. E, a ragion del vero, è lo stesso Home Office, in diverse dichiarazioni ufficiali, a dichiarare esplicitamente la propria intenzione di “minimizzare l’impatto sulle comunità locali”, come dichiarato nel comunicato stampa del 5 aprile 2023, e ribadito, a più riprese nella Scheda Informativa disponibile sul proprio sito ufficiale.

      Di fronte all’ennesimo scenario di un sistema d’accoglienza sempre più restrittivo e non curante dei diritti delle persone richiedenti asilo, c’è chi non è rimasto indifferente e, anzi, ha dato il via ad una vera e propria lotta per i diritti delle persone migranti. In un’intervista per Melting Pot, parla Tigs Louis-Puttick, fondatrice dell’ONG Reclaim The Sea, che, fornendo lezioni di nuoto e surf alle persone migranti, ha l’obiettivo di accrescere la loro qualità di vita, e aiutarle trasformare il mare da un evento traumatico a uno spazio di libertà e guarigione. A maggio, Reclaimthesea ha redatto una lettera aperta a Suella Braverman, Segretaria di Stato per gli Affari Interni, domandando l’abbandono del progetto, firmata da 706 individui e 91 organizzazioni e collettivi, tra cui Medici Senza Frontiere UK e Sea-Watch. Lo scorso 21 maggio, insieme all’ONG Europe Must Act, Reclaimthesea ha guidato una protesta di fronte all’Home Office, e dato il via alla campagna “No floating prisons” (No alle prigioni galleggianti), che comprende una serie attività ed eventi di protesta e sensibilizzazione.

      https://twitter.com/Reclaim_The_Sea/status/1657692409671630849

      «Abbiamo deciso di chiamare la campagna di protesta No floating prisons per l’approccio generale che ne rispecchia il carattere di questi luoghi. L’attuale processo di ristrutturazione della chiatta prevede l’aumento dei posti da 220 a 500, il che vorrà dire stipare le persone in pochissimo spazio, violando la loro privacy e il diritto allo spazio personale. Il piano è che, direttamente al loro arrivo, le persone saranno sistemate sulla chiatta, che pare non sarà nemmeno attraccata alla terraferma. Inoltre, Portland è un porto chiuso, recintato, non si può entrare ed uscire liberamente. Le autorità potrebbero arbitrariamente decidere di negare il permesso a lasciare il porto e, siccome è un porto privato, non abbiamo controllo sulle decisioni delle autorità, ne possiamo essere certi che daranno informazioni».

      Sui rischi delle prigioni galleggianti, Tigs dice: «La quasi totalità delle persone migranti presenti nel Regno Unito, hanno dovuto affrontare un attraversamento in mare, che sia dalla Libia all’Italia, dalla Turchia alla Grecia o il Canale della Manica. Molti di loro, hanno vissuto qualche tipo di trauma legato al mare. Per ciò, l’idea di farli stare ancora in una barca equivale letteralmente a relegarli nel reale, fisico luogo del trauma. Inoltre, solo il 25% degli uomini e il 18% delle donne provenienti dall’Africa Orientale (area di provenienza di molti dei richiedenti asilo nel Regno Unito) sa nuotare. Dunque, se per qualsiasi motivo qualcuno dovesse cadere in acqua dalla barca o dal molo, rischierebbe seriamente la morte, anche per via delle temperature gelide. Infine, molti hanno vissuto momenti di prigionia nei loro paesi d’origine o nei paesi transito. Arrivano qui e ciò che li aspetta è praticamente un’altra prigione».

      La preoccupazione delle prigioni galleggianti è anche legata all’accordo tra Regno Unito e Rwanda, che prevede la ricollocazione permanente dei richiedenti asilo arrivati irregolarmente nel Regno Unito al Rwanda, affinché la loro domanda d’asilo venga esaminata lì 5. «E’ sostanzialmente una sala d’attesa per chi sarà portato in Rwanda, che non è un paese sicuro, poiché ci sono già tantissimi rifugiati e poche risorse. Come si può pensare di portare qualcuno, che per esempio viene dall’Afghanistan, in Rwanda? Cosa faranno lì? Tutto ciò è solo un’esternalizzazione in stile coloniale delle responsabilità del Regno Unito verso il diritto all’ asilo. Ci preoccupa davvero il fatto che queste persone, possano essere spinte al suicidio, perché capiranno che stanno aspettando solo di essere deportate».

      Infine, secondo Tigs «ciò che sta facendo il Regno Unito fa parte di una tendenza più ampia che sta nascendo in Europa, copiata da Grecia e Italia, quando tenevano le persone in quarantena su una nave durante la pandemia. Nel 2021 ho preso parte ad una missione di soccorso con Sea Watch, siamo arrivati al porto di Trapani con 200 persone a bordo, dopo 12 giorni di navigazione, e un’enorme nave ci stava aspettando, per trasferire le persone dalla nostra imbarcazione. Le persone non volevano andare. Volevano scendere a terra. Avevano paura di cosa avrebbero trovato, di restare in acqua, di sentirsi male».

      In conclusione, sebbene sia la prima volta che il Regno Unito decida di adottare un sistema del genere, tenere le persone migranti il più possibile segregate rispetto alla popolazione locale, riducendo il loro spazio vitale al minimo, operare a risparmio sull’accoglienza ed esternalizzare le frontiere non rappresenta alcuna novità. Al contrario, è solo l’ennesimo triste passo verso una tendenza consolidata, dei democraticissimi stati europei, di lavarsi le mani dal dovere di salvare vite umane, accogliere, e rispettare il diritto all’asilo.

      E’ possibile seguire la campagna e donare per sostenere la campagna contro le prigioni galleggianti e avviare un’azione legale contro lo stato britannico a questo link: https://tr.ee/74EHZPD4rz .

      https://www.meltingpot.org/2023/07/le-prigioni-galleggianti-il-nuovo-piano-del-regno-unito-per-la-prima-acc

    • ‘Cabins slightly larger than a prison cell’: life aboard the UK’s barge for asylum seekers

      Home Office tour of asylum seeker Bibby Stockholm barge emphasises no-frills features including TVs that don’t work

      Each two-person cabin in the Bibby Stockholm barge, which is set to start accommodating asylum seekers imminently, has a small flat-screen television screwed to the wall opposite the bunk beds. Residents will not, however, be able to watch them because they have not been wired to anything.

      The timeline for the arrival of the first group of 50 asylum seekers has slipped from next week to “the coming weeks”, with the Home Office aiming to increase the number of occupants (or “service users”, as barge staff term them) to 500 by the autumn.

      Organising tours for journalists on Friday of the 222-cabin barge moored in Portland Port, Dorset, presented government officials with a PR conundrum.

      To underline that reliance on expensive hotel accommodation was being reduced, conditions needed to be shown to be less luxurious than hotels but not so austere that the barge could be classified as a floating prison.

      Officials have refused to provide any detail about the figures behind their assertion that the barge accommodation will be considerably cheaper than hotel rooms.

      When the facility finally opens, arrivals will make their way on to the barge via a gangplank, and through airport-style security. In line with the Home Office’s prevailing dislike of friendly murals and pictures, asylum seekers will be greeted by plain, undecorated walls, though a simple laminated A4 sheet stating “welcome” has been stuck on the wall of the reception room.

      Windowless corridors, narrow enough to trail your fingers along both walls as you walk through them, circle the perimeter of the barge, with about 50 rooms on the long edges. Empty of inhabitants, the very confined space feels clean and cool, with an atmosphere vaguely reminiscent of a faded cross-Channel ferry.

      Single-person cabins have been refitted with bunk beds to double the potential capacity of the vessel. Each cabin is slightly larger in size than a prison cell, a bit smaller than the most basic university accommodation, and is fitted with a shower and toilet, a cupboard, mirror, desk and (staff are keen to point this out as a positive feature) a window.

      There was a subtle difference in approach taken by the Home Office employees giving tours to journalists and the representatives of the firm subcontracted to manage the barge.

      Government officials were keen to emphasise the barge’s low-cost appeal, but staff working for the Miami-based Landry & Kling, which has been subcontracted by the Australian firm Corporate Travel Management (CTM) to run the vessel on behalf of the Home Office, wanted to highlight the “dignified” treatment that would be provided: a 24-hour snack bar, planned visits to local allotments, proposed walks and cycle trips for residents.

      Joyce Landry, the firm’s cofounder, valiantly described the Bibby Stockholm in an interview earlier this week with the Herald as “actually quite lovely”.

      In the centre of the barge there are two smallish outdoor areas where nets are soon to be installed to allow people to play volleyball or netball and possibly a very contracted form of football. There is a small gym with two running machines, and an education room with just eight seats.

      “The thing that puts this vessel above many others is that every room has a window. You won’t feel claustrophobic. The windows open, unlike in some hotels. There’s enough public space to have a sense of freedom and openness,” said a Landry & Kling staff member.

      The windows offer views of high metal fencing and naval works units. Whether or not residents, single men aged 18-65, who will be held here for up to nine months, will agree that there is a sense of freedom and openness is a moot point. Security staff are being trained to manage conflict on board.

      In the street by the port’s entrance local protesters have been displaying their anger about the barge all week, with some furious at the arrival of large numbers of asylum seekers so close to the small tourist town, and others protesting that asylum seekers should not be held on barges at all.

      Landry has spent the past three nights sleeping on the barge to experience conditions. A windy night prompted staff to request extra tethering to fix the barge to the shore.

      Landry & Kling staff said the Home Office had requested that the TVs (previously used by construction workers recently accommodated on the barge) should not be wired up.

      The Home Office staff said they wanted “to promote socialisation” by forcing people out of their rooms to watch television together in the two communal TV rooms.

      But the presence of non-functioning TVs may also signal a determination by the Home Office to show that its latest solution for housing asylum seekers is merely “basic and functional” and will offer no frills to residents.

      Before it housed oil and construction workers, the Bibby Stockholm was used in the 2000s by the Netherlands to house asylum seekers. An Amnesty report from 2008 documented the psychological trauma experienced by residents.

      The rare Home Office tour of facilities was designed to showcase progress away from housing 51,000 asylum seekers in hotels at a cost of £6m a day to a cheaper alternative.

      However, plans have only been laid out for alternative accommodation for 3,000 people who they now hope will be moved to new, ex-military facilities and the barge by the autumn.

      https://www.theguardian.com/uk-news/2023/jul/21/life-aboard-bibby-stockholm-asylum-seeker-barge-home-office-tour

    • ‘No timeframe’ on delayed opening of Bibby Stockholm asylum barge

      Transport minister says barge in Portland going through final checks amid row over safety concerns

      A UK government minister has said he “cannot put a timeframe” on when the Home Office will open a controversial giant barge meant to house asylum seekers, which has been further delayed for checks.

      The initial plan had been to move people on to the Bibby Stockholm in Portland, Dorset, from this week, with numbers due to rise over the coming months until the vessel held about 500 men.

      Asked on Sky News when the barge would be available, the transport minister Richard Holden said: “It’s going through its final checks at the moment. It’s right that … whatever accommodation we provide is safe and secure as well. I can’t put a timeframe on it.”

      Asked if safety concerns were delaying the opening, he said: “It’s going through final checks at the moment. With anything you would want them to be properly checked out.”

      The Guardian reported on Monday that the first asylum seekers were due to be moved onboard the vessel on Wednesday but that seems to have been delayed further with the minister now unwilling to put a timeframe on the move.

      Asked if it would be delayed as long as the Rwanda policy had taken to implement, Holden added: “I can’t comment on the ongoing process of checks and things that have to take place but it is my understanding (it is) in its final checks.”

      Fears had been expressed that the barge could become a “floating Grenfell” and endanger the lives of vulnerable people who have fled hardship and war as it has not received the relevant safety signoff.

      About 40 claimants staying in other Home Office accommodation had received transfer letters saying they would be moved to the 222-cabin vessel in Dorset, Whitehall sources said.

      More than 50 national organisations and campaigners, including the Refugee Council, Asylum Matters and Refugee Action, have called the government’s plan “cruel and inhumane”. They said the vessel was “entirely inappropriate” and would house traumatised migrants in “detention-like conditions”.

      People are meanwhile expected to be moved this week on to another site that has become a focus for protest, the disused RAF base in Wethersfield, Essex.

      Local people who attended an event convened by the Home Office in the village complained on Monday night of coming away even more frustrated because of what they said was a lack of answers.

      “It was actually embarrassing. They didn’t pass a microphone around and it seemed to be really badly organised so people just ended up shouting to be heard,” said Michelle Chapman, of the Fields Association, a residents group involved in a campaign against the centre.

      “It ended up being quite heated and people just came away feeling frustrated. If there was one answer it was a pledge that they would not bring in any more than 50 people in one go, but there is still confusion here and genuine anxiety.”

      The meeting, held in the village hall, was addressed by senior police officers as well as Home Office officials. Local council officials were also present at the meeting, where Chapman said there was standing room only.

      A Home Office spokesperson said that delivering accommodation on surplus military sites and vessels would provide cheaper and more suitable accommodation for those arriving in the UK in small boats.

      They added: “The first asylum seekers have now been accommodated at Wethersfield and we are working with stakeholders on a carefully structured plan to increase the number staying there in a phased approach.”

      https://www.theguardian.com/uk-news/2023/aug/01/no-timeframe-on-delayed-opening-of-bibby-stockholm-asylum-barge

    • Transfer of asylum seekers to ‘floating coffin’ Bibby Stockholm postponed

      Nicola David of campaign group One Life to Live documents the reasons why Bibby Stockholm is being recognised as a potential death trap

      With the first asylum seekers due to step aboard Bibby Stockholm this week, the controversy surrounding the Home Office’s decision to contain people on the barge has further escalated. Serious safety questions are being raised about the barge’s setting, a berth at the Langham Industries-run Portland Port. As a direct consequence, the initial transfer of 40 vulnerable adults to Bibby Stockholm has been postponed. I calculate that delays to date have already cost the taxpayer over £3mn.

      This is the first time that asylum seekers are to be contained on a barge in the UK, and the scheme is already mired in misery. There were significant delays in dry dock, where rotten sections of the hull needed replacing. And my report found that keeping people on the barge won’t cost less than in hotels, which is the crux of the Home Office’s strategy.

      Now, I have found that the 47-year-old vessel has not yet passed fire safety checks, and there are grave concerns over serious and unresolved (and potentially unresolvable) safety and fire risks. There also appears to be confusion over which safety regulations will apply, given that the site straddles the sea and land and the engine-less vessel is effectively a hotel.

      Clear evidence is emerging that the decision to transfer vulnerable adults onto Bibby Stockholm was premature at best – and potentially negligent at worst. And politically, if safety concerns require the Home Office to significantly reduce the number of people on board, the cost per head would be a humiliating blow to the prime minister and home secretary, who are counting on large-scale containment sites such as this to put an end to the daily asylum seeker hotel bill.
      Bibby Stockholm: a disaster waiting to happen

      Bibby Stockholm was designed to hold 222 people in single cabins, but was recently reconfigured to hold 506 asylum seekers in multiple-occupancy rooms along with 40 resident staff. A further 20 staff will live off the barge; with some of these on duty, around 550 people could be on board at any time.

      This is 248% of the intended capacity – and more than the previous maximum of 472 asylum seekers held when the same vessel was used as an immigration detention centre in Rotterdam in 2005. I am also left wondering whether the barge’s insurers can have extended its cover to this permit this level of overcrowding, and whether they would refuse public liability claims for injury, death or damage from asylum seekers, staff or the port.

      Asylum seekers sharing small cabins will have “less living space than an average parking bay”, according to the Independent. The mayor of Portland, Carralyn Parkes, measured the cabins and found that those for two people averaged “about 10ft by 12ft”. This could lead to serious problems with exiting rooms, using corridors, and accessing fire exits – and it is not clear whether there are sufficient fire exits for the new, higher population.

      The width of the corridors on board is not publicly known, but following a tour of the barge the Guardian reported that they are “narrow enough to trail your fingers along both walls as you walk”. Given the excess numbers of people, this could result in deadly delays, bottlenecks, and trampling of fallen people.

      Bibby Stockholm has three floors and all of the corridors are configured in the same way. There are no external windows in the corridors, and in an emergency – particularly if smoke and/or dim lighting affect visibility – it is easy to imagine that people might become disoriented or be unable to locate the bow, stern, port or starboard sides. This could cause delays and increase panic.

      Factors that would impede escape

      Asylum seekers may have prior injuries relating to war, conflict or persecution, or may sustain injuries as direct result of an incident on the barge. In 2005, when a fire broke out at a Dutch detention centre in which 11 people died and 15 were injured, one man “suffered injuries to his neck, shoulders and chest when he fell from his bed … in panic after realising that the detention centre was on fire”. Either type of injury could impede escape in a major incident. Additionally, those suffering from the mental trauma of war, conflict or persecution may be less able to process evacuation and safety instructions.

      Local councillors who visited the barge on 27 July reported that there were also no lifejackets on the vessel. The windows on board can be opened, but it is understood that this is restricted and would not allow a person to escape in an emergency. Barge operator Landry & Kling also told journalists that there would be no fire drills on Bibby Stockholm.

      Any emergency would be further compounded by the presence of asylum seekers whose first language is not English, or who speak no English, and may struggle to understand verbal evacuation and safety instructions, especially in a state of panic.
      Access for emergency vehicles

      I am very concerned about the capacity of the small quayside compound, which could not possibly hold 550 people in an evacuation. To prevent asylum seekers leaving the site or walking around on the port, this compound is surrounded by a fence at least 15 feet high and is accessible only via two sets of locked gates. In a crush, people simply couldn’t get out. There is significant potential for a Hillsborough-like crush situation.

      The only way for emergency vehicles to access the vessel would be via this compound. Locked gates could be a problem; even with access, how would first-responders and ambulances get through large numbers of panicked people crowding into the enclosed area?

      Physical condition of Bibby Stockholm

      Bibby Stockholm was built in 1976. According to a recent FT article:

      “The hull was rotten … in places the steel hull had decayed to the point where it was dangerously thin, necessitating the replacement of entire sections … Bibby Stockholm was late out of Falmouth for good reasons, mostly age-related.”

      The repair work done at Falmouth may have fixed the localised problems, and the barge may (as the FT found) have passed its Lloyd’s inspections, but the rot and repairs may have undermined the overall structural integrity of the hull.

      This could leave the barge open to being adversely affected by extreme weather, including being knocked against the berth, or by the weight of the additional residents plus the commensurate additional furniture and stores.
      Complexity around safety

      The barge scheme straddles both water and land, rendering safety inspections and certification more complex and potentially confusing. At least five agencies are involved:

      Lloyd’s Register of Shipping
      The Maritime and Coastguard Agency
      Dorset Council, which regulates the safety of the barge
      The Health and Safety Executive (HSE), which regulates the surrounding quayside
      Dorset & Wiltshire Fire and Rescue Service.

      Health and safety concerns

      In the week commencing 24 July, the HSE visited the berth at Portland Port. It found that “a lot” of work was still required to be done by both Bibby Marine and Landry & Kling, the US-based subcontractor for operations.

      Landry & Kling co-founder Joyce Landry has claimed in an interview in The Herald that “fears about the conditions on board have been caused by a lack of accurate information,” and that Bibby Stockholm is “actually quite lovely”.

      Mark Davies, head of communications and campaigns at the Refugee Council, expressed concern, saying:

      “Like most people in the UK, we believe people seeking asylum – the vast majority of whom are refugees fleeing unimaginable horrors – should be treated with decency, respect and humanity. These are values people in Britain hold dear.”

      A 27 July report in the Guardian, highlighting some of these safety concerns, includes a statement from Dorset & Wiltshire Fire and Rescue Service which indicates that they are not yet satisfied with arrangements at the barge. They said they had “conducted visits to review fire safety arrangements on the Bibby Stockholm” and were continuing to liaise with other authorities “to ensure that appropriate fire safety measures under relevant legislation are in place”.
      Questions for the home secretary

      On 18 July it was reported that Chris Loder, MP for West Dorset, has said:

      “For months, I have been asking for sight of the safety risk assessments that should have been done to allow the Bibby Stockholm to be used in Portland Harbour … But visibility or assurances that adequate safety risk assessments have been completed have not been received.”

      Loder has written to the home secretary Suella Braverman and transport minister Baroness Vere to ask that they either stop the scheme or provide the necessary safety risk assessments confirming that the vessel can cope with double the weight that it was designed to bear.

      In May 2023, a caller named Mark told David Lammy MP on LBC Radio: “What they are effectively doing here is they are creating a potential Grenfell on water, a floating coffin … If there is a fire, people will die. In this case, people won’t die from the smoke or the flames, they will die from the stampede.”
      A failure both of competence and humanity

      The Home Office announced its intention to create a series of asylum seeker containment sites last year, but failed at the first hurdle with the cancelled plans for Linton-on-Ouse. The RAF Scampton and RAF Wethersfield sites now have permission to push ahead with a judicial review. Regardless, Scampton has been delayed until October, since the Home Office has failed for five months to survey the accommodation buildings and to engage tradespeople.

      At Wethersfield (the only large-scale site to have received any asylum seekers so far) there are cases of tuberculosis, scurvy and scabies. Legal action on human rights grounds is certain to follow at all sites, involving misery for individuals and a burden for the public purse.

      The Home Office appears to be embarrassingly unable to set up and manage these sites, or to show any humanity towards deeply vulnerable people. It certainly cannot deliver value for money. It is time for the Home Office to hire more asylum caseworkers to process the shameful backlog, and to put an end to large-scale containment – before we start to see them shifting into concentration-like detention centres.

      https://yorkshirebylines.co.uk/news/home-affairs/transfer-of-asylum-seekers-to-floating-coffin-bibby-stockholm-po
      #sécurité

    • Bibby Stockholm: First asylum seekers to board UK’s controversial barge despite safety warnings

      Fire Bridges Union (FBU) have brand Bibby Stockholm a ’potential deathtrap,’ while leaked health document warns of a potential diphtheria outbreak.

      The first 50 asylum seekers will board the controversial Bibby Stockholm barge “imminently," the British government told the BBC’s Radio 4 Today programme.

      The announcement comes just days after the Fire Bridges Union (FBU) raised concerns about overcrowding and fire exit access in a letter to the Home Secretary.

      The Bibby Stockholm, a 222-cabin barge moored off Portland port in Dorset, is anticipated to accommodate double its original capacity, with bunkbeds squeezed into single cabins.

      Narrow corridors, a lack of life jackets, and locked gates could create a “Hillsborough-type crush” and make it a “potential deathtrap,” the FBU warned.

      The evacuation point, a compound on the quayside, has been described by Dorset councillors as “completely inappropriate".

      “Firefighting operations on vessels such as the Bibby Stockholm provide significant challenges and require specialist training and safe systems of work. The diminished safety provisions only exacerbate our operational concerns,” Ben Selby, the assistant general Secretary of the FBU wrote.

      A leaked internal health document has also warned of the potential for “a significant outbreak” of diphtheria aboard the boat.

      It also highlighted the risk of the spread of a number of other infectious diseases including TB, Legionnaires’ disease, norovirus, salmonella, and scabies.

      The first group of asylum seekers was initially intended to arrive last Tuesday, but the date was pushed to this week amid health and safety concerns.

      The Home Office had already been forced to delay the first arrivals onto the vessel in order to carry out last-minute fire safety checks, after an intervention by health and safety officials.

      On Sunday, Shadow Immigration Minister Stephen Kinnock said the opposition Labour Party would have “no choice” but to continue housing asylum seekers on barges if it forms the next government.

      The news comes amid a raft of new anti-migration measures including a huge increase in fines for landlords and employers who house or employ undocumented migrants, and the revival of plans to fly asylum seekers to Ascension Island.
      Floating prisons

      The move to house asylum seekers on the barge in “detention-like conditions” has been condemned by over 50 national organisations and campaigners for being “cruel and inhumane".

      “(This) floating prison is very quickly going to turn into an overcrowded camp like Manston,” a member of Action Against Detention and Deportations (ADD) told MEE, referring to the short-term facility in Kent that was dangerously overcrowded.

      “There’s also a concern about how this might affect deportation,” they said.

      “We know that the Home Office cuts a lot of different admin procedures where they can, any route they can go through to detain people easily, they will do so… having that number of people in unsafe conditions… is a big concern.”

      It is the first time a large floating structure has been used as long-term housing for asylum seekers in the UK. In 2008, Algerian national Rachid Abdelsalam died from heart failure aboard the Bibby Stockholm when it was deployed in the Netherlands.

      Reportedly, guards were warned of his deteriorating condition and treated his heart irregularities with cough syrup.

      In 2022, also in the Netherlands, a major typhoid outbreak aboard an ageing cruise liner infected 52 asylum seekers and saw 20 staff members hospitalised after raw sewage contaminated the drinking water.
      No basic protections

      In the same letter, the FBU also expressed concerns about the government’s plans to exempt asylum seeker accommodation from requirements for a Houses in Multiple Occupation (HMO) license.

      In May this year, the Guardian reported the government plans to exempt asylum seeker accommodation from basic protections that govern HMOs in order to empty hotels of thousands of asylum seekers and transfer them to the private rented sector.

      The proposed changes would lift restrictions on electrical safety and minimum room sizes, and exempt landlords renting to multiple asylum seekers from requiring an HMO license for two years.

      “To strip away the very basic protections currently in place is appalling, allowing rogue landlords to house vulnerable men, women, and children in dangerous accommodation," a Refugee Council spokesperson told MEE.

      Care4Calais CEO Steve Smith told MEE that the plans treated asylum seekers as “second-class citizens.”

      “HMO licences exist for a reason,” Smith said.

      “Without them, people’s lives would be placed in the hands of unscrupulous landlords who are driven by money rather than providing safe and secure housing for tenants.”

      https://www.middleeasteye.net/news/bibby-stockholm-uk-asylum-seekers-board-controversial-barge

    • First occupants of Bibby Stockholm barge taken onboard

      First asylum seekers to be housed on floating accommodation in Portland, Dorset, have arrived

      The first group of asylum seekers due to be housed on the Bibby Stockholm barge in Portland, Dorset, have been taken onboard.

      Buses were seen arriving at Portland on Monday morning as activists gathered at the entrance with “welcome” signs. About 50 asylum seekers are expected on Monday.

      The UK government wants to use barges and former military bases to accommodate some asylum seekers after the cost of housing them in hotels soared to £1.9bn pounds last year.

      Their arrival came amid confusion over the government’s immigration policies at the start of Rishi Sunak’s “small boats week”, during which the government is planning a series of eye-catching announcements.

      A Home Office minister indicated that up to 500 asylum seekers could be onboard by the end of the week. But No 10 appeared to suggest that the minister had misspoken. The same minister indicated that the Home Office was examining proposals to send asylum seekers to a UK territory in the south Atlantic. However, Whitehall sources said the proposal was not being pursued.

      The Bibby Stockholm was docked off the Dorset coast nearly three weeks ago and had been empty since due to health and safety concerns.

      The minister for safeguarding, Sarah Dines, told BBC Radio 4’s Today programme that while only a small number of asylum seekers were expected to be housed on the barge at first, it could increase rapidly to its capacity of about 500.

      Pressed on whether all of them could be onboard by the end of the week, Dines said: “Yes, quite possibly it will be 500. We are hoping.”

      She said the increase in the number of people on the ship would be gradual, despite concerns from the Fire Brigades Union that the vessel “is a deathtrap”.

      Later, the prime minister’s official spokesperson said: “Numbers will increase over time as you would expect for any new asylum facility. My understanding is that the Bibby Stockholm has an upward capacity of 500. We are looking to [reach] that number over time – I don’t think we are aiming to do it by the weekend.”

      Dines also claimed that ministers were “looking at everything” when asked about headlines in national newspapers claiming the government was looking again at sending asylum seekers to Ascension Island.

      Whitehall sources have indicated the plans are not being pursued. The prime minister’s official spokesperson would not comment on “speculation”.

      Ministers have repeatedly said the barge will be better value for British taxpayers and more manageable for local communities – a claim challenged by refugee charities. There has been local opposition to the plan because of concerns about the asylum seekers’ welfare, as well as the potential impact on local services.

      The refugee charity Care4Calais said it had stopped 20 people from being forced to board the barge so far, with referrals coming in from hotels by the hour.

      “None of the asylum seekers we are supporting have gone to the Bibby Stockholm today as legal representatives have had their transfers cancelled,” Steve Smith, the charity’s CEO, said.

      “Among our clients are people who are disabled, who have survived torture and modern slavery and who have had traumatic experiences at sea. To house any human being in a ‘quasi floating prison’ like the Bibby Stockholm is inhumane. To try and do so to this group of people is unbelievably cruel.”

      More than 15,000 asylum seekers have arrived in the UK so far this year after crossing the Channel, official figures show.

      On Friday and Saturday 339 people made the journey after an eight-day hiatus amid poor weather conditions at sea, taking the provisional total for 2023 to date to 15,071.

      Amnesty International UK condemned using the barge to house asylum seekers. Steve Valdez-Symonds, the charity’s refugee and migrant rights director, said: “It seems there’s nothing this government won’t do to make people seeking asylum feel unwelcome and unsafe in this country.

      “Reminiscent of the prison hulks from the Victorian era, the Bibby Stockholm is an utterly shameful way to house people who’ve fled terror, conflict and persecution. Housing people on a floating barge is likely to be re-traumatising and there should be major concerns about confining each person to living quarters the typical size of a car parking space.”

      The government hopes the use of the barge and former military bases to house asylum seekers will reduce the cost of hotel bills.

      https://www.theguardian.com/uk-news/2023/aug/07/first-occupants-of-bibby-stockholm-barge-taken-onboard?CMP=share_btn_tw

    • Bibby Stockholm: Asylum seekers describe life on barge

      Some of the first group of men to board the Bibby Stockholm have described their first 24 hours on the barge.

      One asylum seeker told the BBC it was like a prison and felt there wasn’t enough room to accommodate up to 500 people onboard, as the government plans.

      The Home Office says the barge will provide better value for the taxpayer as pressure on the asylum system from small boats arrivals continues to grow.

      Moored in Portland Port, Dorset, it is the first barge secured under the government’s plans to reduce the cost of asylum accommodation.

      Monday saw the first 15 asylum seekers board the Bibby Stockholm after a series of delays over safety concerns. It will house men aged 18 to 65 while they await the outcome of their asylum applications.

      An Afghan asylum seeker, whom the BBC is not identifying, said: "The sound of locks and security checks gives me the feeling of entering Alcatraz prison.

      “My roommate panicked in the middle of the night and felt like he was drowning. There are people among us who have been given heavy drugs for depression by the doctor here.”

      He said he had been given a small room, and the dining hall had capacity for fewer than 150 people.

      “Like a prison, it [the barge] has entrance and exit gates, and at some specific hours, we have to take a bus, and after driving a long distance, we go to a place where we can walk. We feel very bad,” the man added.

      There is 24/7 security in place on board the Bibby Stockholm and asylum seekers are issued with ID swipe cards and have to pass through airport-style security scans to get on and off.

      Asylum seekers are expected to take a shuttle bus to the port exit for security reasons. There is no curfew, but if they aren’t back there will be a “welfare call”.

      The Home Office has said it would support their welfare by providing basic healthcare, organised activities and recreation.

      The first group of men arrived on Monday. The Care4Calais charity said it was providing legal support to a further 20 asylum seekers who refused to move to Portland and are challenging the decision.

      On Tuesday, Economic Secretary to the Treasury, Andrew Griffiths, said that moving to the barge was “not a choice” and if people choose not to comply “they will be taken outside of the asylum support system”.

      “Many of us entered Britain nine to 11 months ago, by airplane. Some of us applied for asylum at the airport. We did not come by boat,” the Afghan man said.

      "It has been two weeks since we received a letter in which they threatened that if we do not agree to go, our aid and NHS will be cut off.

      “There are people among us who take medicine. We accepted. We waited for two weeks and didn’t even have time to bring clean clothes.”

      Another man who boarded the vessel on Monday told the BBC he had arrived in the UK on an aircraft, had a wife still in Iran and had been in Britain for six months.

      The man - whom the BBC is not identifying - said he had eaten a “good” breakfast which included “eggs, cheese, jam and butter”.

      The government says it is spending £6m per day housing more than 50,000 migrants in hotels.

      A Home Office spokesperson said: “This marks a further step forward in the government’s work to bring forward alternative accommodation options as part of its pledge to reduce the use of expensive hotels and move to a more orderly, sustainable system which is more manageable for local communities.”

      “This is a tried-and-tested approach that mirrors that taken by our European neighbours, the Scottish government and offers better value for the British taxpayer,” they added.

      The Home Office says that by the autumn, they aim to house about 3,000 asylum seekers in places that aren’t hotels - such as the barge, and former military sites Wethersfield, in Essex, and Scampton, in Lincolnshire.

      https://www.bbc.com/news/uk-66444120

    • Moment Bibby Stockholm barge migrants are EVACUATED amid fears of Legionnaires’ disease - just DAYS after asylum seekers moved aboard in Dorset

      - All 39 asylum seekers onboard Bibby Stockholm barge were evacuated today
      - It comes after first 15 men boarded vessel in Portland, Dorset, just four days ago

      This the moment asylum seekers were driven away from the Bibby Stockholm after deadly legionella bacteria was found in the migrant barge’s water system.

      All 39 migrants onboard the controversial vessel were evacuated today - just four days after the first 15 men stepped onto it in Portland, Dorset - and are being moved to the same hotel, according to The Independent.

      A 40-seater coach, which had been shuttling migrants to and from Weymouth, was seen leaving today. Inside were two men sat in the middle who turned their faces away from onlookers at the port.

      Other footage of the Bibby Stockholm showed people arriving and leaving this afternoon - with ten people seen walking up a ramp and entering while others left.

      Routine tests of the barge’s water supply were reportedly carried out on July 25 but the results only came back when asylum seekers began boarding the barge on Monday, according to Sky News. The results showed levels of legionella bacteria ’which require further investigation’.

      Home Office sources say they were not made aware of the results until Wednesday, with further tests being carried out on Thursday.

      The UK Health Security Agency (UKHSA) advised the Government on Thursday evening to remove all six people that arrived on the Bibby Stockholm that day, but the Home Office decided to evacuate all 39 as a precaution.

      The harmful bacteria can cause a serious lung infection called Legionnaires’ disease, which can happen when breathing in tiny droplets of water containing the bacteria.

      Although nobody onboard had shown symptoms of the disease, officials insisted that all migrants be disembarked while further assessments are carried out.

      A letter from the Home Office that was leaked to the Guardian has reportedly informed asylum seekers that they will be tested for Legionnaires diseases if they do begin to show symptoms.

      The migrants will be taken to hotels which are said to be far from Weymouth, where few rooms are available during the height of the school summer holidays.

      One Syrian migrant onboard the barge told MailOnline this afternoon that he had not been given any information and had not been told to leave. He said: ’The place is very empty but no one has said anything to us. We will have to wait and see, but it is worrying.’

      But the migrants were later told they would be evacuated. It comes after health officials ordered six new arrivals to be removed yesterday.

      Immigration Minister Robert Jenrick is said to be holding meetings to discuss the barge, which the Government hoped would house up to 500 migrants. Local councillors have vowed not to see the boat back in use.

      With a capacity of up to 506, the Government is still hoping that use of the Bibby Stockholm, together with former military bases, will help reduce the £6million a day it is spending on hotel bills for asylum seekers.

      But opponents have claimed the barge is unsafe and a ’floating prison’, while lawyers of some migrants due to board this week have successfully argued to allow them to stay in hotels.

      It was only four days ago that the first 15 men were taken onboard the vessel.

      Support workers, who have spoken to some on board, claimed the asylum seekers were not being kept informed about what was happening.

      Heather Jones, of the Portland Friendship Group which is supporting the migrants, said: ’I have had texts and phone conversations from some of them and they are still on board, they haven’t been evacuated yet.

      ’Nobody has told them anything. They have had to ask me what the problem is. One of them was really concerned because he had just drunk a glass of water and he was asking me if he was going to be OK.

      ’I told him it is probably a precautionary measure but they shouldn’t be hearing it from me.

      ’They don’t know where they are being taken to. Hopefully it will be back to the hotels where they have come from.’

      There was a small group of campaigners from Stand Up To Racism at the port entrance holding placards saying ’Legionella death trap’ and ’human rights’.

      Lynne Hubbard, from the group, said: ’The Home Office have admitted they carried on admitting asylum seekers on the barge even though they found out about legionella on Monday.

      ’They would have been drinking the water and showering in it. That shows pretty clearly what the Government thinks of asylum seekers and how much they value their lives. They are heartless.

      ’An asylum seeker in there we are in contact with told us to get in touch with his family in case he dies of Legionella. That’s how frightened they are.’

      A local Portland councillor slammed the health crisis as a ’farce’ this afternoon.

      Paul Kimbdr, an independent councillor, said he thought the outbreak would mean the end of the barge being used to house asylum seekers.

      ’I just can’t see it being back in use. It’s all been a bit of a farce really,’ he told MailOnline.

      A Home Office spokesman told MailOnline today: ’The health and welfare of individuals on the vessel is our utmost priority.

      ’Environmental samples from the water system on the Bibby Stockholm have shown levels of legionella bacteria which require further investigation.

      ’Following these results, the Home Office has been working closely with UKHSA (the UK Health Security Agency) and following its advice in line with long established public health processes, and ensuring all protocol from Dorset Council’s Environmental Health team and Dorset NHS is adhered to.

      ’As a precautionary measure, all 39 asylum seekers who arrived on the vessel this week are being disembarked while further assessments are undertaken.

      ’No individuals on board have presented with symptoms of Legionnaires’, and asylum seekers are being provided with appropriate advice and support.

      ’The samples taken relate only to the water system on the vessel itself and therefore carry no direct risk indication for the wider community of Portland nor do they relate to fresh water entering the vessel. Legionnaires’ disease does not spread from person to person.’

      Mr Jenrick has previously described the barge as ’perfectly decent accommodation’, but asylum seekers who have spent four nights onboard have contrasting views.

      While one Afghan compared it to the former US maximum security prison Alcatraz, others have said it was ’cramped but comfortable’ with lots of facilities.

      MailOnline understands that the legionella bacteria is believed to have come from the pipes on the vessel – with tests of the water at point of entry coming back with no indication of legionella.

      Six asylum seekers arrived on the barge yesterday, and the UK Health Security Agency last night advised the Home Office to remove this group.

      Home Office sources have insisted that the removal of everyone was a ’further temporary precaution’ aimed to ’reduce the health risk as much as possible’.

      The Home Office is now awaiting the results of follow-up tests which have been carried out on the water system by Dorset Council environmental health officers.

      The UK Health Security Agency will then provide additional advice.

      Sources added that it was not unusual to identify legionella bacteria in warm water systems, which is why they are often subject to regular testing in buildings.

      A Dorset Council spokesman said: ’Dorset Council’s environmental health team and Public Health Dorset are advising the Home Office and its contractors, alongside the UK Health Security Agency and NHS Dorset, following notification of positive samples of Legionella bacteria in the water system on the Bibby Stockholm barge.

      ’No individuals have presented symptoms of Legionnaires’ disease, and there is no health risk to the wider community of Portland.’

      It is understood that the Home Office is managing the search for alternative accommodation for the asylum seekers.

      Dr Laurence Buckman, former chairman of the British Medical Association’s GP Committee, told GB News today: ’If you’re unlucky and your immunity isn’t really tip-top, there is a risk that you will get legionella pneumonia and die from it.

      ’It’s potentially treatable but of course you have to diagnose it first. It lives in water supplies. It lives in sink traps, so a U-bend of a sink will be a problem, and it lives in air conditioning units.

      ’That’s why we have what are called ’scrubbers’ in air conditioning units to wipe out the legionella before the air gets blown onto other people, and why hospitals that get legionella in their sinks have a really big problem. At worst, they have to take the sinks out and replace them and the pipework that goes with them.’

      Steve Smith, chief executive of the charity Care4Calais, said: ’We have always known our concerns over the health and safety of the barge are justified, and this latest mismanagement proves our point.

      ’The Bibby Stockholm is a visual illustration of this Government’s hostile environment against refugees, but it has also fast become a symbol for the shambolic incompetence which has broken Britain’s asylum system.

      ’The Government should now realise warehousing refugees in this manner is completely untenable, and should focus on the real job at hand - processing the asylum claims swiftly, so refugees may become contributing members of our communities as they so strongly wish.’

      Meanwhile Fire Brigades Union general secretary Ben Selby said the outbreak suggested it was ’only a matter of time before either lives are lost or there is serious harm to a detainee.’

      He said: ’The Fire Brigades Union warned the Home Secretary that forcibly holding migrants on this barge was a huge health and safety risk.

      ’This outbreak of Legionella suggests that it’s only a matter of time before either lives are lost or there is serious harm to a detainee.’

      And Alex Bailey, a spokesman for the No To The Barge campaign group, told MailOnline: ’This has become Fawlty Towers at sea.

      ’This was inevitable because of the poor advance planning and preparation, the rush and people in power with little knowledge and pushing the experts to break the rules.

      ’This is just another example of the incompetent way our Government has approached this scheme from start to finish. Robert Jenrick promised the country Bibbly Stockholm was safe. That is not the case.’

      Shadow home secretary Yvette Cooper said: ’Across the country, most people want strong border security and a properly managed and controlled asylum system so the UK does its bit alongside other countries to help those who have fled persecution and conflict, while those who have no right to be here are swiftly returned.

      ’Under this Government, we have neither as gangs are undermining our border security and the asylum system is in chaos.’

      And Kolbassia Haoussou, director of survivor empowerment at Freedom from Torture, said: ’The presence of life-threatening bacteria onboard the Bibby Stockholm is just another shocking revelation that we’ve seen unfold over the past few weeks. This Government’s punitive policies and deliberate neglect of the asylum system is not just cruel, it’s dangerous.’

      Yesterday the Home Office denied the barge was a ’floating prison’ and insisted that those onboard would be ’free to come and go as they want’.

      Gardening in nearby allotments and hiking tours of the area are among the activities which could be offered to those onboard.

      Security measures include 18 guards trained to military standard who work around the clock.

      In total, about 60 staff including cooks and cleaners will be on board the barge run by Landry and Kling, a sub-contractor of Corporate Travel Management (CTM) which also managed vessels in Scotland housing Ukrainians.

      Spaghetti with meatballs, roast turkey, Irish stew and beef pie are on the sample menu to be served in the canteen by Dubai-headquartered offshore firm Connect Catering Services, alongside breakfast and a selection of snacks available 24 hours a day.

      The gym, equipped with treadmills and weights, is still awaiting delivery of rowing machines and exercise bikes. Volleyball, basketball, netball and football can all be played in one of two outside courtyards.

      Most of the 222 bedrooms have twin bunk beds, with cupboard space, a desk, en-suite bathroom, heating and windows which open. But there are also 20 larger rooms which would sleep four people, and two rooms housing six people.

      The bedrooms all have televisions which the operator was told to disconnect but were too costly to remove so can be used only as monitors.

      Instead, residents will be encouraged to socialise or watch programmes and films in one of four communal TV rooms, and can also learn English in a classroom and worship in a dedicated space. A small number of laptops are also available and there is Wi-Fi throughout the barge.

      https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-12397201/All-migrants-housed-Bibby-Stockholm-barge-removed.html
      #maladie #légionellose #maladie_du_légionnaire #évacuation

    • Asylum seekers say Bibby Stockholm conditions caused suicide attempt

      Thirty-nine people who were briefly onboard write to Suella Braverman describing their fear and despair

      Thirty-nine asylum seekers who were briefly accommodated on the Home Office’s controversial Bibby Stockholm barge in Dorset have said conditions onboard were so bad that one was driven to attempt suicide.

      A three-page letter sent to the home secretary, Suella Braverman, also sets out the asylum seekers’ fear and despair at being trapped on the barge and appeals to her to help them in their search for safety and freedom in the UK.

      They describe the barge as “an unsafe, frightening and isolated place” but said that as law-abiding people they were fearful of not obeying Home Office instructions. The asylum seekers described the barge as “a place of exile” and said the conditions were “small rooms and a terrifying residence”.

      Some of the asylum seekers have told the Guardian they are too traumatised to return to the barge in Portland.

      According to the letter some people fell ill on the barge.

      The letter says: “Also in a tragic incident one of the asylum seekers attempted suicide but we acted promptly and prevented this unfortunate event. Considering the ongoing difficulties it’s not unexpected that we might face a repeat of such situations in the future.

      “Some friends said they even wished they had courage to commit suicide. Our personal belief is that many of these individuals might resort to this foolishness to escape problems in the future.”

      They said they were the last people to be informed about the legionella bacteria found on the barge and announced by the Home Office on 11 August.

      They said their brief stay on the barge had led to a deterioration in their mental health. “Currently we are staying in an old and abandoned hotel. The sense of isolation and loneliness has taken over us and psychological and emotional pressures have increased significantly.”

      The letter to Braverman concludes with a plea to consider their situation as a priority. “We are individuals who are tired of the challenges that have arisen and no longer have the strength to face them.”

      An Iranian asylum seeker among the 39 has vowed never to return there. He said many of the other men who spent a few days onboard felt the same way.

      “If I had had to stay even one more day on the barge I would have had suicidal thoughts. When I got on to the barge the smell and the stench of seawater was overwhelming,” he said.

      “I developed stomach pains and felt dizzy but I was too scared to refuse to get on. Being on the barge made us feel like criminals and second-class citizens.”

      He added that nobody from the Home Office properly explained the legionella situation to them. “I had to search on Google to find out what it is. Everyone who was on the barge are now all together in one hotel. A few people are coughing and everybody is afraid. When I was having a shower on the barge the water was burning my eyes.

      “Being on that barge will always be a horrific memory in my brain. It’s a completely unfit place. We’re all feeling very upset but are even more upset that the Home Office want to return us to this horror show.

      “I want to ask a question of the people who made the decision to put us on the barge. ‘Would you put a member of your family there even for one day?’ We came to the UK to escape persecution but are facing more persecution here.”

      In response to the letter the Home Office said: “We are following all protocol and advice from Dorset council’s environmental health team, UK Health Security Agency and Dorset NHS, who we continue to work closely with.

      “Further tests are being conducted and we intend to re-embark asylum seekers only when there is confirmation that the water system meets relevant safety standards. The safety of those onboard remains the priority.”
      Bibby Stockholm timeline

      Monday 7 August: The first group of asylum seekers, all men, are taken to the barge by the Home Office. Some lawyers successfully challenged their clients being put onboard. New arrivals said they were shocked by the high walls of the barge, which felt like a ‘floating prison’ and the overwhelming stench of seawater onboard.

      Tuesday 8 August : The reality of life onboard the barge starts to be understood by the men. “My feeling about this ship is negative,” said one. “Right now my strongest feeling is of being humiliated and captured. The government takes revenge on every useful brain and heart. What I mean by revenge is that the British government intends to cover up its political and economic failures by using asylum seekers as an excuse.”

      Thursday 10 August: By this time all the agencies involved with the barge were aware that tests had confirmed legionella onboard the barge on Monday. Dorset council said its officials informed barge contractors the same day they received the test results and that a meeting was held on Tuesday with officials including one from the Home Office. The men continued to shower and use water taps onboard, oblivious to any potential risks to their health.

      Friday 11 August: At 1.54pm the men started seeing messages on social media “that there is a disease problem on the barge and we will need to evacuate”. At about 2pm a text was received that the asylum seekers believed to be from staff onboard the barge telling them not to use the showers for two hours as the shower heads needed to be replaced. At 5pm, a copied text was received from the Home Office describing the bacteria found on the barge and informing the men that they would be leaving the barge at 7pm by bus.

      Saturday 12 August: Relocation to a “disused” hotel. The men begin to process the despair their experience on the barge had left them with. Some said previously they had put their trust in the Home Office to provide them with safety after fleeing danger in their home countries but their time on the barge has destroyed that. “All our hopes are gone. We think now the Home Office is not there to help us. It abandons us to uncertain destiny. The barge has sabotaged hope, trust. Morale among us is at zero.”

      https://www.theguardian.com/uk-news/2023/aug/25/asylum-seekers-bibby-stockholm-conditions-suicide-attempt

    • Home Office Faces Legal Challenge Against ‘Appalling’ Use of Bibby Stockholm Barge to House Refugees

      “Human beings do not belong in barges or camps. The correct way to house people is to house them in communities.”

      A Labour mayor has launched a legal challenge to Home Secretary Suella Braverman’s use of the Bibby Stockholm barge to accommodate around 500 male asylum-seekers at Portland Port in Dorset, without obtaining planning permission.

      Carralyn Parkes is a Portland Town Councillor and Mayor of Portland, bit is acting in a personal capacity as a local resident. Dorset Council and Portland Port Limited have backed the claim as “interested parties”, meaning that they will have the opportunity to make submissions, file evidence and participate in the case.

      It comes after a deadly legionella strain was found onboard the Bibby Stockholm. It was detected on the first day people boarded on 7 August, with officials evacuating all 39 people onboard that day, the Guardian reported.

      Parkes is asking the Court to declare that the Home Office’s use of the barge as asylum accommodation is capable of constituting ‘development’ under the Town and Country Planning Act 1990, and therefore that it may amount to a breach of planning control and possible enforcement action by Dorset Council.

      Her claim argues that the Home Office is attempting the ‘technical wheeze’ of using a boat as asylum accommodation in order to circumvent normal planning rules, which would apply if the barge was instead installed on land.

      As a result, local residents’ ability to raise objections to the barge and its use in Portland, via their local authority, is “severely hampered”, her legal team says. It also places the barge outside the reach of “important” legal protections such as limits on overcrowding.

      Carralyn Parkes told Byline Times: “In the 21st century, it’s appalling to think that we’ve even considered housing the most vulnerable people in the world on a barge. The accommodation is wholly unsuitable.

      “If the government had put this through a planning procedure, I’m convinced it would have been denied, as the port is a closed area.”

      She added that infrastructure in Portland is “stretched to breaking point” while the barge was originally produced for 220 people. “Now they’re talking about 500 people. It’s completely overcrowded and there’s no fire safety certificate,” Parkes said.

      “It’s just terrible to think that our country would do something like this to vulnerable people, and to ride roughshod over communities…Human beings do not belong in barges or camps. The correct way to house people is to house them in communities.”

      “Portland is not averse to housing asylum seekers. It’s the actual conditions of housing asylum seekers on the barge that is appalling.”

      Asked if she thought the legal challenge stood a strong chance, she said: “I wouldn’t be doing this if I didn’t think it’s a chance of being successful. I’m a private individual taking this on board. It’s a huge and daunting task to take on the whole mechanism of the state, the Home Secretary and the Home Office.”

      While she is launching the legal challenge as a private individual rather than a Labour mayor, she added she had support from Labour colleagues locally.

      Parkes also argues that the Home Office has not complied with its environmental impact assessment duties. An appraisal branded “inadequate” by campaigners was only conducted after asylum seekers had been moved onto the barge, and several months after the Home Office had declared its intention of using the barge for that purpose.

      The claim also argues that the Home Office has not complied with its Public Sector Equality Duty under the Equality Act 2010, which includes prohibition on discrimination on the basis of race, and a duty to foster good relations between those who share a protected characteristic (such as race), and those who do not.

      Parkes and her team argue that the Equality Impact Assessment, conducted only days before the barge came into use, is “woefully inadequate” as it fails to consider the impact of the barge’s operation in radicalising far-right extremism, or the equality impact of segregating rather than integrating asylum seekers into communities.

      A spokesperson for Deighton Pierce Glynn Solicitors said: “Our client is taking a brave stand against the Home Office’s attempts to circumvent important planning rules and protections to use the Bibby Stockholm barge to accommodate vulnerable asylum seekers.

      “She is asking the Court to rule that proper procedures should be followed and that local people and authorities should be given the opportunity to have their say.”

      Carralyn Parkes is represented by Deighton Pierce Glynn Solicitors. She is continuing to crowdfund to cover her legal costs and to cover the risk that costs are awarded against her. So far Parkes has raised more than £20,000.

      The next step is for the defendant, the Home Office, and the Interested Parties (Dorset Council and Portland Port Limited) to respond. If they wish to do so, the deadline is 4 October. After that the Court will make a decision on whether Parkes has permission for her judicial review.

      https://bylinetimes.com/2023/09/12/home-office-faces-legal-challenge-against-appalling-use-of-bibby-stockh

    • Bibby Stockholm gets ‘satisfactory’ test results for legionella

      Results revealed in FoI data follow other tests that found unsatisfactory levels of the bacteria on barge

      The Bibby Stockholm barge has had “satisfactory” test results for legionella, after tests initially found the presence of the potentially deadly bacteria, the Guardian has learned.

      The Home Office, which hopes to hold hundreds of people seeking asylum on the barge in Portland, received the most recent legionella results on 4 September and government sources said they were not planning to make the results public. The Guardian obtained the results in freedom of information data from Dorset council.

      In these most recent results, all the water samples tested for legionella were deemed “satisfactory”, although some of the bacteria were identified in two of the samples. In three previous sets of tests, at least some of the samples tested were found to be “unsatisfactory” for legionella.

      The worst results related to samples from 9 August, two days after asylum seekers were briefly put on the barge. They were removed after just four and a half days. In these results, eight of the 11 samples taken were unsatisfactory and three were borderline. Some of the bacteria found was the deadliest strain, legionella pneumophila serogroup 1.

      A second freedom of information request, to Cornwall council, revealed that the barge was not inspected for legionella while in Falmouth for checks and repairs before it was moved to Portland.

      A third freedom of information request revealed that the Home Office has used water safety risk assessments for the Bibby Stockholm that are more than six years out of date. The Home Office said a more up-to-date risk assessment had subsequently been signed off.

      Apart from the legionella bacteria found on the barge, concerns have been raised about planning, fire safety and plumbing breaches. Legal actions are under way relating to these issues.

      A spokesperson for the Home Office barge contractor CTM confirmed that repairs to the plumbing were under way after an inspection by Wessex Water found failings.

      In media interviews on Wednesday, the home secretary, Suella Braverman, said “various procedures” needed to be completed before people could return to the Bibby Stockholm but that government had done “really well” with its work on the barge.

      Beyond Borders Totnes & District, an organisation that is supporting some of the men taken off the barge, said none wanted to return there. “They found the barge intolerable and claustrophobic. It is utterly prison-like,” a spokesperson said.

      The Home Office said: “We are pleased to confirm that the latest tests have shown that there are no health risks from legionella on the Bibby Stockholm, with individuals set to return to the barge in due course.

      “The welfare of asylum seekers is of paramount importance. It is right we went above and beyond UK Health Security Agency advice and disembarked asylum seekers as a precautionary measure whilst the issue was investigated.”

      Home Office sources added that an agreed programme of work including a complete flush and chlorination of the water had been undertaken and that a water control plan was in place with regular water testing to continue.

      https://www.theguardian.com/uk-news/2023/sep/22/bibby-stockholm-gets-satisfactory-test-results-for-legionella

  • Pourquoi les trottinettes électriques en libre-service posent de nombreux problèmes
    http://carfree.fr/index.php/2023/03/31/pourquoi-les-trottinettes-electriques-en-libre-service-posent-de-nombreux-pr

    Ce dimanche 2 avril 2023, les Parisiens devront se prononcer sur l’avenir des trottinettes en libre-service dans la capitale. Faut-il ou non continuer à les autoriser ? Si plusieurs villes les ont Lire la suite...

    #Alternatives_à_la_voiture #Argumentaires #Insécurité_routière #Marche_à_pied #Pétitions #critique #paris #sécurité_routière #trottinette

  • La grande corsa alla terra di Emirati Arabi Uniti e Arabia Saudita
    https://irpimedia.irpi.eu/grainkeepers-controllo-filiera-alimentare-globale-emirati-arabi-uniti

    Le aziende controllate dai fondi sovrani delle potenze del Golfo stanno acquistando aziende lungo tutta la filiera dell’agroalimentare, anche in Europa. Con la scusa di garantirsi la propria “sicurezza alimentare” Clicca per leggere l’articolo La grande corsa alla terra di Emirati Arabi Uniti e Arabia Saudita pubblicato su IrpiMedia.

  • « Les #mégabassines sont une mal-adaptation aux #sécheresses présentes et à venir »
    https://www.lemonde.fr/idees/article/2023/03/26/les-megabassines-sont-une-mal-adaptation-aux-secheresses-presentes-et-a-veni

    « Il est possible d’assurer un avenir durable et équitable dans le domaine de l’eau. Il faut pour cela changer radicalement la façon dont nous apprécions, gérons et utilisons l’eau. Cela commence par traiter l’eau comme notre bien collectif mondial le plus précieux, essentiel à la protection de tous les écosystèmes et de toutes les formes de vie. »

    Ces écrits ouvrent le rapport de synthèse sur l’économie de l’eau publié lors de la Conférence des Nations unies sur l’eau organisée du 22 au 24 mars, qui succède à un hiver exceptionnellement peu pluvieux en France. La crise qui s’installe et les restrictions associées soulignent l’importance de la gestion des stockages naturels fournissant une grande partie de l’eau dont nous dépendons.

    Car si l’eau est une ressource renouvelable, l’équilibre est en phase d’être rompu alors que les effets combinés du changement climatique et de la surconsommation d’eau s’accroissent. Que ce soit dans les lacs, les rivières, les sols ou les nappes phréatiques, les quantités d’eau se réduisent en France. Il est donc très probable que la compétition entre les principaux usages de l’eau (industrie, eau potable et sanitaire, refroidissement des centrales électriques, agriculture) s’amplifie.

    La reproduction totale ou partielle d’un article, sans l’autorisation écrite et préalable du Monde, est strictement interdite.
    Pour plus d’informations, consultez nos conditions générales de vente.
    Pour toute demande d’autorisation, contactez syndication@lemonde.fr.
    En tant qu’abonné, vous pouvez offrir jusqu’à cinq articles par mois à l’un de vos proches grâce à la fonctionnalité « Offrir un article ».

    https://www.lemonde.fr/idees/article/2023/03/26/les-megabassines-sont-une-mal-adaptation-aux-secheresses-presentes-et-a-veni

    Notre souveraineté alimentaire menacée
    L’agriculture utilise actuellement 45 % de l’eau consommée en France, principalement à travers l’irrigation, et représente plus de 90 % de la consommation estivale dans certaines régions. Dans un contexte de raréfaction de l’eau disponible, il est donc crucial de (re)penser notre système agricole. Une adaptation est indispensable, mais laquelle ?

    Les mégabassines, qui sont des retenues à ciel ouvert remplies en hiver par pompage des nappes phréatiques sont régulièrement présentées comme nécessaires pour « nourrir la France ». Les projets se multiplient en Nouvelle-Aquitaine, Pays de la Loire, Centre et Bretagne, entre autres. Sur le plan hydrologique et économique, les mégabassines menacent la préservation de l’eau et notre souveraineté alimentaire.

    Elles sont d’abord une mal-adaptation aux sécheresses présentes et à venir, qui vont augmenter notre vulnérabilité tout en fragilisant les écosystèmes. Ces réservoirs dépendent de la recharge souterraine et ne permettent pas de faire face à une sécheresse prolongée laissant les nappes à des niveaux trop bas. Un remplissage de mégabassines mise sur une recharge phréatique satisfaisante en hiver, alors que les prévisions hydrogéologiques ne peuvent dépasser six mois.

    Ces retenues « court-circuitent » une partie du transit lent des nappes phréatiques qui sont de véritables tampons hydrologiques dans les paysages, et peuvent créer des « sécheresses anthropiques » amplifiant l’impact des sécheresses météorologiques en aval des prélèvements d’eau, comme déjà observé dans la péninsule ibérique et au Chili.

    Un cercle vicieux
    Ces sécheresses d’origine humaine proviennent d’une dépendance accrue aux infrastructures d’approvisionnement en eau, et peuvent créer un cercle vicieux : les sécheresses alimentent une demande pour plus de dispositifs de stockage, accroissant les usages, qui causera de nouveaux déficits et ainsi d’autres dégâts socio-économiques.

    Les retenues ont aussi un impact sur la biodiversité des zones humides et des systèmes aquatiques avec des effets cumulés encore largement inconnus, alors que ces écosystèmes ont connu une régression massive en Europe et que la biodiversité aquatique a fortement décru.

    Face à ces risques, aucune étude ne permet d’affirmer un effet positif local des bassines sur la ressource en eau. Dans les Deux-Sèvres, une étude du Bureau de recherches géologiques et minières (BRGM) en 2022 a modélisé l’effet régional du pompage de la nappe pour le remplissage hivernal de seize réservoirs à ciel ouvert.

    Une contre-expertise et plusieurs collègues ont relevé que la méthodologie utilisée ne décrit pas les dynamiques des nappes phréatiques et les effets de l’évaporation, et n’intègre pas les effets de sécheresses comme celles de la dernière décennie et encore moins celles – plus intenses et plus fréquentes – à venir. Nous ne mettons pas en cause nos collègues du BRGM, qui n’ont répondu qu’à une commande émise par la Coopérative de l’eau des Deux-Sèvres avec des scénarios précis sur une période 2000-2011 peu représentative du futur, comme admis dans un communiqué de presse récent.

    « Greenwashing hydrologique »
    Il est inacceptable que l’instrumentalisation de résultats scientifiques sortis de leur contexte, justifie des politiques de gestion de la ressource sourdes à l’intérêt collectif et à l’évaluation scientifique rigoureuse. En effet, le déploiement des mégabassines freine la transformation de notre modèle socio-économique et de nos modes de vie, nécessaire et urgente pour la préservation de la ressource en eau. La recherche doit contribuer à cette transformation, et non être mise au service de projets qui aggravent la situation ou détournent les efforts des véritables priorités.

    Lire aussi : Article réservé à nos abonnés « Nos organisations alertent sur l’arbitraire policier et juridique mis en place comme stratégie de répression des manifestations »
    Par ailleurs, les mégabassines alimenteront une minorité d’exploitations agricoles de taille importante pouvant réaliser les investissements nécessaires, en fragilisant l’accès à l’eau souterraine de tous les utilisateurs. Dans cette mise en concurrence, il s’agit alors d’engager le dialogue.

    Diverses dynamiques mettent les professions agricoles sous pression : baisse du nombre de #paysans, agrandissement des exploitations, et dépendance aux importations (engrais, pétrole) réduisent la souveraineté alimentaire et la résilience du système agricole. Nous conseillons de nouvelles orientations politiques et économiques pour l’agriculture​​​​​​​ afin de soutenir les paysans pratiquant une agriculture plus sobre en eau, plutôt que de subventionner des mégabassines (à hauteur de 70 % des 76 millions d’euros pour le projet dans les #Deux-Sèvres).

    Lire aussi : Article réservé à nos abonnés Dans les Deux-Sèvres, une #mobilisation_anti-mégabassines sous haute tension
    Quelle est donc l’utilité réelle des bassines, « #greenwashing hydrologique » où l’argent public bénéficie à un petit nombre au détriment de tous les autres ? L’éthique scientifique nous impose de susciter et d’éclairer un débat démocratique, pour que soient prises des décisions collectives à la hauteur des enjeux. Les mobilisations contre les projets de mégabassines nous paraissent légitimes, et les Scientifiques en rébellion estiment nécessaire d’agir pour replacer les débats scientifiques et la gestion des ressources au cœur d’une prise de décision égalitaire entre tous les acteurs.

  • 🛑 Blessés à Sainte-Soline : Serge, entre la vie et la mort, « sali » par les médias...

    La famille et les amis de Serge, le blessé grave de Sainte-Soline entre la vie et la mort, s’indignent du traitement médiatique réservé à leur proche...

    ⏩ Lire le texte complet…

    ▶️ https://reporterre.net/Blesses-a-Sainte-Soline-Serge-entre-la-vie-et-la-mort-sali-par-les-media

    💧💦🌳🔥🌍 #écologie #environnement #eau #SainteSoline #mégabassine #inondation #sécheresse #FeuxDeForet #climat #déforestation #pollution #productivisme #consumérisme #croissancisme #dérèglementclimatique #canicule... #ViolencesPolicières #médias

    • Nous apprenions mercredi 29 mars, via un communiqué du Syndicat des accompagnateurs de montagne que Serge était guide de montagne. « Nous tenons à vous témoigner, nous acteurs professionnels de la montagne, de l’amour que Serge porte à sa terre et à son métier, mais aussi de notre admiration pour son humanisme et son humilité », écrivent-ils. Serge est apprécié par ses pairs, « reconnu comme un professionnel passionné et passionnant, brave et humble, engagé pour le respect de la nature et de l’être humain, profondément altruiste, impliqué dans le partage de cet amour de nos montagnes et de nos terres avec chacun. Nous sommes avec lui, ensemble, pour la vérité et le respect des droits de l’homme. »

  • 🛑 Manifestants dans le coma, blessés graves : des professionnels de santé racontent Sainte-Soline - Basta !

    La répression policière de la manifestation contre les mégabassines le 25 mars dans les Deux-Sèvres a causé de nombreux blessés, dont deux personnes au pronostic vital engagé. Des professionnels de santé qui étaient sur place racontent (...)

    💧💦🌳🔥🌍 #écologie #environnement #eau #SainteSoline #mégabassine #inondation #sécheresse #FeuxDeForet #climat #déforestation #pollution #productivisme #consumérisme #croissancisme #dérèglementclimatique #canicule... #ViolencesPolicières

    ⏩ Lire le texte complet…

    ▶️ https://basta.media/Manifestants-dans-le-coma-blesses-graves-des-professionnels-de-sante-racont

  • 🛑 Répression à Sainte-Soline : « une politique qui vise à blesser et traumatiser » - Rapports de Force

    Alors que deux manifestants se trouvent dans le coma, l’activiste Léna Lazare, porte-parole des Soulèvements de la Terre, revient sur la répression de la mobilisation contre les mégabassines à Sainte-Soline (Deux-Sèvres), ce samedi. Entretien (...)

    💧💦🌳🔥🌍 #écologie #environnement #eau #SainteSoline #mégabassine #inondation #sécheresse #FeuxDeForet #climat #déforestation #pollution #productivisme #consumérisme #croissancisme #dérèglementclimatique #canicule... #ViolencesPolicières

    ⏩ Lire le texte complet…

    ▶️ https://rapportsdeforce.fr/classes-en-lutte/repression-a-sainte-soline-une-politique-qui-vise-a-blesser-et-traum

  • 🛑 Sainte-Soline : la terreur pour seule réponse - CQFD, mensuel de critique et d’expérimentation sociales

    Plus de deux cents blessés, dont quarante gravement. Des armes de guerre utilisées comme à la parade. Des chairs fracassées, explosées. Et deux personnes entre la vie et la mort. Voilà le bilan (provisoire) de la police de Darmanin et Macron pour la manifestation anti-bassines du 25 mars dans les Deux-Sèvres. Un pur déferlement de violence que rien ne peut justifier. On y était. Premier retour (...)

    💧💦🌳🔥🌍 #écologie #environnement #eau #SainteSoline #mégabassine #inondation #sécheresse #FeuxDeForet #climat #déforestation #pollution #productivisme #consumérisme #croissancisme #dérèglementclimatique #canicule... #ViolencesPolicières

    ⏩ Lire le texte complet…

    ▶️ https://cqfd-journal.org/Sainte-Soline-Ce-sont-des

  • 🛑 Le piège de Sainte-Soline...

    Des participants au rassemblement de Sainte-Soline nous ont transmis ce texte. Il propose d’analyser la débauche de violence survenue dans les Deux-Sèvres, non pas comme un simple excès policier ou préfectoral mais comme un stratégie délibérée du pouvoir pour écraser le mouvement écologiste déterminé et reprendre la main sur le mouvement social en train de le déborder. Une stratégie contre-insurrectionnelle opérant sur trois plans : médiatique, psychologique et militaire (...)

    💧💦🌳🔥🌍 #écologie #environnement #eau #SainteSoline #mégabassine #inondation #sécheresse #FeuxDeForet #climat #déforestation #pollution #productivisme #consumérisme #croissancisme #dérèglementclimatique #canicule... #ViolencesPolicières

    ⏩ Lire le texte complet…

    ▶️ https://lundi.am/Le-piege-de-Sainte-Soline

  • Une vraie révolution pour l’entreprise
    Le travail #hybride conduit à une nouvelle manière de vivre, chez soi comme au bureau.

    Le Figaro29 Mar 2023Anne Bodescot

    Le télétravail a pris ses quartiers dans les bureaux de l’hexagone. Selon une étude réalisée par Sarah Proust, experte associée à la Fondation Jean Jaurès, 80 % des employés des grandes entreprises françaises ont aujourd’hui la possibilité de travailler à distance un ou plusieurs jours par semaine. Dans les PME, ils sont 74 %. Certes, tous les métiers ne sont pas « télétravaillables ». Tous les salariés éligibles n’usent pas non plus de cette liberté. Même en 2021, quand le Covid menaçait encore, l’insee chiffrait à 22% les salariés qui, en moyenne, chaque semaine, avaient télétravaillé. Néanmoins, le travail hybride (en partie au bureau et en partie à distance) est bel et bien entré dans les moeurs. Selon l’étude de l’observatoire de l’hybridation des modes de vie réalisée par de Toluna et Harris Interactive pour HP, 82 % des Français estiment même qu’il sera amené à se généraliser.

    À leurs yeux, en tout cas, c’est une bonne nouvelle. « Qu’ils le pratiquent ou pas, 75 % des salariés européens estiment que le télétravail constitue une avancée sociale », indique Sarah Proust. Pourtant, passé le premier moment d’émerveillement, ils en mesurent aussi les inconvénients. « Ils ont conscience, pour plus d’un tiers, de travailler davantage. Beaucoup se sentent plus isolés, estiment avoir une vie sociale moins riche et éprouver plus de difficultés à séparer vie personnelle et vie professionnelle », énumère Sarah Proust.

    Mais ils ne remettent pas en cause les méthodes de management auxquelles ils sont habitués. Aujourd’hui encore, sur la question du télétravail, leurs attentes, vis-à-vis de leur employeur, se limitent à des questions matérielles : l’équipement (informatique, mobilier…) pour travailler à la maison est une préoccupation pour 35% des salariés européens et le défraiement pour 28 % d’entre eux.

    Les entreprises, elles, voient avec inquiétude émerger de nouveaux enjeux. « Elles s’interrogent sur la durée du travail : elle s’est allongée car le temps gagné sur les transports est passé, souvent, à travailler. Et le droit à la déconnexion est peu appliqué en France », observe la consultante.

    Les employeurs planchent aussi sur l’intégration des jeunes. « Quelques entreprises ont même décidé de les priver de télétravail les six ou douze premiers mois, pour faciliter l’acculturation », observe Sarah Proust. À défaut de travailler à la maison, ces nouvelles recrues profitent de dispositifs de mentorat, destinés à compenser le fait qu’elles côtoient moins au bureau leurs collègues, en télétravail, eux, un tiers du temps. Les entreprises cherchent aussi à atténuer la nouvelle « injustice sociale » qui touche ceux pour lesquels le télétravail est impossible. « Dans certaines organisations, la semaine de quatre jours est vue comme une réponse. Elle permet aux salariés qui ne peuvent pas télétravailler de disposer eux aussi de plus de temps à la maison », ajoute Sarah Proust.

    transformation des bureaux

    Autre lourd chantier, celui de l’asynchronisation du travail. Continuer à demander aux salariés chez eux de respecter peu ou prou les horaires de présence collective au bureau semble de plus en plus anachronique. Mais comment encadrer des collaborateurs qui n’ont pas tous les mêmes horaires ? Ou qui, parfois, ne se croisent jamais au bureau ? Un modèle émerge, celui du management « par objectif » : chacun reçoit des missions à remplir, sans questions d’horaires ou contraintes d’organisation du travail.

    « Le risque est que cela débouche sur la suppression du management de proximité. Cela accroîtrait l’isolement des télétravailleurs », estime la sociologue Danièle Linhart. C’est ce schéma qui prévaut, rappelle-t-elle, dans les entreprises « libérées », où l’initiative est laissée aux salariés afin d’améliorer la performance. Surtout, les salariés aimeraient être consultés sur tous ces changements d’organisation. « Jusqu’à présent, les règles ont surtout été édictées par les entreprises, alors qu’elles devraient être fixées au niveau des équipes », souligne Jean Pralong, professeur de management à L’EM Normandie.

    En attendant, l’un des grands chantiers menés par les entreprises a été la transformation des bureaux : ils doivent devenir plus conviviaux pour faciliter les retrouvailles des télétravailleurs avec leurs collègues… ou moins coûteux. Pour réduire la surface de leurs locaux, un nombre croissant d’entreprises optent pour le flex office : les collaborateurs n’ont plus de place attitrée. « Le salarié ne se sent plus attendu, il est parfois anxieux de ne pas savoir où il sera assis, à côté de qui », rappelle Danièle Linhart. Les entreprises corrigent donc le tir, avec une flexibilité très régulée où le salarié est sûr de disposer d’un bureau, voire de s’organiser pour s’installer près des collègues qu’il apprécie le plus.

    • Le télétravail est une entorse à la sociabilité sur le lieu de travail et, plus précisément aux liens élémentaires de solidarité d’intérêt des salariés vis à vis de leurs employeurs, si ce n’est de solidarité de classe contre les patrons.

      Si la notion de « collectif de travail » est ambiguë car elle renvoie à des logiques et des méthodes de management des plus perverses (le « corporate »), elle n’en reste pas moins une condition minimale pour créer un rapport de force collectif de lutte sociale, dès lors que cela signifie le regroupement physique de salarié·es sur un même site géographique.

      J’ai assisté, totalement effaré, à l’intégration progressive par les syndicats du télétravail en tant que « revendication légitime » des salariés sous prétexte que ces derniers en faisaient la demande, alors que personne ne semble se demander pourquoi les personnes souhaitent à ce point quitter leur lieu de travail et que cela ne semble pas choquer grand-monde que certaines personnes préféreront travailler dans des conditions d’hygiène et de sécurité ultra précaires, dans leur cuisine, avec leur propre matériel informatique, plutôt de se farcir la tronche du petit chef…

      Cela ne semble pas non plus choquer grand-monde qu’en délocalisant l’activité d’un site géographique, on ouvre la possibilité de délocaliser pour de bon et sans retenue toute main d’œuvre délocalisable afin d’obtenir la meilleure productivité au meilleur coût.

      On glisse les problèmes sous le tapis, sous prétexte que ce serait « une demande des salariés » et chacun bouffe sa merde.

      Enfin (si je peux dire, car le sujet est vaste) le télétravail accentue un rapport au travail des plus aliénés, contribuant à transformer le salarié en prestataire de l’employeur, voire de plusieurs employeurs - car on emboîte la logique en usage aux USA de cumuler plusieurs emplois à la maison, car les salaires sont de plus en plus minables - y compris pour des salarié·es ayant un statut garanti (CDI ou fonctionnaires).

      D’un point de vue politique, cette question me semble centrale, car elle se pose notamment aujourd’hui quand un nombre considérable de salarié·es garanti·es de PME, grandes entreprises ou administrations estiment ne « pas pouvoir » se mettre en grève, comme s’il s’agissait d’artisans ou de petits patrons, intégrant le discours selon lequel le droit de grève serait une sorte de « privilège » réservé à d’autres catégories (ceux qui restent « sur le terrain », peut-être ?).

      J’ai été directement confronté à ce type de réponses avec mes anciens collègues de l’une des structures où je bossais : des fonctionnaires, professeurs d’enseignement artistiques de conservatoire, qui exprimaient beaucoup de sympathie pour mon action, mais qui me laissaient toujours seul parmi eux à faire grève, estimant qu’ils n’étaient « statutairement » pas concernés par la grève. J’ai retrouvé ce type de justification venant d’un nombre incroyable de personnes, toutes les mieux intentionnées les unes que les autres à propos de la lutte actuelle contre la réforme des retraites mais qui estimaient que la grève n’était en rien une problématique qui pourrait dépendre de leur ressort.

      On voit aujourd’hui que l’on risque un terrible et déprimant retour de bâton des plus répressif et régressif (qui dépasse de très loin la seule question des retraites) faute d’avoir été en capacité d’étendre la grève le plus largement possible dans la société pour réellement geler complètement l’activité économique du pays – ne serait-ce qu’une journée.

      Une fois de plus, on semble attendre la relève « d’autres » sans s’interroger sur sa propre responsabilité individuelle – car s’il y a une responsabilité individuelle de l’action sociale, c’est bien celle de la décision de faire grève, laquelle ne pourra jamais être mandatée ou déléguée à qui que ce soit.

      Pour se justifier, on considère, par exemple, que « la grève générale, ça ne marche pas et qu’il est temps de passer à d’autres formes de luttes ». Voilà un discours qui semble faire consensus, comme par hasard, alors que depuis 68, on n’a jamais pratiqué la grève générale, mais par contre, depuis plus de 40 ans, on a cumulé les débâcles sociales, faute de contre-offensives conséquentes et celle qui s’annonce sera des plus terrifiantes.

      Les secteurs « stratégiques » – ordures et carburants – semblent lâcher prise, et il serait quand même mal venu de leur lancer la pierre, car nous n’avons pas été assez nombreux à les soutenir sur sites, on entend déjà que ce serait désormais au tour des jeunes de prendre la relève pour combattre la réforme honnie.

      Ce n’est pas comme ça qu’on y arrivera.

    • c’est effectivement l’acmé d’une société-usine où plus la production est centralement organisée de manière fragmentée, décentralisée, sous-traitée, individualisée (autoentrepreneur), et, de nouveau, réalisée à domicile et plus seulement sur le territoire de la ville, mais en tout cas au-delà des murs des entreprises, plus on glorifie une entreprise (cf. les années 80 PS) qui ne sert de lieu de concentration d’une force « ouvrière » que par exception (on y a d’ailleurs réindividualisé les salaires dès les années 90 PS).

      les luttes de l’ouvrier masse (les O.S) sont passées par là...

      il s’agit pour la domination et l’exploitation de détruire les conditions matérielles de la solidarité. on se souvient comme le pointage et ses files d’attente dans les ANPE fut supprimé. et c’est ce qui explique le thème « des quartiers », ou des formes d’entente et de solidarité ont tendance à se manifester encore (quand un écart se fait d’avec la lutte pour la survie, dont l’économie concurrentielle de la drogue informe les comportements)

      c’est le cas depuis longtemps. dès les années 70 on a vu que ce sont depuis les divers ateliers où se concentre la production de travail vivant au moyen de travail vivant, l’école, qu’ont pu émerger des mouvements collectifs. là aussi, contre la capacité politique des scolarisés, le passage (un dépassement qui conserve, comme disait Georges) de la discipline et de ses lieux à une société de contrôle poursuit son chemin (cette route est longue).

      #atomisation #séparation #travail

  • Sainte-Soline : l’enregistrement qui prouve que le SAMU n’a pas eu le droit d’intervenir

    La LDH avait envoyé samedi six équipes de trois observateurs sur le terrain, en liaison avec quatre autres personnes, restées en appui dans une salle, dans la commune de Melle (Deux-Sèvres). Parmi eux, trois avocats, Sarah Hunet-Ciclaire, Chloé Saynac et Pierre-Antoine Cazau, ainsi qu’un médecin Jérémie F., généraliste en centre de santé, qui ne souhaite pas donner son nom.

    « Pas opportun »

    C’est dans cette salle qu’a été enregistrée, par la LDH, la conversation de 7 minutes 30 avec le SAMU, que Le Monde a pu consulter. Le téléphone du médecin sonne constamment, les équipes sur place lui signalent ici une plaie cervicale, là une mâchoire fracassée ou une fracture ouverte ; et il est convenu qu’il peut servir de coordinateur. Il a déjà appelé le médecin régulateur du SAMU, d’abord pour réclamer un hélicoptère, ensuite parce que les observateurs de la LDH lui ont dit que les secours n’arrivaient pas, et qu’il y avait au moins un blessé dont le pronostic vital était engagé.

    Il est 14 h 50 lorsque le docteur F. rappelle les pompiers.
    « − Un pompier : Je viens d’avoir le SAMU sur place qui me dit, on n’envoie personne sur place, le point de regroupement des victimes est à l’église de Sainte-Soline, une fois qu’ils seront là-bas, l’engagement des moyens sera décidé.

    − Le médecin : Ecoutez, je pense que c’est une, que ce n’est pas, enfin, je pense que ce n’est pas opportun comme décision.
    − Le pompier : Alors moi je suis ni décideur, ni…
    Lire aussi : Article réservé à nos abonnés Mégabassines : gendarmes et manifestants se rejettent la responsabilité des violents affrontements à Sainte-Soline
    − Le médecin : Attendez, attendez. Mais moi je vais vous expliquer. Moi, je suis médecin et en fait, là, il y a des observateurs de la LDH, la Ligue des droits de l’homme qui sont sur place, qui disent que c’est calme depuis une demi-heure. Donc en fait, vous pouvez intervenir et moi, mon évaluation à distance avec des éléments parcellaires que j’ai, c’est qu’il faut une évacuation immédiate.
    − Le pompier : Je vais vous repasser le SAMU. Ne quittez pas. (…)
    − Le SAMU : Allo, oui le SAMU, bonjour.
    − Le médecin : Oui, c’est vous que j’ai eu tout à l’heure au téléphone ?
    − Le SAMU : Oui.
    − Le médecin : Super. Vous en êtes où, là, de la plus grosse urgence absolue de ce que j’ai comme impression, moi, de loin ?
    − Le SAMU : Alors déjà le problème, c’est que vous n’êtes pas sur place, donc c’est un peu compliqué. On a eu un médecin sur place et on lui a expliqué la situation, c’est qu’on n’enverra pas d’hélico ou de SMUR sur place, parce qu’on a ordre de ne pas en envoyer par les forces de l’ordre.
    .
    .
    .
    https://www.lemonde.fr/planete/article/2023/03/28/sainte-soline-l-enregistrement-qui-prouve-que-le-samu-n-a-pas-eu-le-droit-d-

    la famille de S. est décidée à porter plainte sur ce motif.
    on sait qui informe usuellement les journalistes. les ordres policiers et préfectoraux de ne pas porter secours ne sont pas documentés par les #MMS alors que cette pratique est relativement fréquente.

    #police #violence_d'État #blessés #Samu #pompiers #préfecture#manifestation #refus_de_secours #non_assitance_à_personne_en_danger

  • Christophe Kerrero, le directeur de cabinet de Jean-Michel Blanquer siège à l’Ifrap
    http://www.cafepedagogique.net/lexpresso/Pages/2020/05/11052020Article637247793272742622.aspx

    Peut-on servir l’Etat et un organisme qui souhaite l’affaiblir ? Directeur de cabinet du ministre de l’éducation nationale, Christophe Kerrero est aussi membre du conseil scientifique de l’IFRAP, un lobby libéral très actif politiquement. Alors que l’Ifrap milite pour la réduction des effectifs de fonctionnaires, il est paradoxal de voir à la tête du ministère qui emploie la moitié des fonctionnaires d’Etat un responsable de cet organisme.
     
    Le "conseil scientifique" de l’Ifrap est une des instances dirigeantes de ce lobby. C Kerrero y siège aux cotés de Bernard Zimmern, fondateur de l’IFRAP, ancien membre du Club de l’Horloge et de plusieurs professeurs de l’ESCP Business School.
     
    Fondé par B Zimmern et JY Le Gallou, ancien président du FN, l’Ifrap s’est fait connaitre par son lobbying auprès des politiques, notamment des parlementaires, en faveur de thèses libérales. L’Ifrap a été déclaré d’utilité publique par F Fillon en 2009. Et en 2017, l’institut a soutenu le candidat, malheureux, des Républicains.

     
    En 2011, Franck Ramus, aujourd’hui membre du conseil scientifique de l’Education nationale, avait écrit que qualifier l’iFRAP « d’institut de recherche » est inadéquat car aucun des chercheurs examinés n’est détenteur d’un doctorat ou ni "n’a jamais publié le moindre article dans une revue internationale d’économie".
     
    Inspecteur général depuis 2012, ancien conseiller de Luc Chatel, Christophe Kerrero a été nommé directeur de cabinet de JM Blanquer en 2017. Après l’Institut Montaigne, proche du ministre, voici un second lobby ancré très a droite qui semble exercer son influence rue de Grenelle.

    #Ifrap #ministère #éducation

    • Depuis le terrible assassinat de Samuel Paty le 16 octobre dernier, le Ministre Blanquer a persévéré dans son discours ancré à l’extrême-droite et visant à fracturer la société et à pointer du doigt les organisations qui luttent contre les discriminations.
      https://visa-isa.org/fr/node/145968
      Dès 2017, le ministre Blanquer nommait Christophe Kerrero directeur de son cabinet. Kerrero est aussi membre du conseil scientifique de l’Ifrap, un lobby libéral qui milite pour la réduction des effectifs de fonctionnaires. L’Ifrap illustre bien les liens entre le libéralisme et l’extrême-droite puisque parmi ses fondateurs on trouve Jean-Yves Le Gallou, membre du Front national puis du MNR et co-fondateur club de l’Horloge, mais aussi Bernard Zimmern qui est également un ancien membre du Club de l’Horloge. Le club de l’Horloge est un cercle de pensée qui revendique le mariage entre le libéralisme de la droite traditionnelle avec le nationalisme de l’extrême-droite.

    • La démission du recteur de Paris charge Amélie Oudéa-Castéra
      https://www.cafepedagogique.net/2024/02/02/la-demission-du-recteur-de-paris-charge-amelie-oudea-castera

      Un recteur attaché à la mixité sociale ?

      Le programme parisien d’affectation en seconde #Affelnet, modifié par C Kerrero, suivi par Pauline Charousset et Julien Grenet (PSE), a effectivement amélioré la mixité sociale et scolaire dans les lycées parisiens. “Des établissements réputés comme Chaptal, Charlemagne ou Condorcet ont vu leur composition sociale et scolaire se rapprocher sensiblement de la moyenne, tandis qu’à l’inverse, des lycées historiquement moins cotés comme Henri Bergson, Edgard Quinet ou Voltaire ont connu une augmentation spectaculaire de leur IPS moyen et du niveau scolaire des admis“, écrivent-ils en bilan de cette action. Globalement l’indice de mixité sociale s’est amélioré dans les lycées publics.

      Mais ce programme connait aussi ses limites. Cette réforme d’Affelnet ne touche ni les #formations_élitistes (sections internationales, parcours artistiques etc.), ni les lycées publics les plus ségrégués ni les établissements privés. La ségrégation sociale et scolaire avait même augmenté en 2022 dans les lycées des beaux quartiers comme J de Sailly, Buffon, JB Say ou J de la Fontaine. Et puis il y a le privé. “Le fait que les lycées privés ne soient pas intégrés à la procédure Affelnet constitue sans doute l’obstacle le plus sérieux au renforcement de la mixité sociale et scolaire dans les lycées de la capitale“, écrivent Pauline Charousset et Julien Grenet. “Alors que les lycées publics accueillaient en moyenne 50% d’élèves de catégories sociales très favorisées à la rentrée 2022, cette proportion atteignait 78% dans les #lycées_privés. Ainsi la réforme d’Affelnet a amélioré la mixité de la plupart des lycéens du public parisien. Mais elle a préservé le séparatisme social des plus privilégiés qui se replient dans des établissements cotés ou dans le privé.

      Les PPPE, programme social ou de prolétarisation des enseignants ?

      Quant à l’ouverture des classes de PPPE elle suit des directives fixées sous JM Blanquer et prolongées par la suite. Dans ces classes, l’Education nationale pèse sur la formation des futurs enseignants en s’imposant à l’université. Sous prétexte d’ouverture sociale, il s’agit surtout d’avoir des enseignants formés aux devoirs des fonctionnaires davantage qu’aux libertés universitaires.

      Un recteur au passé chargé

      En mettant en avant cette dimension sociale, C. Kerrero alimente son image et son destin. Il a d’autant plus besoin de le faire que ses liens avec la droite la plus traditionaliste sont connus. Membre du “conseil scientifique” de l’IFRAP, un groupe de pression ultra conservateur, proche de SOS Education, il a dirigé durant trois ans le cabinet de JM Blanquer. Il y a violemment combattu les syndicats, les enseignants grévistes et a pris part aux croisades menées par JM Blanquer. Il avait aussi été membre du cabinet de Luc Chatel.

      En 2016, C Kerrero dénonçait “la décomposition pédagogiste” de l’École. Dans son ouvrage publié en 2017, Ecole, démocratie et société, C. Kerrero défend une École traditionnelle. Il dénonce “un certain pédagogisme qui privilégie des techniques d’enseignement formelles plutôt que le fond… Cela revient à saper l’autorité légitime du maitre… Le temps de l’éducation, et l’on entend par là celui qui correspond aujourd’hui à la scolarité obligatoire, doit donc être sanctuarisé“. Dans cet ouvrage il n’est pas question de mixité sociale mais de faire nation.

      Sa démission
      https://seenthis.net/messages/1039768
      https://seenthis.net/messages/1039924

      #école #ségrégation #ségrégation_scolaire #Paris #classes_préparatoires #enseignement_privé #groupes_de_niveau #ségrégation_sociale

  • Losing Earth : The Decade We Almost Stopped Climate Change - The New York Times
    https://www.nytimes.com/interactive/2018/08/01/magazine/climate-change-losing-earth.html

    By Nathaniel Rich, AUG. 1, 2018

    Editor’s Note
    This narrative by Nathaniel Rich is a work of history, addressing the 10-year period from 1979 to 1989: the decisive decade when humankind first came to a broad understanding of the causes and dangers of climate change. Complementing the text is a series of aerial photographs and videos, all shot over the past year by George Steinmetz. With support from the Pulitzer Center, this two-part article is based on 18 months of reporting and well over a hundred interviews. It tracks the efforts of a small group of American scientists, activists and politicians to raise the alarm and stave off catastrophe. It will come as a revelation to many readers — an agonizing revelation — to understand how thoroughly they grasped the problem and how close they came to solving it. Jake Silverstein

    Prologue

    The world has warmed more than one degree Celsius since the Industrial Revolution. The Paris climate agreement — the nonbinding, unenforceable and already unheeded treaty signed on Earth Day in 2016 — hoped to restrict warming to two degrees. The odds of succeeding, according to a recent study based on current emissions trends, are one in 20. If by some miracle we are able to limit warming to two degrees, we will only have to negotiate the extinction of the world’s tropical reefs, sea-level rise of several meters and the abandonment of the Persian Gulf. The climate scientist James Hansen has called two-degree warming “a prescription for long-term disaster.” Long-term disaster is now the best-case scenario. Three-degree warming is a prescription for short-term disaster: forests in the Arctic and the loss of most coastal cities. Robert Watson, a former director of the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, has argued that three-degree warming is the realistic minimum. Four degrees: Europe in permanent drought; vast areas of China, India and Bangladesh claimed by desert; Polynesia swallowed by the sea; the Colorado River thinned to a trickle; the American Southwest largely uninhabitable. The prospect of a five-degree warming has prompted some of the world’s leading climate scientists to warn of the end of human civilization.

    Is it a comfort or a curse, the knowledge that we could have avoided all this?

    Because in the decade that ran from 1979 to 1989, we had an excellent opportunity to solve the climate crisis. The world’s major powers came within several signatures of endorsing a binding, global framework to reduce carbon emissions — far closer than we’ve come since. During those years, the conditions for success could not have been more favorable. The obstacles we blame for our current inaction had yet to emerge. Almost nothing stood in our way — nothing except ourselves.

    Nearly everything we understand about global warming was understood in 1979. By that year, data collected since 1957 confirmed what had been known since before the turn of the 20th century: Human beings have altered Earth’s atmosphere through the indiscriminate burning of fossil fuels. The main scientific questions were settled beyond debate, and as the 1980s began, attention turned from diagnosis of the problem to refinement of the predicted consequences. Compared with string theory and genetic engineering, the “greenhouse effect” — a metaphor dating to the early 1900s — was ancient history, described in any Introduction to Biology textbook. Nor was the basic science especially complicated. It could be reduced to a simple axiom: The more carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, the warmer the planet. And every year, by burning coal, oil and gas, humankind belched increasingly obscene quantities of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere.

    Why didn’t we act? A common boogeyman today is the fossil-fuel industry, which in recent decades has committed to playing the role of villain with comic-book bravado. An entire subfield of climate literature has chronicled the machinations of industry lobbyists, the corruption of scientists and the propaganda campaigns that even now continue to debase the political debate, long after the largest oil-and-gas companies have abandoned the dumb show of denialism. But the coordinated efforts to bewilder the public did not begin in earnest until the end of 1989. During the preceding decade, some of the largest oil companies, including Exxon and Shell, made good-faith efforts to understand the scope of the crisis and grapple with possible solutions.

    Nor can the Republican Party be blamed. Today, only 42 percent of Republicans know that “most scientists believe global warming is occurring,” and that percentage is falling. But during the 1980s, many prominent Republicans joined Democrats in judging the climate problem to be a rare political winner: nonpartisan and of the highest possible stakes. Among those who called for urgent, immediate and far-reaching climate policy were Senators John Chafee, Robert Stafford and David Durenberger; the E.P.A. administrator, William K. Reilly; and, during his campaign for president, George H.W. Bush. As Malcolm Forbes Baldwin, the acting chairman of the president’s Council for Environmental Quality, told industry executives in 1981, “There can be no more important or conservative concern than the protection of the globe itself.” The issue was unimpeachable, like support for veterans or small business. Except the climate had an even broader constituency, composed of every human being on Earth.

    It was understood that action would have to come immediately. At the start of the 1980s, scientists within the federal government predicted that conclusive evidence of warming would appear on the global temperature record by the end of the decade, at which point it would be too late to avoid disaster. More than 30 percent of the human population lacked access to electricity. Billions of people would not need to attain the “American way of life” in order to drastically increase global carbon emissions; a light bulb in every village would do it. A report prepared at the request of the White House by the National Academy of Sciences advised that “the carbon-dioxide issue should appear on the international agenda in a context that will maximize cooperation and consensus-building and minimize political manipulation, controversy and division.” If the world had adopted the proposal widely endorsed at the end of the ’80s — a freezing of carbon emissions, with a reduction of 20 percent by 2005 — warming could have been held to less than 1.5 degrees.

    A broad international consensus had settled on a solution: a global treaty to curb carbon emissions. The idea began to coalesce as early as February 1979, at the first World Climate Conference in Geneva, when scientists from 50 nations agreed unanimously that it was “urgently necessary” to act. Four months later, at the Group of 7 meeting in Tokyo, the leaders of the world’s seven wealthiest nations signed a statement resolving to reduce carbon emissions. Ten years later, the first major diplomatic meeting to approve the framework for a binding treaty was called in the Netherlands. Delegates from more than 60 nations attended, with the goal of establishing a global summit meeting to be held about a year later. Among scientists and world leaders, the sentiment was unanimous: Action had to be taken, and the United States would need to lead. It didn’t.

    The inaugural chapter of the climate-change saga is over. In that chapter — call it Apprehension — we identified the threat and its consequences. We spoke, with increasing urgency and self-delusion, of the prospect of triumphing against long odds. But we did not seriously consider the prospect of failure. We understood what failure would mean for global temperatures, coastlines, agricultural yield, immigration patterns, the world economy. But we have not allowed ourselves to comprehend what failure might mean for us. How will it change the way we see ourselves, how we remember the past, how we imagine the future? Why did we do this to ourselves? These questions will be the subject of climate change’s second chapter — call it The Reckoning. There can be no understanding of our current and future predicament without understanding why we failed to solve this problem when we had the chance.

    That we came so close, as a civilization, to breaking our suicide pact with fossil fuels can be credited to the efforts of a handful of people, among them a hyperkinetic lobbyist and a guileless atmospheric physicist who, at great personal cost, tried to warn humanity of what was coming. They risked their careers in a painful, escalating campaign to solve the problem, first in scientific reports, later through conventional avenues of political persuasion and finally with a strategy of public shaming. Their efforts were shrewd, passionate, robust. And they failed. What follows is their story, and ours.
    Part One
    1979–1982
    Rafe Pomerance in 1983. J. Scott Applewhite/Associated Press
    1.
    ‘This Is the Whole Banana’
    Spring 1979

    The first suggestion to Rafe Pomerance that humankind was destroying the conditions necessary for its own survival came on Page 66 of the government publication EPA-600/7-78-019. It was a technical report about coal, bound in a coal-black cover with beige lettering — one of many such reports that lay in uneven piles around Pomerance’s windowless office on the first floor of the Capitol Hill townhouse that, in the late 1970s, served as the Washington headquarters of Friends of the Earth. In the final paragraph of a chapter on environmental regulation, the coal report’s authors noted that the continued use of fossil fuels might, within two or three decades, bring about “significant and damaging” changes to the global atmosphere.

    Pomerance paused, startled, over the orphaned paragraph. It seemed to have come out of nowhere. He reread it. It made no sense to him. Pomerance was not a scientist; he graduated from Cornell 11 years earlier with a degree in history. He had the tweedy appearance of an undernourished doctoral student emerging at dawn from the stacks. He wore horn-rimmed glasses and a thickish mustache that wilted disapprovingly over the corners of his mouth, though his defining characteristic was his gratuitous height, 6 feet 4 inches, which seemed to embarrass him; he stooped over to accommodate his interlocutors. He had an active face prone to breaking out in wide, even maniacal grins, but in composure, as when he read the coal pamphlet, it projected concern. He struggled with technical reports. He proceeded as a historian might: cautiously, scrutinizing the source material, reading between the lines. When that failed, he made phone calls, often to the authors of the reports, who tended to be surprised to hear from him. Scientists, he had found, were not in the habit of fielding questions from political lobbyists. They were not in the habit of thinking about politics.

    The reporting and photography for this project were supported by a major grant from the Pulitzer Center, which has also created lesson plans to bring the climate issue to students everywhere.

    Pomerance had one big question about the coal report. If the burning of coal, oil and natural gas could invite global catastrophe, why had nobody told him about it? If anyone in Washington — if anyone in the United States — should have been aware of such a danger, it was Pomerance. As the deputy legislative director of Friends of the Earth, the wily, pugnacious nonprofit that David Brower helped found after resigning from the Sierra Club a decade earlier, Pomerance was one of the nation’s most connected environmental activists. That he was as easily accepted in the halls of the Dirksen Senate Office Building as at Earth Day rallies might have had something to do with the fact that he was a Morgenthau — the great-grandson of Henry Sr., Woodrow Wilson’s ambassador to the Ottoman Empire; great-nephew of Henry Jr., Franklin D. Roosevelt’s Treasury secretary; second cousin to Robert, district attorney for Manhattan. Or perhaps it was just his charisma — voluble, energetic and obsessive, he seemed to be everywhere, speaking with everyone, in a very loud voice, at once. His chief obsession was air. After working as an organizer for welfare rights, he spent the second half of his 20s laboring to protect and expand the Clean Air Act, the comprehensive law regulating air pollution. That led him to the problem of acid rain, and the coal report.

    He showed the unsettling paragraph to his office mate, Betsy Agle. Had she ever heard of the “greenhouse effect”? Was it really possible that human beings were overheating the planet?

    Agle shrugged. She hadn’t heard about it, either.

    That might have been the end of it, had Agle not greeted Pomerance in the office a few mornings later holding a copy of a newspaper forwarded by Friends of the Earth’s Denver office. Isn’t this what you were talking about the other day? she asked.

    Agle pointed to an article about a prominent geophysicist named Gordon MacDonald, who was conducting a study on climate change with the Jasons, the mysterious coterie of elite scientists to which he belonged. Pomerance hadn’t heard of MacDonald, but he knew all about the Jasons. They were like one of those teams of superheroes with complementary powers that join forces in times of galactic crisis. They had been brought together by federal agencies, including the C.I.A, to devise scientific solutions to national-security problems: how to detect an incoming missile; how to predict fallout from a nuclear bomb; how to develop unconventional weapons, like plague-infested rats. The Jasons’ activities had been a secret until the publication of the Pentagon Papers, which exposed their plan to festoon the Ho Chi Minh Trail with motion sensors that signaled to bombers. After the furor that followed — protesters set MacDonald’s garage on fire — the Jasons began to use their powers for peace instead of war.

    There was an urgent problem that demanded their attention, MacDonald believed, because human civilization faced an existential crisis. In “How to Wreck the Environment,” a 1968 essay published while he was a science adviser to Lyndon Johnson, MacDonald predicted a near future in which “nuclear weapons were effectively banned and the weapons of mass destruction were those of environmental catastrophe.” One of the most potentially devastating such weapons, he believed, was the gas that we exhaled with every breath: carbon dioxide. By vastly increasing carbon emissions, the world’s most advanced militaries could alter weather patterns and wreak famine, drought and economic collapse.

    In the decade since then, MacDonald had been alarmed to see humankind begin in earnest to weaponize weather — not out of malice, but unwittingly. During the spring of 1977 and the summer of 1978, the Jasons met to determine what would happen once the concentration of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere doubled from pre-Industrial Revolution levels. It was an arbitrary milestone, the doubling, but a useful one, as its inevitability was not in question; the threshold would most likely be breached by 2035. The Jasons’ report to the Department of Energy, “The Long-Term Impact of Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide on Climate,” was written in an understated tone that only enhanced its nightmarish findings: Global temperatures would increase by an average of two to three degrees Celsius; Dust Bowl conditions would “threaten large areas of North America, Asia and Africa”; access to drinking water and agricultural production would fall, triggering mass migration on an unprecedented scale. “Perhaps the most ominous feature,” however, was the effect of a changing climate on the poles. Even a minimal warming “could lead to rapid melting” of the West Antarctic ice sheet. The ice sheet contained enough water to raise the level of the oceans 16 feet.

    The Jasons sent the report to dozens of scientists in the United States and abroad; to industry groups like the National Coal Association and the Electric Power Research Institute; and within the government, to the National Academy of Sciences, the Commerce Department, the E.P.A., NASA, the Pentagon, the N.S.A., every branch of the military, the National Security Council and the White House.

    Pomerance read about the atmospheric crisis in a state of shock that swelled briskly into outrage. “This,” he told Betsy Agle, “is the whole banana.”

    Gordon MacDonald worked at the federally funded Mitre Corporation, a think tank that works with agencies throughout the government. His title was senior research analyst, which was another way of saying senior science adviser to the national-intelligence community. After a single phone call, Pomerance, a former Vietnam War protester and conscientious objector, drove several miles on the Beltway to a group of anonymous white office buildings that more closely resembled the headquarters of a regional banking firm than the solar plexus of the American military-industrial complex. He was shown into the office of a brawny, soft-spoken man in blocky, horn-rimmed frames, who extended a hand like a bear’s paw.

    “I’m glad you’re interested in this,” MacDonald said, sizing up the young activist.

    “How could I not be?” Pomerance said. “How could anyone not be?”

    MacDonald explained that he first studied the carbon-dioxide issue when he was about Pomerance’s age — in 1961, when he served as an adviser to John F. Kennedy. Pomerance pieced together that MacDonald, in his youth, had been something of a prodigy: In his 20s, he advised Dwight D. Eisenhower on space exploration; at 32, he became a member of the National Academy of Sciences; at 40, he was appointed to the inaugural Council on Environmental Quality, where he advised Richard Nixon on the environmental dangers of burning coal. He monitored the carbon-dioxide problem the whole time, with increasing alarm.

    MacDonald spoke for two hours. Pomerance was appalled. “If I set up briefings with some people on the Hill,” he asked MacDonald, “will you tell them what you just told me?”

    Thus began the Gordon and Rafe carbon-dioxide roadshow. Beginning in the spring of 1979, Pomerance arranged informal briefings with the E.P.A., the National Security Council, The New York Times, the Council on Environmental Quality and the Energy Department, which, Pomerance learned, had established an Office of Carbon Dioxide Effects two years earlier at MacDonald’s urging. The men settled into a routine, with MacDonald explaining the science and Pomerance adding the exclamation points. They were surprised to learn how few senior officials were familiar with the Jasons’ findings, let alone understood the ramifications of global warming. At last, having worked their way up the federal hierarchy, the two went to see the president’s top scientist, Frank Press.

    Press’s office was in the Old Executive Office Building, the granite fortress that stands on the White House grounds just paces away from the West Wing. Out of respect for MacDonald, Press had summoned to their meeting what seemed to be the entire senior staff of the president’s Office of Science and Technology Policy — the officials consulted on every critical matter of energy and national security. What Pomerance had expected to be yet another casual briefing assumed the character of a high-level national-security meeting. He decided to let MacDonald do all the talking. There was no need to emphasize to Press and his lieutenants that this was an issue of profound national significance. The hushed mood in the office told him that this was already understood.

    To explain what the carbon-dioxide problem meant for the future, MacDonald would begin his presentation by going back more than a century to John Tyndall — an Irish physicist who was an early champion of Charles Darwin’s work and died after being accidentally poisoned by his wife. In 1859, Tyndall found that carbon dioxide absorbed heat and that variations in the composition of the atmosphere could create changes in climate. These findings inspired Svante Arrhenius, a Swedish chemist and future Nobel laureate, to deduce in 1896 that the combustion of coal and petroleum could raise global temperatures. This warming would become noticeable in a few centuries, Arrhenius calculated, or sooner if consumption of fossil fuels continued to increase.

    Consumption increased beyond anything the Swedish chemist could have imagined. Four decades later, a British steam engineer named Guy Stewart Callendar discovered that, at the weather stations he observed, the previous five years were the hottest in recorded history. Humankind, he wrote in a paper, had become “able to speed up the processes of Nature.” That was in 1939.

    MacDonald’s voice was calm but authoritative, his powerful, heavy hands conveying the force of his argument. He was a geophysicist trapped in the body of an offensive lineman — he had turned down a football scholarship to Rice in order to attend Harvard — and seemed miscast as a preacher of atmospheric physics and existential doom. His audience listened in bowed silence. Pomerance couldn’t read them. Political bureaucrats were skilled at hiding their opinions. Pomerance wasn’t. He shifted restlessly in his chair, glancing between MacDonald and the government suits, trying to see whether they grasped the shape of the behemoth that MacDonald was describing.

    MacDonald’s history concluded with Roger Revelle, perhaps the most distinguished of the priestly caste of government scientists who, since the Manhattan Project, advised every president on major policy; he had been a close colleague of MacDonald and Press since they served together under Kennedy. In a 1957 paper written with Hans Suess, Revelle concluded that “human beings are now carrying out a large-scale geophysical experiment of a kind that could not have happened in the past nor be reproduced in the future.” Revelle helped the Weather Bureau establish a continuous measurement of atmospheric carbon dioxide at a site perched near the summit of Mauna Loa on the Big Island of Hawaii, 11,500 feet above the sea — a rare pristine natural laboratory on a planet blanketed by fossil-fuel emissions. A young geochemist named Charles David Keeling charted the data. Keeling’s graph came to be known as the Keeling curve, though it more closely resembled a jagged lightning bolt hurled toward the firmament. MacDonald had a habit of tracing the Keeling curve in the air, his thick forefinger jabbing toward the ceiling.
    Charles David Keeling with the Keeling curve. From Special Collections & Archives, U.C. San Diego Library

    After nearly a decade of observation, Revelle had shared his concerns with Lyndon Johnson, who included them in a special message to Congress two weeks after his inauguration. Johnson explained that his generation had “altered the composition of the atmosphere on a global scale” through the burning of fossil fuels, and his administration commissioned a study of the subject by his Science Advisory Committee. Revelle was its chairman, and its 1965 executive report on carbon dioxide warned of the rapid melting of Antarctica, rising seas, increased acidity of fresh waters — changes that would require no less than a coordinated global effort to forestall.

    In 1974, the C.I.A. issued a classified report on the carbon-dioxide problem. It concluded that climate change had begun around 1960 and had “already caused major economic problems throughout the world.” The future economic and political impacts would be “almost beyond comprehension.” Yet emissions continued to rise, and at this rate, MacDonald warned, they could see a snowless New England, the swamping of major coastal cities, as much as a 40 percent decline in national wheat production, the forced migration of about one-quarter of the world’s population. Not within centuries — within their own lifetimes.

    “What would you have us do?” Press asked.

    The president’s plan, in the wake of the Saudi oil crisis, to promote solar energy — he had gone so far as to install 32 solar panels on the roof of the White House to heat his family’s water — was a good start, MacDonald thought. But Jimmy Carter’s plan to stimulate production of synthetic fuels — gas and liquid fuel extracted from shale and tar sands — was a dangerous idea. Nuclear power, despite the recent tragedy at Three Mile Island, should be expanded. But even natural gas and ethanol were preferable to coal. There was no way around it: Coal production would ultimately have to end.

    The president’s advisers asked respectful questions, but Pomerance couldn’t tell whether they were persuaded. The men all stood and shook hands, and Press led MacDonald and Pomerance out of his office. After they emerged from the Old Executive Office Building onto Pennsylvania Avenue, Pomerance asked MacDonald what he thought would happen.

    Knowing Frank as I do, MacDonald said, I really couldn’t tell you.

    In the days that followed, Pomerance grew uneasy. Until this point, he had fixated on the science of the carbon-dioxide issue and its possible political ramifications. But now that his meetings on Capitol Hill had concluded, he began to question what all this might mean for his own future. His wife, Lenore, was eight months pregnant; was it ethical, he wondered, to bring a child onto a planet that before much longer could become inhospitable to life? And he wondered why it had fallen to him, a 32-year-old lobbyist without scientific training, to bring greater attention to this crisis.

    Finally, weeks later, MacDonald called to tell him that Press had taken up the issue. On May 22, Press wrote a letter to the president of the National Academy of Sciences requesting a full assessment of the carbon-dioxide issue. Jule Charney, the father of modern meteorology, would gather the nation’s top oceanographers, atmospheric scientists and climate modelers to judge whether MacDonald’s alarm was justified — whether the world was, in fact, headed to cataclysm.

    Pomerance was amazed by how much momentum had built in such a short time. Scientists at the highest levels of government had known about the dangers of fossil-fuel combustion for decades. Yet they had produced little besides journal articles, academic symposiums, technical reports. Nor had any politician, journalist or activist championed the issue. That, Pomerance figured, was about to change. If Charney’s group confirmed that the world was careering toward an existential crisis, the president would be forced to act.
    Texas in August and September 2017 Hurricanes Cause Catastrophic Floods
    When Hurricane Harvey struck Texas last summer, record rainfall caused catastrophic flooding. In six days, as much as 60 inches of rain fell, leaving at least 68 people dead and $125 billion in damage. One study found that climate change has made cataclysmic rain events like Harvey three times as common as they were. Harvey was a particularly slow-moving hurricane, making it significantly more destructive: The storm stood still and drenched already flood-prone areas. “There’s a good chance another event like Harvey will happen again,” said Adam Sobel, the director of Columbia University’s Initiative on Extreme Weather and Climate. “This is the kind of thing we expect to see more and more, even if we stop emitting carbon today.” — Text by Jaime Lowe. Photographs by George Steinmetz for The New York Times.
    2.
    The Whimsies of The Invisible World
    Spring 1979

    There was a brown velvet love seat in the living room of James and Anniek Hansen, under a bright window looking out on Morningside Park in Manhattan, that nobody ever sat in. Erik, their 2-year-old son, was forbidden to go near it. The ceiling above the couch sagged ominously, as if pregnant with some alien life form, and the bulge grew with each passing week. Jim promised Anniek that he would fix it, which was only fair, because it had been on his insistence that they gave up the prospect of a prewar apartment in Spuyten Duyvil overlooking the Hudson and moved from Riverdale to this two-story walk-up with crumbling walls, police-siren lullabies and gravid ceiling. Jim had resented the 45-minute commute to NASA’s Goddard Institute for Space Studies in Manhattan and complained that such a gross waste of his time would soon be unsustainable, once the Pioneer spacecraft reached Venus and began to beam back data. But even after the Hansens moved within a few blocks of the institute, Jim couldn’t make time for the ceiling, and after four months it finally burst, releasing a confetti of browned pipes and splintered wood.

    Jim repeated his vow to fix the ceiling as soon as he had a moment free from work. Anniek held him to his word, though it required her to live with a hole in her ceiling until Thanksgiving — seven months of plaster dust powdering the love seat.

    Another promise Jim made to Anniek: He would make it home for dinner every night by 7 p.m. By 8:30, however, he was back at his calculations. Anniek did not begrudge him his deep commitment to his work; it was one of the things she loved about him. Still, it baffled her that the subject of his obsession should be the atmospheric conditions of a planet more than 24 million miles away. It baffled Jim, too. His voyage to Venus from Denison, Iowa, the fifth child of a diner waitress and an itinerant farmer turned bartender, had been a series of bizarre twists of fate over which he claimed no agency. It was just something that happened to him.

    Hansen figured he was the only scientist at the National Aeronautics and Space Administration who, as a child, did not dream of outer space. He dreamed only of baseball. On clear nights, his transistor radio picked up the broadcast of the Kansas City Blues, the New York Yankees’ AAA affiliate. Every morning, he cut out the box scores, pasted them into a notebook and tallied statistics. Hansen found comfort in numbers and equations. He majored in math and physics at the University of Iowa, but he never would have taken an interest in celestial matters were it not for the unlikely coincidence of two events during the year he graduated: the eruption of a volcano in Bali and a total eclipse of the moon.

    On the night of Dec. 30, 1963 — whipping wind, 12 degrees below zero — Hansen accompanied his astronomy professor to a cornfield far from town. They set a telescope in an old corncrib and, between 2 and 8 in the morning, made continuous photoelectric recordings of the eclipse, pausing only when the extension cord froze and when they dashed to the car for a few minutes to avoid frostbite.

    During an eclipse, the moon resembles a tangerine or, if the eclipse is total, a drop of blood. But this night, the moon vanished altogether. Hansen made the mystery the subject of his master’s thesis, concluding that the moon had been obscured by the dust erupted into the atmosphere by Mount Agung, on the other side of the planet from his corncrib, six months earlier. The discovery led to his fascination with the influence of invisible particles on the visible world. You could not make sense of the visible world until you understood the whimsies of the invisible one.

    One of the leading authorities on the invisible world happened to be teaching then at Iowa: James Van Allen made the first major discovery of the space age, identifying the two doughnut-shaped regions of convulsing particles that circle Earth, now known as the Van Allen belts. At Van Allen’s prodding, Hansen turned from the moon to Venus. Why, he tried to determine, was its surface so hot? In 1967, a Soviet satellite beamed back the answer: The planet’s atmosphere was mainly carbon dioxide. Though once it may have had habitable temperatures, it was believed to have succumbed to a runaway greenhouse effect: As the sun grew brighter, Venus’s ocean began to evaporate, thickening the atmosphere, which forced yet greater evaporation — a self-perpetuating cycle that finally boiled off the ocean entirely and heated the planet’s surface to more than 800 degrees Fahrenheit. At the other extreme, Mars’s thin atmosphere had insufficient carbon dioxide to trap much heat at all, leaving it about 900 degrees colder. Earth lay in the middle, its Goldilocks greenhouse effect just strong enough to support life.

    Anniek expected Jim’s professional life to resume some semblance of normality once the data from Venus had been collected and analyzed. But shortly after Pioneer entered Venus’s atmosphere, Hansen came home from the office in an uncharacteristic fervor — with an apology. The prospect of two or three more years of intense work had sprung up before him. NASA was expanding its study of Earth’s atmospheric conditions. Hansen had already done some work on Earth’s atmosphere for Jule Charney at the Goddard Institute, helping to develop computerized weather models. Now Hansen would have an opportunity to apply to Earth the lessons he had learned from Venus.
    Jule Charney, the father of modern meteorology. From the M.I.T. Museum

    We want to learn more about Earth’s climate, Jim told Anniek — and how humanity can influence it. He would use giant new supercomputers to map the planet’s atmosphere. They would create Mirror Worlds: parallel realities that mimicked our own. These digital simulacra, technically called “general circulation models,” combined the mathematical formulas that governed the behavior of the sea, land and sky into a single computer model. Unlike the real world, they could be sped forward to reveal the future.

    Anniek’s disappointment — another several years of distraction, stress, time spent apart from family — was tempered, if only slightly, by the high strain of Jim’s enthusiasm. She thought she understood it. Does this mean, she asked, that you’ll able to predict weather more accurately?

    Yes, Jim said. Something like that.
    3.
    Between Catastrophe and Chaos
    July 1979

    The scientists summoned by Jule Charney to judge the fate of civilization arrived on July 23, 1979, with their wives, children and weekend bags at a three-story mansion in Woods Hole, on the southwestern spur of Cape Cod. They would review all the available science and decide whether the White House should take seriously Gordon MacDonald’s prediction of a climate apocalypse. The Jasons had predicted a warming of two or three degrees Celsius by the middle of the 21st century, but like Roger Revelle before them, they emphasized their reasons for uncertainty. Charney’s scientists were asked to quantify that uncertainty. They had to get it right: Their conclusion would be delivered to the president. But first they would hold a clambake.

    They gathered with their families on a bluff overlooking Quissett Harbor and took turns tossing mesh produce bags stuffed with lobster, clams and corn into a bubbling caldron. While the children scrambled across the rolling lawn, the scientists mingled with a claque of visiting dignitaries, whose status lay somewhere between chaperone and client — men from the Departments of State, Energy, Defense and Agriculture; the E.P.A.; the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. They exchanged pleasantries and took in the sunset. It was a hot day, high 80s, but the harbor breeze was salty and cool. It didn’t look like the dawning of an apocalypse. The government officials, many of them scientists themselves, tried to suppress their awe of the legends in their presence: Henry Stommel, the world’s leading oceanographer; his protégé, Carl Wunsch, a Jason; the Manhattan Project alumnus Cecil Leith; the Harvard planetary physicist Richard Goody. These were the men who, in the last three decades, had discovered foundational principles underlying the relationships among sun, atmosphere, land and ocean — which is to say, the climate.

    The hierarchy was made visible during the workshop sessions, held in the carriage house next door: The scientists sat at tables arranged in a rectangle, while their federal observers sat along the room’s perimeter, taking in the action as at a theater in the round. The first two days of meetings didn’t make very good theater, however, as the scientists reviewed the basic principles of the carbon cycle, ocean circulation, radiative transfer. On the third day, Charney introduced a new prop: a black speaker, attached to a telephone. He dialed, and Jim Hansen answered.

    Charney called Hansen because he had grasped that in order to determine the exact range of future warming, his group would have to venture into the realm of the Mirror Worlds. Jule Charney himself had used a general circulation model to revolutionize weather prediction. But Hansen was one of just a few modelers who had studied the effects of carbon emissions. When, at Charney’s request, Hansen programmed his model to consider a future of doubled carbon dioxide, it predicted a temperature increase of four degrees Celsius. That was twice as much warming as the prediction made by the most prominent climate modeler, Syukuro Manabe, whose government lab at Princeton was the first to model the greenhouse effect. The difference between the two predictions — between warming of two degrees Celsius and four degrees Celsius — was the difference between damaged coral reefs and no reefs whatsoever, between thinning forests and forests enveloped by desert, between catastrophe and chaos.

    In the carriage house, the disembodied voice of Jim Hansen explained, in a quiet, matter-of-fact tone, how his model weighed the influences of clouds, oceans and snow on warming. The older scientists interrupted, shouting questions; when they did not transmit through the telephone, Charney repeated them in a bellow. The questions kept coming, often before their younger respondent could finish his answers, and Hansen wondered if it wouldn’t have been easier for him to drive the five hours and meet with them in person.

    Among Charney’s group was Akio Arakawa, a pioneer of computer modeling. On the final night at Woods Hole, Arakawa stayed up in his motel room with printouts from the models by Hansen and Manabe blanketing his double bed. The discrepancy between the models, Arakawa concluded, came down to ice and snow. The whiteness of the world’s snowfields reflected light; if snow melted in a warmer climate, less radiation would escape the atmosphere, leading to even greater warming. Shortly before dawn, Arakawa concluded that Manabe had given too little weight to the influence of melting sea ice, while Hansen had overemphasized it. The best estimate lay in between. Which meant that the Jasons’ calculation was too optimistic. When carbon dioxide doubled in 2035 or thereabouts, global temperatures would increase between 1.5 and 4.5 degrees Celsius, with the most likely outcome a warming of three degrees.

    The publication of Jule Charney’s report, “Carbon Dioxide and Climate: A Scientific Assessment,” several months later was not accompanied by a banquet, a parade or even a news conference. Yet within the highest levels of the federal government, the scientific community and the oil-and-gas industry — within the commonwealth of people who had begun to concern themselves with the future habitability of the planet — the Charney report would come to have the authority of settled fact. It was the summation of all the predictions that had come before, and it would withstand the scrutiny of the decades that followed it. Charney’s group had considered everything known about ocean, sun, sea, air and fossil fuels and had distilled it to a single number: three. When the doubling threshold was broached, as appeared inevitable, the world would warm three degrees Celsius. The last time the world was three degrees warmer was during the Pliocene, three million years ago, when beech trees grew in Antarctica, the seas were 80 feet higher and horses galloped across the Canadian coast of the Arctic Ocean.

    The Charney report left Jim Hansen with more urgent questions. Three degrees would be nightmarish, and unless carbon emissions ceased suddenly, three degrees would be only the beginning. The real question was whether the warming trend could be reversed. Was there time to act? And how would a global commitment to cease burning fossil fuels come about, exactly? Who had the power to make such a thing happen? Hansen didn’t know how to begin to answer these questions. But he would learn.
    4.
    ‘A Very Aggressive Defensive Program’
    Summer 1979-Summer 1980

    After the publication of the Charney report, Exxon decided to create its own dedicated carbon-dioxide research program, with an annual budget of $600,000. Only Exxon was asking a slightly different question than Jule Charney. Exxon didn’t concern itself primarily with how much the world would warm. It wanted to know how much of the warming Exxon could be blamed for.

    A senior researcher named Henry Shaw had argued that the company needed a deeper understanding of the issue in order to influence future legislation that might restrict carbon-dioxide emissions. “It behooves us to start a very aggressive defensive program,” Shaw wrote in a memo to a manager, “because there is a good probability that legislation affecting our business will be passed.”

    Shaw turned to Wallace Broecker, a Columbia University oceanographer who was the second author of Roger Revelle’s 1965 carbon-dioxide report for Lyndon Johnson. In 1977, in a presentation at the American Geophysical Union, Broecker predicted that fossil fuels would have to be restricted, whether by taxation or fiat. More recently, he had testified before Congress, calling carbon dioxide “the No.1 long-term environmental problem.” If presidents and senators trusted Broecker to tell them the bad news, he was good enough for Exxon.

    The company had been studying the carbon-dioxide problem for decades, since before it changed its name to Exxon. In 1957, scientists from Humble Oil published a study tracking “the enormous quantity of carbon dioxide” contributed to the atmosphere since the Industrial Revolution “from the combustion of fossil fuels.” Even then, the observation that burning fossil fuels had increased the concentration of carbon in the atmosphere was well understood and accepted by Humble’s scientists. What was new, in 1957, was the effort to quantify what percentage of emissions had been contributed by the oil-and-gas industry.

    The American Petroleum Institute, the industry’s largest trade association, asked the same question in 1958 through its air-pollution study group and replicated the findings made by Humble Oil. So did another A.P.I. study conducted by the Stanford Research Institute a decade later, in 1968, which concluded that the burning of fossil fuels would bring “significant temperature changes” by the year 2000 and ultimately “serious worldwide environmental changes,” including the melting of the Antarctic ice cap and rising seas. It was “ironic,” the study’s authors noted, that politicians, regulators and environmentalists fixated on local incidents of air pollution that were immediately observable, while the climate crisis, whose damage would be of far greater severity and scale, went entirely unheeded.

    The ritual repeated itself every few years. Industry scientists, at the behest of their corporate bosses, reviewed the problem and found good reasons for alarm and better excuses to do nothing. Why should they act when almost nobody within the United States government — nor, for that matter, within the environmental movement — seemed worried? Besides, as the National Petroleum Council put it in 1972, changes in the climate would probably not be apparent “until at least the turn of the century.” The industry had enough urgent crises: antitrust legislation introduced by Senator Ted Kennedy; concerns about the health effects of gasoline; battles over the Clean Air Act; and the financial shock of benzene regulation, which increased the cost of every gallon of gas sold in America. Why take on an intractable problem that would not be detected until this generation of employees was safely retired? Worse, the solutions seemed more punitive than the problem itself. Historically, energy use had correlated to economic growth — the more fossil fuels we burned, the better our lives became. Why mess with that?

    But the Charney report had changed industry’s cost-benefit calculus. Now there was a formal consensus about the nature of the crisis. As Henry Shaw emphasized in his conversations with Exxon’s executives, the cost of inattention would rise in step with the Keeling curve.

    Wallace Broecker did not think much of one of Exxon’s proposals for its new carbon-dioxide program: testing the corked air in vintage bottles of French wine to demonstrate how much carbon levels had increased over time. But he did help his colleague Taro Takahashi with a more ambitious experiment conducted onboard one of Exxon’s largest supertankers, the Esso Atlantic, to determine how much carbon the oceans could absorb before coughing it back into the atmosphere. Unfortunately, the graduate student installed on the tanker botched the job, and the data came back a mess.

    Shaw was running out of time. In 1978, an Exxon colleague circulated an internal memo warning that humankind had only five to 10 years before policy action would be necessary. But Congress seemed ready to act a lot sooner than that. On April 3, 1980, Senator Paul Tsongas, a Massachusetts Democrat, held the first congressional hearing on carbon-dioxide buildup in the atmosphere. Gordon MacDonald testified that the United States should “take the initiative” and develop, through the United Nations, a way to coordinate every nation’s energy policies to address the problem. That June, Jimmy Carter signed the Energy Security Act of 1980, which directed the National Academy of Sciences to start a multiyear, comprehensive study, to be called “Changing Climate,” that would analyze social and economic effects of climate change. More urgent, the National Commission on Air Quality, at the request of Congress, invited two dozen experts, including Henry Shaw himself, to a meeting in Florida to propose climate policy.

    It seemed that some kind of legislation to restrict carbon combustion was inevitable. The Charney report had confirmed the diagnosis of the problem — a problem that Exxon helped create. Now Exxon would help shape the solution.
    5.
    ‘We Are Flying Blind’
    October 1980

    Two days before Halloween, Rafe Pomerance traveled to a cotton-candy castle on the Gulf of Mexico, near St. Petersburg, Fla, that locals called the Pink Palace. The Don CeSar hotel was a child’s daydream with cantilevered planes of bubble-gum stucco and vanilla-white cupolas that appeared to melt in the sunshine like scoops of ice cream. The hotel stood amid blooms of poisonwood and gumbo limbo on a narrow spit of porous limestone that rose no higher than five feet above the sea. In its carnival of historical amnesia and childlike faith in the power of fantasy, the Pink Palace was a fine setting for the first rehearsal of a conversation that would be earnestly restaged, with little variation and increasing desperation, for the next 40 years.
    The Don CeSar hotel in the 1970s. From the Don CeSar

    In the year and a half since he had read the coal report, Pomerance had attended countless conferences and briefings about the science of global warming. But until now, nobody had shown much interest in the only subject that he cared about, the only subject that mattered — how to prevent warming. In a sense, he had himself to thank: During the expansion of the Clean Air Act, he pushed for the creation of the National Commission on Air Quality, charged with ensuring that the goals of the act were being met. One such goal was a stable global climate. The Charney report had made clear that goal was not being met, and now the commission wanted to hear proposals for legislation. It was a profound responsibility, and the two dozen experts invited to the Pink Palace — policy gurus, deep thinkers, an industry scientist and an environmental activist — had only three days to achieve it, but the utopian setting made everything seem possible. The conference room looked better suited to hosting a wedding party than a bureaucratic meeting, its tall windows framing postcard views of the beach. The sands were blindingly white, the surf was idle, the air unseasonably hot and the dress code relaxed: sunglasses and guayaberas, jackets frowned upon.
    The front page of The New York Times on Aug. 22, 1981.

    “I have a very vested interest in this,” said State Representative Tom McPherson, a Florida Democrat, introducing himself to the delegation, “because I own substantial holdings 15 miles inland of the coast, and any beachfront property appreciates in value.” There was no formal agenda, just a young moderator from the E.P.A. named Thomas Jorling and a few handouts left on every seat, including a copy of the Charney report. Jorling acknowledged the vagueness of their mission.

    “We are flying blind, with little or no idea where the mountains are,” he said. But the stakes couldn’t be higher: A failure to recommend policy, he said, would be the same as endorsing the present policy — which was no policy. He asked who wanted “to break the ice,” not quite appreciating the pun.

    “We might start out with an emotional question,” proposed Thomas Waltz, an economist at the National Climate Program. “The question is fundamental to being a human being: Do we care?”

    This provoked huffy consternation. “In caring or not caring,” said John Laurmann, a Stanford engineer, “I would think the main thing is the timing.” It was not an emotional question, in other words, but an economic one: How much did we value the future?

    We have less time than we realize, said an M.I.T. nuclear engineer named David Rose, who studied how civilizations responded to large technological crises. “People leave their problems until the 11th hour, the 59th minute,” he said. “And then: ‘Eloi, Eloi, Lama Sabachthani?’ ” — “My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?” It was a promising beginning, Pomerance thought. Urgent, detailed, cleareyed. The attendees seemed to share a sincere interest in finding solutions. They agreed that some kind of international treaty would ultimately be needed to keep atmospheric carbon dioxide at a safe level. But nobody could agree on what that level was.

    William Elliott, a NOAA scientist, introduced some hard facts: If the United States stopped burning carbon that year, it would delay the arrival of the doubling threshold by only five years. If Western nations somehow managed to stabilize emissions, it would forestall the inevitable by only eight years. The only way to avoid the worst was to stop burning coal. Yet China, the Soviet Union and the United States, by far the world’s three largest coal producers, were frantically accelerating extraction.

    “Do we have a problem?” asked Anthony Scoville, a congressional science consultant. “We do, but it is not the atmospheric problem. It is the political problem.” He doubted that any scientific report, no matter how ominous its predictions, would persuade politicians to act.

    Pomerance glanced out at the beach, where the occasional tourist dawdled in the surf. Beyond the conference room, few Americans realized that the planet would soon cease to resemble itself.

    What if the problem was that they were thinking of it as a problem? “What I am saying,” Scoville continued, “is that in a sense we are making a transition not only in energy but the economy as a whole.” Even if the coal and oil industries collapsed, renewable technologies like solar energy would take their place. Jimmy Carter was planning to invest $80 billion in synthetic fuel. “My God,” Scoville said, “with $80 billion, you could have a photovoltaics industry going that would obviate the need for synfuels forever!”

    The talk of ending oil production stirred for the first time the gentleman from Exxon. “I think there is a transition period,” Henry Shaw said. “We are not going to stop burning fossil fuels and start looking toward solar or nuclear fusion and so on. We are going to have a very orderly transition from fossil fuels to renewable energy sources.”

    “We are talking about some major fights in this country,” said Waltz, the economist. “We had better be thinking this thing through.”

    But first — lunch. It was a bright day, low 80s, and the group voted to break for three hours to enjoy the Florida sun. Pomerance couldn’t — he was restless. He had refrained from speaking, happy to let others lead the discussion, provided it moved in the right direction. But the high-minded talk had soon stalled into fecklessness and pusillanimity. He reflected that he was just about the only participant without an advanced degree. But few of these policy geniuses were showing much sense. They understood what was at stake, but they hadn’t taken it to heart. They remained cool, detached — pragmatists overmatched by a problem that had no pragmatic resolution. “Prudence,” Jorling said, “is essential.”

    After lunch, Jorling tried to focus the conversation. What did they need to know in order to take action?

    David Slade, who as the director of the Energy Department’s $200 million Office of Carbon Dioxide Effects had probably considered the question more deeply than anyone else in the room, said he figured that at some point, probably within their lifetimes, they would see the warming themselves.

    “And at that time,” Pomerance bellowed, “it will be too late to do anything about it.”

    Yet nobody could agree what to do. John Perry, a meteorologist who had worked as a staff member on the Charney report, suggested that American energy policy merely “take into account” the risks of global warming, though he acknowledged that a nonbinding measure might seem “intolerably stodgy.”

    “It is so weak,” Pomerance said, the air seeping out of him, “as to not get us anywhere.”

    Reading the indecision in the room, Jorling reversed himself and wondered if it might be best to avoid proposing any specific policy. “Let’s not load ourselves down with that burden,” he said. “We’ll let others worry.”

    Pomerance begged Jorling to reconsider. The commission had asked for hard proposals. But why stop there? Why not propose a new national energy plan? “There is no single action that is going to solve the problem,” Pomerance said. “You can’t keep saying, That isn’t going to do it, and This isn’t going to do it, because then we end up doing nothing.”

    Scoville pointed out that the United States was responsible for the largest share of global carbon emissions. But not for long. “If we’re going to exercise leadership,” he said, “the opportunity is now.” One way to lead, he proposed, would be to classify carbon dioxide as a pollutant under the Clean Air Act and regulate it as such. This was received by the room like a belch. By Scoville’s logic, every sigh was an act of pollution. Did the science really support such an extreme measure?

    The Charney report did exactly that, Pomerance said. He was beginning to lose his patience, his civility, his stamina. “Now, if everybody wants to sit around and wait until the world warms up more than it has warmed up since there have been humans around — fine. But I would like to have a shot at avoiding it.”

    Most everybody else seemed content to sit around. Some of the attendees confused uncertainty around the margins of the issue (whether warming would be three or four degrees Celsius in 50 or 75 years) for uncertainty about the severity of the problem. As Gordon MacDonald liked to say, carbon dioxide in the atmosphere would rise; the only question was when. The lag between the emission of a gas and the warming it produced could be several decades. It was like adding an extra blanket on a mild night: It took a few minutes before you started to sweat.

    Yet Slade, the director of the Energy Department’s carbon-dioxide program, considered the lag a saving grace. If changes did not occur for a decade or more, he said, those in the room couldn’t be blamed for failing to prevent them. So what was the problem?

    “You’re the problem,” Pomerance said. Because of the lag between cause and effect, it was unlikely that humankind would detect hard evidence of warming until it was too late to reverse it. The lag would doom them. “The U.S. has to do something to gain some credibility,” he said.

    “So it is a moral stand,” Slade replied, sensing an advantage.

    “Call it whatever.” Besides, Pomerance added, they didn’t have to ban coal tomorrow. A pair of modest steps could be taken immediately to show the world that the United States was serious: the implementation of a carbon tax and increased investment in renewable energy. Then the United States could organize an international summit meeting to address climate change. This was his closing plea to the group. The next day, they would have to draft policy proposals.

    But when the group reconvened after breakfast, they immediately became stuck on a sentence in their prefatory paragraph declaring that climatic changes were “likely to occur.”

    “Will occur,” proposed Laurmann, the Stanford engineer.

    “What about the words: highly likely to occur?” Scoville asked.

    “Almost sure,” said David Rose, the nuclear engineer from M.I.T.

    “Almost surely,” another said.

    “Changes of an undetermined — ”

    “Changes as yet of a little-understood nature?”

    “Highly or extremely likely to occur,” Pomerance said.

    “Almost surely to occur?”

    “No,” Pomerance said.

    “I would like to make one statement,” said Annemarie Crocetti, a public-health scholar who sat on the National Commission on Air Quality and had barely spoken all week. “I have noticed that very often when we as scientists are cautious in our statements, everybody else misses the point, because they don’t understand our qualifications.”

    “As a nonscientist,” said Tom McPherson, the Florida legislator, “I really concur.”

    Yet these two dozen experts, who agreed on the major points and had made a commitment to Congress, could not draft a single paragraph. Hours passed in a hell of fruitless negotiation, self-defeating proposals and impulsive speechifying. Pomerance and Scoville pushed to include a statement calling for the United States to “sharply accelerate international dialogue,” but they were sunk by objections and caveats.

    “It is very emotional,” Crocetti said, succumbing to her frustration. “What we have asked is to get people from different disciplines to come together and tell us what you agree on and what your problems are. And you have only made vague statements — ”

    She was interrupted by Waltz, the economist, who wanted simply to note that climate change would have profound effects. Crocetti waited until he exhausted himself, before resuming in a calm voice. “All I am asking you to say is: ‘We got ourselves a bunch of experts, and by God, they all endorse this point of view and think it is very important. They have disagreements about the details of this and that, but they feel that it behooves us to intervene at this point and try to prevent it.’ ”

    They never got to policy proposals. They never got to the second paragraph. The final statement was signed by only the moderator, who phrased it more weakly than the declaration calling for the workshop in the first place. “The guide I would suggest,” Jorling wrote, “is whether we know enough not to recommend changes in existing policy.”

    Pomerance had seen enough. A consensus-based strategy would not work — could not work — without American leadership. And the United States wouldn’t act unless a strong leader persuaded it to do so — someone who would speak with authority about the science, demand action from those in power and risk everything in pursuit of justice. Pomerance knew he wasn’t that person: He was an organizer, a strategist, a fixer — which meant he was an optimist and even, perhaps, a romantic. His job was to assemble a movement. And every movement, even one backed by widespread consensus, needed a hero. He just had to find one.
    Antarctica in December 2017 Chinstrap-Penguin Colonies Rapidly Decline
    The Antarctic Peninsula, where about three million pairs of penguins breed, is one of the most quickly warming areas on the planet; its average temperature has increased by five degrees Fahrenheit over the past 75 years. Many scientists believe that this warming will endanger some penguin colonies in two ways: dwindling food and loss of nesting habitats. On the rocky shores of Deception Island, where the penguins breed, they need cold, dry land for their eggs to survive, but rising temperatures have introduced rain and pools of water to nesting sites. And because of the rapid loss of sea ice, krill — the tiny crustaceans that serve as penguins’ main source of food — can’t sustain the large colonies they need to thrive. The penguin population of Baily Head, in the northern part of Antarctica, seems to have dropped from 85,000 breeding pairs in 2003 to 52,000 seven years later, a decline of almost 40 percent. Scientists fear that as warm water shifts farther south along other coastal regions, larger populations of penguins could face a similar decline. Photographs by George Steinmetz for The New York Times.
    6.
    ‘Otherwise, They’ll Gurgle’
    November 1980-September 1981

    The meeting ended Friday morning. On Tuesday, four days later, Ronald Reagan was elected president. And Rafe Pomerance soon found himself wondering whether what had seemed to have been a beginning had actually been the end.

    After the election, Reagan considered plans to close the Energy Department, increase coal production on federal land and deregulate surface coal mining. Once in office, he appointed James Watt, the president of a legal firm that fought to open public lands to mining and drilling, to run the Interior Department. “We’re deliriously happy,” the president of the National Coal Association was reported to have said. Reagan preserved the E.P.A. but named as its administrator Anne Gorsuch, an anti-regulation zealot who proceeded to cut the agency’s staff and budget by about a quarter. In the midst of this carnage, the Council on Environmental Quality submitted a report to the White House warning that fossil fuels could “permanently and disastrously” alter Earth’s atmosphere, leading to “a warming of the Earth, possibly with very serious effects.” Reagan did not act on the council’s advice. Instead, his administration considered eliminating the council.

    At the Pink Palace, Anthony Scoville had said that the problem was not atmospheric but political. That was only half right, Pomerance thought. For behind every political problem, there lay a publicity problem. And the climate crisis had a publicity nightmare. The Florida meeting had failed to prepare a coherent statement, let alone legislation, and now everything was going backward. Even Pomerance couldn’t devote much time to climate change; Friends of the Earth was busier than ever. The campaigns to defeat the nominations of James Watt and Anne Gorsuch were just the beginning; there were also efforts to block mining in wilderness areas, maintain the Clean Air Act’s standards for air pollutants and preserve funding for renewable energy (Reagan “has declared open war on solar energy,” the director of the nation’s lead solar-energy research agency said, after he was asked to resign). Reagan appeared determined to reverse the environmental achievements of Jimmy Carter, before undoing those of Richard Nixon, Lyndon Johnson, John F. Kennedy and, if he could get away with it, Theodore Roosevelt.

    Reagan’s violence to environmental regulations alarmed even members of his own party. Senator Robert Stafford, a Vermont Republican and chairman of the committee that held confirmation hearings on Gorsuch, took the unusual step of lecturing her from the dais about her moral obligation to protect the nation’s air and water. Watt’s plan to open the waters off California for oil drilling was denounced by the state’s Republican senator, and Reagan’s proposal to eliminate the position of science adviser was roundly derided by the scientists and engineers who advised him during his presidential campaign. When Reagan considered closing the Council on Environmental Quality, its acting chairman, Malcolm Forbes Baldwin, wrote to the vice president and the White House chief of staff begging them to reconsider; in a major speech the same week, “A Conservative’s Program for the Environment,” Baldwin argued that it was “time for today’s conservatives explicitly to embrace environmentalism.” Environmental protection was not only good sense. It was good business. What could be more conservative than an efficient use of resources that led to fewer federal subsidies?

    Meanwhile the Charney report continued to vibrate at the periphery of public consciousness. Its conclusions were confirmed by major studies from the Aspen Institute, the International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis near Vienna and the American Association for the Advancement of Science. Every month or so, nationally syndicated articles appeared summoning apocalypse: “Another Warning on ‘Greenhouse Effect,’ ” “Global Warming Trend ‘Beyond Human Experience,’ ” “Warming Trend Could ‘Pit Nation Against Nation.’ ” People magazine had profiled Gordon MacDonald, photographing him standing on the steps of the Capitol and pointing above his head to the level the water would reach when the polar ice caps melted. “If Gordon MacDonald is wrong, they’ll laugh,” the article read. “Otherwise, they’ll gurgle.”
    Gordon MacDonald in the Oct. 8, 1979, issue of People magazine. Robert Sherbow/Time Inc.

    But Pomerance understood that in order to sustain major coverage, you needed major events. Studies were fine; speeches were good; news conferences were better. Hearings, however, were best. The ritual’s theatrical trappings — the members of Congress holding forth on the dais, their aides decorously passing notes, the witnesses sipping nervously from their water glasses, the audience transfixed in the gallery — offered antagonists, dramatic tension, narrative. But you couldn’t have a hearing without a scandal, or at least a scientific breakthrough. And two years after the Charney group met at Woods Hole, it seemed there was no more science to break through.

    It was with a shiver of optimism, then, that Pomerance read on the front page of The New York Times on Aug. 22, 1981, about a forthcoming paper in Science by a team of seven NASA scientists. They had found that the world had already warmed in the past century. Temperatures hadn’t increased beyond the range of historical averages, but the scientists predicted that the warming signal would emerge from the noise of routine weather fluctuations much sooner than previously expected. Most unusual of all, the paper ended with a policy recommendation: In the coming decades, the authors wrote, humankind should develop alternative sources of energy and use fossil fuels only “as necessary.” The lead author was James Hansen.

    Pomerance called Hansen to ask for a meeting. He explained to Hansen that he wanted to make sure he understood the paper’s conclusions. But more than that, he wanted to understand James Hansen.

    At the Goddard Institute, Pomerance entered Hansen’s office, maneuvering through some 30 piles of documents arrayed across the floor like the skyscrapers of a model city, some as high as his waist. On top of many of the stacks lay a scrap of cardboard on which had been scrawled words like Trace Gases, Ocean, Jupiter, Venus. At the desk, Pomerance found, hidden behind another paper metropolis, a quiet, composed man with a heavy brow and implacable green eyes. Hansen’s speech was soft, equable, deliberate to the point of halting. He would have no trouble passing for a small-town accountant, insurance-claims manager or actuary. In a sense he held all of those jobs, only his client was the global atmosphere. Pomerance’s political sensitivities sparked. He liked what he saw.

    As Hansen spoke, Pomerance listened and watched. He understood Hansen’s basic findings well enough: Earth had been warming since 1880, and the warming would reach “almost unprecedented magnitude” in the next century, leading to the familiar suite of terrors, including the flooding of a 10th of New Jersey and a quarter of Louisiana and Florida. But Pomerance was excited to find that Hansen could translate the complexities of atmospheric science into plain English. Though he was something of a wunderkind — at 40, he was about to be named director of the Goddard Institute — he spoke with the plain-spoken Midwestern forthrightness that played on Capitol Hill. He presented like a heartland voter, the kind of man interviewed on the evening news about the state of the American dream or photographed in the dying sun against a blurry agricultural landscape in a campaign ad. And unlike most scientists in the field, he was not afraid to follow his research to its policy implications. He was perfect.

    “What you have to say needs to be heard,” Pomerance said. “Are you willing to be a witness?”
    Mauritania in May 2018 Desert Sweeps Over the Capital
    Mauritania is one of the regions in Africa most vulnerable to recurrent drought. Winds sweep desert sands and dust over formerly arable land, creating dunes that blanket roads and demolish homes. Nouakchott, the capital of Mauritania, was designed to accommodate 15,000 people. Today, more than one million people live there, because decades of severe drought and extreme weather have driven farmers to the area. “The capital city is on the seaside, and the sand covered the city in a very short period of time,” said Cheikh Kane, a climate-resilience policy adviser at the Red Cross Red Crescent Climate Center. The country, he said, is suffering “chronic food insecurity and environmental degradation.” Video by George Steinmetz for The New York Times.
    7.
    ‘We’re All Going to Be the Victims’
    March 1982

    Though few people other than Rafe Pomerance seemed to have noticed amid Reagan’s environmental blitzkrieg, another hearing on the greenhouse effect was held several weeks earlier, on July 31, 1981. It was led by Representative James Scheuer, a New York Democrat — who lived at sea level on the Rockaway Peninsula, in a neighborhood no more than four blocks wide, sandwiched between two beaches — and a canny, 33-year-old congressman named Albert Gore Jr.

    Gore had learned about climate change a dozen years earlier as an undergraduate at Harvard, when he took a class taught by Roger Revelle. Humankind was on the brink of radically transforming the global atmosphere, Revelle explained, drawing Keeling’s rising zigzag on the blackboard, and risked bringing about the collapse of civilization. Gore was stunned: Why wasn’t anyone talking about this? He had no memory of hearing it from his father, a three-term senator from Tennessee who later served as chairman of an Ohio coal company. Once in office, Gore figured that if Revelle gave Congress the same lecture, his colleagues would be moved to act. Or at least that the hearing would get picked up by one of the three major national news broadcasts.

    Gore’s hearing was part of a larger campaign he had designed with his staff director, Tom Grumbly. After winning his third term in 1980, Gore was granted his first leadership position, albeit a modest one: chairman of an oversight subcommittee within the Committee on Science and Technology — a subcommittee that he had lobbied to create. Most in Congress considered the science committee a legislative backwater, if they considered it at all; this made Gore’s subcommittee, which had no legislative authority, an afterthought to an afterthought. That, Gore vowed, would change. Environmental and health stories had all the elements of narrative drama: villains, victims and heroes. In a hearing, you could summon all three, with the chairman serving as narrator, chorus and moral authority. He told his staff director that he wanted to hold a hearing every week.

    It was like storyboarding episodes of a weekly procedural drama. Grumbly assembled a list of subjects that possessed the necessary dramatic elements: a Massachusetts cancer researcher who faked his results, the dangers of excessive salt in the American diet, the disappearance of an airplane on Long Island. All fit Gore’s template; all had sizzle. But Gore wondered why Grumbly hadn’t included the greenhouse effect.

    There are no villains, Grumbly said. Besides, who’s your victim?

    If we don’t do something, Gore replied, we’re all going to be the victims.

    He didn’t say: If we don’t do something, we’ll be the villains too.
    Representative Albert Gore Jr. in 1982. John Dustaira/Associated Press

    The Revelle hearing went as Grumbly had predicted. The urgency of the issue was lost on Gore’s older colleagues, who drifted in and out while the witnesses testified. There were few people left by the time the Brookings Institution economist Lester Lave warned that humankind’s profligate exploitation of fossil fuels posed an existential test to human nature. “Carbon dioxide stands as a symbol now of our willingness to confront the future,” he said. “It will be a sad day when we decide that we just don’t have the time or thoughtfulness to address those issues.” That night, the news programs featured the resolution of the baseball strike, the ongoing budgetary debate and the national surplus of butter.

    But Gore soon found another opening. Congressional staff members on the science committee heard that the White House planned to eliminate the Energy Department’s carbon-dioxide program. If they could put a hearing together quickly enough, they could shame the White House before it could go through with its plan. The Times article about Hansen’s paper had proved that there was a national audience for the carbon-dioxide problem — it just had to be framed correctly. Hansen could occupy the role of hero: a mild-mannered scientist who had seen the future and now sought to rouse the world to action. A villain was emerging, too: Fred Koomanoff, Reagan’s new director of the Energy Department’s carbon-dioxide program, a Bronx native with the manner of a sergeant major and an unconstrained passion for budget-cutting. Each man would testify.

    Hansen did not disclose to Gore’s staff that, in late November, he received a letter from Koomanoff declining to fund his climate-modeling research despite a promise from Koomanoff’s predecessor. Koomanoff left open the possibility of funding other carbon-dioxide research, but Hansen was not optimistic, and when his funding lapsed, he had to release five employees, half his staff. Koomanoff, it seemed, would not be moved. But the hearing would give Hansen the chance to appeal directly to the congressmen who oversaw Koomanoff’s budget.

    Hansen flew to Washington to testify on March 25, 1982, performing before a gallery even more thinly populated than at Gore’s first hearing on the greenhouse effect. Gore began by attacking the Reagan administration for cutting funding for carbon-dioxide research despite the “broad consensus in the scientific community that the greenhouse effect is a reality.” William Carney, a Republican from New York, bemoaned the burning of fossil fuels and argued passionately that science should serve as the basis for legislative policy. Bob Shamansky, a Democrat from Ohio, objected to the use of the term “greenhouse effect” for such a horrifying phenomenon, because he had always enjoyed visiting greenhouses. “Everything,” he said, “seems to flourish in there.” He suggested that they call it the “microwave oven” effect, “because we are not flourishing too well under this; apparently, we are getting cooked.”

    There emerged, despite the general comity, a partisan divide. Unlike the Democrats, the Republicans demanded action. “Today I have a sense of déjà vu,” said Robert Walker, a Republican from Pennsylvania. In each of the last five years, he said, “we have been told and told and told that there is a problem with the increasing carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. We all accept that fact, and we realize that the potential consequences are certainly major in their impact on mankind.” Yet they had failed to propose a single law. “Now is the time,” he said. “The research is clear. It is up to us now to summon the political will.”

    Gore disagreed: A higher degree of certainty was required, he believed, in order to persuade a majority of Congress to restrict the use of fossil fuels. The reforms required were of such magnitude and sweep that they “would challenge the political will of our civilization.”

    Yet the experts invited by Gore agreed with the Republicans: The science was certain enough. Melvin Calvin, a Berkeley chemist who won the Nobel Prize for his work on the carbon cycle, said that it was useless to wait for stronger evidence of warming. “You cannot do a thing about it when the signals are so big that they come out of the noise,” he said. “You have to look for early warning signs.”

    Hansen’s job was to share the warning signs, to translate the data into plain English. He explained a few discoveries that his team had made — not with computer models but in libraries. By analyzing records from hundreds of weather stations, he found that the surface temperature of the planet had already increased four-tenths of a degree Celsius in the previous century. Data from several hundred tide-gauge stations showed that the oceans had risen four inches since the 1880s. Most disturbing of all, century-old glass astronomy plates had revealed a new problem: Some of the more obscure greenhouse gases — especially chlorofluorocarbons, or CFCs, a class of man-made substances used in refrigerators and spray cans — had proliferated wildly in recent years. “We may already have in the pipeline a larger amount of climate change than people generally realize,” Hansen told the nearly empty room.

    Gore asked when the planet would reach a point of no return — a “trigger point,” after which temperatures would spike. “I want to know,” Gore said, “whether I am going to face it or my kids are going to face it.”

    “Your kids are likely to face it,” Calvin replied. “I don’t know whether you will or not. You look pretty young.”

    It occurred to Hansen that this was the only political question that mattered: How long until the worst began? It was not a question on which geophysicists expended much effort; the difference between five years and 50 years in the future was meaningless in geologic time. Politicians were capable of thinking only in terms of electoral time: six years, four years, two years. But when it came to the carbon problem, the two time schemes were converging.

    “Within 10 or 20 years,” Hansen said, “we will see climate changes which are clearly larger than the natural variability.”

    James Scheuer wanted to make sure he understood this correctly. No one else had predicted that the signal would emerge that quickly. “If it were one or two degrees per century,” he said, “that would be within the range of human adaptability. But we are pushing beyond the range of human adaptability.”

    “Yes,” Hansen said.

    How soon, Scheuer asked, would they have to change the national model of energy production?

    Hansen hesitated — it wasn’t a scientific question. But he couldn’t help himself. He had been irritated, during the hearing, by all the ludicrous talk about the possibility of growing more trees to offset emissions. False hopes were worse than no hope at all: They undermined the prospect of developing real solutions.

    “That time is very soon,” Hansen said finally.

    “My opinion is that it is past,” Calvin said, but he was not heard because he spoke from his seat. He was told to speak into the microphone.

    “It is already later,” Calvin said, “than you think.”
    California in October 2017 Wildfires Blaze Through Suburbia
    Last year, the California fire season was the most destructive in the state’s history, culminating in a series of wine-country blazes that killed 40 people and leveled more than 8,000 homes and other buildings. That winter had been one of California’s rainiest, which caused grass to grow in areas it normally doesn’t; in the summer those grasses dried out, adding kindling to an already fire-prone state. “The day before the Santa Rosa fires,” said Daniel Swain, a climate scientist at the University of California, Los Angeles, “the vegetation was at record-high values for dryness, and just weeks before, the vegetation was at a record high for the century. This was following the hottest summer on record.” He added: “There’s this component of vegetation dryness that matters. It affects how intense the burn is and how receptive the fuels are to embers.” Video by George Steinmetz for The New York Times.
    8.
    ‘The Direction of an Impending Catastrophe’
    1982

    From Gore’s perspective, the hearing was an unequivocal success. That night Dan Rather devoted three minutes of “CBS Evening News” to the greenhouse effect. A correspondent explained that temperatures had increased over the previous century, great sheets of pack ice in Antarctica were rapidly melting, the seas were rising; Calvin said that “the trend is all in the direction of an impending catastrophe”; and Gore mocked Reagan for his shortsightedness. Later, Gore could take credit for protecting the Energy Department’s carbon-dioxide program, which in the end was largely preserved.

    But Hansen did not get new funding for his carbon-dioxide research. He wondered whether he had been doomed by his testimony or by his conclusion, in the Science paper, that full exploitation of coal resources — a stated goal of Reagan’s energy policy — was “undesirable.” Whatever the cause, he found himself alone. He knew he had done nothing wrong — he had only done diligent research and reported his findings, first to his peers, then to the American people. But now it seemed as if he was being punished for it.

    Anniek could read his disappointment, but she was not entirely displeased. Jim cut down on his work hours, leaving the Goddard Institute at 5 o’clock each day, which allowed him to coach his children’s basketball and baseball teams. (He was a patient, committed coach, detail-oriented, if a touch too competitive for his wife’s liking.) At home, Jim spoke only about the teams and their fortunes, keeping to himself his musings — whether he would be able to secure federal funding for his climate experiments, whether the institute would be forced to move its office to Maryland to cut costs.

    But perhaps there were other ways forward. Not long after Hansen laid off five of his assistants, a major symposium he was helping to organize received overtures from a funding partner far wealthier and less ideologically blinkered than the Reagan administration: Exxon. Following Henry Shaw’s recommendation to establish credibility ahead of any future legislative battles, Exxon had begun to spend conspicuously on global-warming research. It donated tens of thousands of dollars to some of the most prominent research efforts, including one at Woods Hole led by the ecologist George Woodwell, who had been calling for major climate policy as early as the mid-1970s, and an international effort coordinated by the United Nations. Now Shaw offered to fund the October 1982 symposium on climate change at Columbia’s Lamont-Doherty campus.

    As an indication of the seriousness with which Exxon took the issue, Shaw sent Edward David Jr., the president of the research division and the former science adviser to Nixon. Hansen was glad for the support. He figured that Exxon’s contributions might go well beyond picking up the bill for travel expenses, lodging and a dinner for dozens of scientists at the colonial-style Clinton Inn in Tenafly, N.J. As a gesture of appreciation, David was invited to give the keynote address.

    There were moments in David’s speech in which he seemed to channel Rafe Pomerance. David boasted that Exxon would usher in a new global energy system to save the planet from the ravages of climate change. He went so far as to argue that capitalism’s blind faith in the wisdom of the free market was “less than satisfying” when it came to the greenhouse effect. Ethical considerations were necessary, too. He pledged that Exxon would revise its corporate strategy to account for climate change, even if it were not “fashionable” to do so. As Exxon had already made heavy investments in nuclear and solar technology, he was “generally upbeat” that Exxon would “invent” a future of renewable energy.

    Hansen had reason to feel upbeat himself. If the world’s largest oil-and-gas company supported a new national energy model, the White House would not stand in its way. The Reagan administration was hostile to change from within its ranks. But it couldn’t be hostile to Exxon.

    It seemed that something was beginning to turn. With the carbon-dioxide problem as with other environmental crises, the Reagan administration had alienated many of its own supporters. The early demonstrations of autocratic force had retreated into compromise and deference. By the end of 1982, multiple congressional committees were investigating Anne Gorsuch for her indifference to enforcing the cleanup of Superfund sites, and the House voted to hold her in contempt of Congress; Republicans in Congress turned on James Watt after he eliminated thousands of acres of land from consideration for wilderness designation. Each cabinet member would resign within a year.

    The carbon-dioxide issue was beginning to receive major national attention — Hansen’s own findings had become front-page news, after all. What started as a scientific story was turning into a political story. This prospect would have alarmed Hansen several years earlier; it still made him uneasy. But he was beginning to understand that politics offered freedoms that the rigors of the scientific ethic denied. The political realm was itself a kind of Mirror World, a parallel reality that crudely mimicked our own. It shared many of our most fundamental laws, like the laws of gravity and inertia and publicity. And if you applied enough pressure, the Mirror World of politics could be sped forward to reveal a new future. Hansen was beginning to understand that too.
    Part Two
    1983–1989
    James Hansen testifying before a Senate committee on June 23, 1988. NASA Goddard Institute of Space Studies
    1.
    ‘Caution, Not Panic’
    1983-1984

    From a stray comment in an obscure coal report to portentous front-page headlines in the national press and hearings on Capitol Hill — in just three years, Rafe Pomerance had watched as an issue considered esoteric even within the scientific community rose nearly to the level of action, the level at which congressmen made statements like, “It is up to us now to summon the political will.” Then, overnight, it died. Pomerance knew, from tired experience, that politics didn’t move in a straight line, but jaggedly, like the Keeling curve — a slow progression interrupted by sharp seasonal declines. But in the fall of 1983, the climate issue entered an especially long, dark winter. And all because of a single report that had done nothing to change the state of climate science but transformed the state of climate politics.

    After the publication of the Charney report in 1979, Jimmy Carter had directed the National Academy of Sciences to prepare a comprehensive, $1 million analysis of the carbon-dioxide problem: a Warren Commission for the greenhouse effect. A team of scientist-dignitaries — among them Revelle, the Princeton modeler Syukuro Manabe and the Harvard political economist Thomas Schelling, one of the intellectual architects of Cold War game theory — would review the literature, evaluate the consequences of global warming for the world order and propose remedies. Then Reagan won the White House.

    For the next three years, as the commission continued its work — drawing upon the help of about 70 experts from the fields of atmospheric chemistry, economics and political science, including veterans of the Charney group and the Manhattan Project — the incipient report served as the Reagan administration’s answer to every question on the subject. There could be no climate policy, Fred Koomanoff and his associates said, until the academy ruled. In the Mirror World of the Reagan administration, the warming problem hadn’t been abandoned at all. A careful, comprehensive solution was being devised. Everyone just had to wait for the academy’s elders to explain what it was.

    On Oct. 19, 1983, the commission finally announced its findings at a formal gala, preceded by cocktails and dinner in the academy’s cruciform Great Hall, a secular Sistine Chapel, with vaulted ceilings soaring to a dome painted as the sun. An inscription encircling the sun honored science as the “pilot of industry,” and the academy had invited the nation’s foremost pilots of industry: Andrew Callegari, the head of Exxon’s carbon-dioxide research program, and vice presidents from Peabody Coal, General Motors and the Synthetic Fuels Corporation. They were eager to learn how the United States planned to act, so they could prepare for the inevitable policy debates. Rafe Pomerance was eager, too. But he wasn’t invited.

    He did manage, however, to get into a crowded press briefing earlier that day, where he grabbed a copy of the 500-page report, “Changing Climate,” and scanned its contents. Its scope was impressive: It was the first study to encompass the causes, effects and geopolitical consequences of climate change. But as he flipped through, Pomerance surmised that it offered no significant new findings — nothing that wasn’t in the Charney report or the blue-ribbon studies that had been published since. “We are deeply concerned about environmental changes of this magnitude,” read the executive summary. “We may get into trouble in ways that we have barely imagined.”

    The authors did try to imagine some of them: an ice-free Arctic, for instance, and Boston sinking into its harbor, Beacon Hill an island two miles off the coast. There was speculation about political revolution, trade wars and a long quotation from “A Distant Mirror,” a medieval history written by Pomerance’s aunt, Barbara Tuchman, describing how climate changes in the 14th century led to “people eating their own children” and “feeding on hanged bodies taken down from the gibbet.” The committee’s chairman, William Nierenberg — a Jason, presidential adviser and director of Scripps, the nation’s pre-eminent oceanographic institution — argued that action had to be taken immediately, before all the details could be known with certainty, or else it would be too late.

    That’s what Nierenberg wrote in “Changing Climate.” But it’s not what he said in the press interviews that followed. He argued the opposite: There was no urgent need for action. The public should not entertain the most “extreme negative speculations” about climate change (despite the fact that many of those speculations appeared in his report). Though “Changing Climate” urged an accelerated transition to renewable fuels, noting that it would take thousands of years for the atmosphere to recover from the damage of the last century, Nierenberg recommended “caution, not panic.” Better to wait and see. Better to bet on American ingenuity to save the day. Major interventions in national energy policy, taken immediately, might end up being more expensive, and less effective, than actions taken decades in the future, after more was understood about the economic and social consequences of a warmer planet. Yes, the climate would change, mostly for the worst, but future generations would be better equipped to change with it.

    As Pomerance listened at the briefing to the commission’s appeasements, he glanced, baffled, around the room. The reporters and staff members listened politely to the presentation and took dutiful notes, as at any technical briefing. Government officials who knew Nierenberg were not surprised by his conclusions: He was an optimist by training and experience, a devout believer in the doctrine of American exceptionalism, one of the elite class of scientists who had helped the nation win a global war, invent the most deadly weapon conceivable and create the booming aerospace and computer industries. America had solved every existential problem it had confronted over the previous generation; it would not be daunted by an excess of carbon dioxide. Nierenberg had also served on Reagan’s transition team. Nobody believed that he had been directly influenced by his political connections, but his views — optimistic about the saving graces of market forces, pessimistic about the value of government regulation — reflected all the ardor of his party.

    Pomerance, who came of age during the Vietnam War and the birth of the environmental movement, shared none of Nierenberg’s Procrustean faith in American ingenuity. He worried about the dark undertow of industrial advancement, the way every new technological superpower carried within it unintended consequences that, if unchecked over time, eroded the foundations of society. New technologies had not solved the clean-air and clean-water crises of the 1970s. Activism and organization, leading to robust government regulation, had. Listening to the commission’s equivocations, Pomerance shook his head, rolled his eyes, groaned. He felt that he was the only sane person in a briefing room gone mad. It was wrong. A colleague told him to calm down.

    The damage of “Changing Climate” was squared by the amount of attention it received. Nierenberg’s speech in the Great Hall, being one-500th the length of the actual assessment, received 500 times the press coverage. As The Wall Street Journal put it, in a line echoed by trade journals across the nation: “A panel of top scientists has some advice for people worried about the much-publicized warming of the Earth’s climate: You can cope.” The effusiveness of Nierenberg’s reassurances invited derision. On “CBS Evening News,” Dan Rather said the academy had given “a cold shoulder” to a grim, 200-page E.P.A. assessment published earlier that week (titled “Can We Delay a Greenhouse Warming?”; the E.P.A.’s answer, reduced to a word, was no). The Washington Post described the two reports, taken together, as “clarion calls to inaction.”

    On its front page, The New York Times published its most prominent piece on global warming to date, under the headline “Haste on Global Warming Trend Is Opposed.” Although the paper included an excerpt from “Changing Climate” that detailed some of the report’s gloomier predictions, the article itself gave the greatest weight to a statement, heavily workshopped by the White House’s senior staff, from George Keyworth II, Reagan’s science adviser. Keyworth used Nierenberg’s optimism as reason to discount the E.P.A.’s “unwarranted and unnecessarily alarmist” report and warned against taking any “near-term corrective action” on global warming. Just in case it wasn’t clear, Keyworth added, “there are no actions recommended other than continued research.”

    Exxon soon revised its position on climate-change research. In a presentation at an industry conference, Henry Shaw cited “Changing Climate” as evidence that “the general consensus is that society has sufficient time to technologically adapt to a CO₂ greenhouse effect.” If the academy had concluded that regulations were not a serious option, why should Exxon protest? Edward David Jr., two years removed from boasting of Exxon’s commitment to transforming global energy policy, told Science that the corporation had reconsidered. “Exxon has reverted to being mainly a supplier of conventional hydrocarbon fuels — petroleum products, natural gas and steam coal,” David said. The American Petroleum Institute canceled its own carbon-dioxide research program, too.

    A few months after the publication of “Changing Climate,” Pomerance announced his resignation from Friends of the Earth. He had various reasons: He had struggled with the politics of managing a staff and a board, and the environmental movement from which the organization had emerged in the early ’70s was in crisis. It lacked a unifying cause. Climate change, Pomerance believed, could be that cause. But its insubstantiality made it difficult to rally the older activists, whose strategic model relied on protests at sites of horrific degradation — Love Canal, Hetch Hetchy, Three Mile Island. How did you protest when the toxic waste dump was the entire planet or, worse, its invisible atmosphere?

    Observing her husband, Lenore Pomerance was reminded of an old Philadelphia Bulletin ad campaign: “In Philadelphia — nearly everyone reads The Bulletin.” On a crowded beach, all the sunbathers have their faces buried in their newspapers, except for one man, who stares off into the distance. Here the scenario was reversed: Rafe, the loner, was staring down the world’s largest problem while everyone else was distracted by the minutiae of daily life. Pomerance acted cheerful at home, fooling his kids. But he couldn’t fool Lenore. She worried about his health. Near the end of his tenure at Friends of the Earth, a doctor found that he had an abnormally high heart rate.

    Pomerance planned to take a couple of months to reflect on what he wanted to do with the rest of his life. Two months stretched to about a year. He brooded; he checked out. He spent weeks at a time at an old farmhouse that he and Lenore owned in West Virginia, near Seneca Rocks. When they bought it in the early ’70s, the house had a wood-burning stove and no running water. To make a phone call on a private line, you had drive to the operator’s house and hope she was in. Pomerance sat in the cold house and thought.

    The winter took him back to his childhood in Greenwich. He had a vivid memory of being taught by his mother to ice skate on a frozen pond a short walk from their home. He remembered the muffled hush of twilight, the snow dusting the ice, the ghostly clearing encircled by a wood darker than the night. Their house was designed by his father, an architect whose glass-enveloped buildings mocked the vanity of humankind’s efforts to improve on nature; the windows invited the elements inside, the trees and the ice and, in the rattling of the broad panes, the wind. Winter, Pomerance believed, was part of his soul. When he thought about the future, he worried about the loss of ice, the loss of the spiky Connecticut January mornings. He worried about the loss of some irreplaceable part of himself.

    He wanted to recommit himself to the fight but couldn’t figure out how. If science, industry and the press could not move the government to act, then who could? He didn’t see what was left for him, or anyone else, to do. He didn’t see that the answer was at that moment floating over his head, about 10 miles above his West Virginian farmhouse, just above the highest clouds in the sky.
    Switzerland in October 2017 Glaciers Retreat From the Alps
    By the end of the 21st century, scientists predict that Switzerland could face a temperature increase of five degrees Fahrenheit because of climate change; by then, a majority of central Switzerland’s glaciers will have disappeared. Twenty years ago, there was no lake in this location — the flat tongue of Trift Glacier filled the basin completely, and mountaineers were able to walk across it to get to the other side of the valley. “Global warming will most likely eliminate most of the glacier ice in the Alps within a few decades,” said Wilfried Haeberli, a glaciologist at the University of Zurich. “We are now looking at the tipping of the first domino piece — glaciers — in a complex system of domino pieces, natural systems on earth. And we are losing options for action. It is too late to save the glaciers.” Video by George Steinmetz for The New York Times.
    2.
    ‘You Scientists Win’
    1985

    It was as if, without warning, the sky opened and the sun burst through in all its irradiating, blinding fury. The mental image was of a pin stuck through a balloon, a chink in an eggshell, a crack in the ceiling — Armageddon descending from above. It was a sudden global emergency: There was a hole in the ozone layer.

    The klaxon was rung by a team of British government scientists, until then little known in the field, who made regular visits to research stations in Antarctica — one on the Argentine Islands, the other on a sheet of ice floating into the sea at the rate of a quarter mile per year. At each site, the scientists had set up a machine invented in the 1920s called the Dobson spectrophotometer, which resembled a large slide projector turned with its eye staring straight up. After several years of results so alarming that they disbelieved their own evidence, the British scientists at last reported their discovery in an article published in May 1985 by Nature. “The spring values of total O₃ in Antarctica have now fallen considerably,” the abstract read. But by the time the news filtered into national headlines and television broadcasts several months later, it had transfigured into something far more terrifying: a substantial increase in skin cancer, a sharp decline in the global agricultural yield and the mass death of fish larva, near the base of the marine food chain. Later came fears of atrophied immune systems and blindness.

    The urgency of the alarm seemed to have everything to do with the phrase “a hole in the ozone layer,” which, charitably put, was a mixed metaphor. For there was no hole, and there was no layer. Ozone, which shielded Earth from ultraviolet radiation, was distributed throughout the atmosphere, settling mostly in the middle stratosphere and never in a concentration higher than 15 parts per million. As for the “hole” — while the amount of ozone over Antarctica had declined drastically, the depletion was a temporary phenomenon, lasting about two months a year. In satellite images colorized to show ozone density, however, the darker region appeared to depict a void. When F.Sherwood Rowland, one of the chemists who identified the problem in 1974, spoke of the “ozone hole” in a university slide lecture in November 1985, the crisis found its catchphrase. The New York Times used it that same day in its article about the British team’s findings, and while scientific journals initially refused to use the term, within a year it was unavoidable. The ozone crisis had its signal, which was also a symbol: a hole.

    It was already understood, thanks to the work of Rowland and his colleague Mario Molina, that the damage was largely caused by the man-made CFCs used in refrigerators, spray bottles and plastic foams, which escaped into the stratosphere and devoured ozone molecules. It was also understood that the ozone problem and the greenhouse-gas problem were linked. CFCs were unusually potent greenhouse gases. Though CFCs had been mass-produced only since the 1930s, they were already responsible, by Jim Hansen’s calculation, for nearly half of Earth’s warming during the 1970s. But nobody was worried about CFCs because of their warming potential. They were worried about getting skin cancer.

    The United Nations, through two of its intergovernmental agencies — the United Nations Environment Program and the World Meteorological Organization — had in 1977 established a World Plan of Action on the Ozone Layer. In 1985, UNEP adopted a framework for a global treaty, the Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer. The negotiators failed to agree upon any specific CFC regulations in Vienna, but after the British scientists reported their findings from the Antarctic two months later, the Reagan administration proposed a reduction in CFC emissions of 95 percent. The speed of the reversal was all the more remarkable because CFC regulation faced virulent opposition. Dozens of American businesses with the word “refrigeration” in their names, together with hundreds involved in the production, manufacture and consumption of chemicals, plastics, paper goods and frozen food — around 500 companies in total, from DuPont and the American Petroleum Institute to Mrs. Smith’s Frozen Food Company of Pottstown, Pa. — had united in 1980 as the Alliance for Responsible CFC Policy. The alliance hounded the E.P.A., members of Congress and Reagan himself, insisting that ozone science was uncertain. The few concessions the alliance won, like forcing the E.P.A. to withdraw a plan to regulate CFCs, were swiftly overturned by lawsuits, and once the public discovered the “ozone hole,” every relevant government agency and every sitting United States senator urged the president to endorse the United Nations’ plans for a treaty. When Reagan finally submitted the Vienna Convention to the Senate for ratification, he praised the “leading role” played by the United States, fooling nobody.

    Senior members of the United Nations Environment Program and the World Meteorological Organization, including Bert Bolin, a veteran of the Charney group, began to wonder whether they could do for the carbon-dioxide problem what they had done for ozone policy. The organizations had been holding semiannual conferences on global warming since the early 1970s. But in 1985, just several months after the bad news from the Antarctic, at an otherwise sleepy meeting in Villach, Austria, the assembled 89 scientists from 29 countries began to discuss a subject that fell wildly outside their discipline: politics.

    An Irish hydrology expert asked if his country should reconsider the location of its dams. A Dutch seacoast engineer questioned the wisdom of rebuilding dikes that had been destroyed by recent floods. And the conference’s chairman, James Bruce, an unassuming, pragmatic hydrometeorologist from Ontario, posed a question that shocked his audience.

    Bruce was a minister of the Canadian environmental agency, a position that conferred him the esteem that his American counterparts had forfeited when Reagan won the White House. Just before leaving for Villach, he met with provincial dam and hydropower managers. O.K., one of them said, you scientists win. You’ve convinced me that the climate is changing. Well, tell me how it’s changing. In 20 years, will the rain be falling somewhere else?

    Bruce took this challenge to Villach: You’re the experts. What am I supposed to tell him? People are hearing the message, and they want to hear more. So how do we, in the scientific world, begin a dialogue with the world of action?

    The world of action. For a room of scientists who prided themselves as belonging to a specialized guild of monkish austerity, this was a startling provocation. On a bus tour of the countryside, commissioned by their Austrian hosts, Bruce sat with Roger Revelle, ignoring the Alps, speaking animatedly about the need for scientists to demand political remedies in times of existential crisis.

    The formal report ratified at Villach contained the most forceful warnings yet issued by a scientific body. Most major economic decisions undertaken by nations, it pointed out, were based on the assumption that past climate conditions were a reliable guide to the future. But the future would not look like the past. Though some warming was inevitable, the scientists wrote, the extent of the disaster could be “profoundly affected” by aggressive, coordinated government policies. Fortunately there was a new model in place to achieve just that. The balloon could be patched, the eggshell bandaged, the ceiling replastered. There was still time.
    China in August 2017 Algae Blooms Invade the Lakes
    Thirty years ago, the waters of Lake Tai, China’s third-largest lake, were clear of algae. But the lake is surrounded by several high-density cities, including Shanghai, Suzhou and Changzhou, metropolitan areas that have grown rapidly in the past few decades. Rampant sewer dumping and livestock drainage, combined with shifting agricultural practices, allowed the algae blooms to flourish, and now human mismanagement and global warming have entrenched them. “They love warm, stagnant, nutrient-rich conditions,” said Hans Paerl, a professor of marine and environmental sciences at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. Over the past decade, the blooms have significantly expanded, and their season has grown longer. In 2007, the “pea soup” conditions of the lake were so bad, Paerl said, that the cities surrounding the basin “had green slime coming out of their faucets, and the central government had to bring in drinking water.” At least two million people were without fresh water. Photographs by George Steinmetz for The New York Times.
    3.
    The Size of The Human Imagination
    Spring-Summer 1986

    It was the spring of 1986, and Curtis Moore, a Republican staff member on the Committee on Environment and Public Works, was telling Rafe Pomerance that the greenhouse effect wasn’t a problem.

    With his last ounce of patience, Pomerance begged to disagree.

    Yes, Moore clarified — of course, it was an existential problem, the fate of the civilization depended on it, the oceans would boil, all of that. But it wasn’t a political problem. Know how you could tell? Political problems had solutions. And the climate issue had none. Without a solution — an obvious, attainable one — any policy could only fail. No elected politician desired to come within shouting distance of failure. So when it came to the dangers of despoiling our planet beyond the range of habitability, most politicians didn’t see a problem. Which meant that Pomerance had a very big problem indeed.

    He had followed the rapid ascension of the ozone issue with the rueful admiration of a competitor. He was thrilled for its success — however inadvertently, the treaty would serve as the world’s first action to delay climate change. But it offered an especially acute challenge for Pomerance, who after his yearlong hiatus had become, as far as he knew, the nation’s first, and only, full-time global-warming lobbyist. At the suggestion of Gordon MacDonald, Pomerance joined the World Resources Institute, a nonprofit begun by Gus Speth, a senior environmental official in Jimmy Carter’s White House and a founder of the Natural Resources Defense Council. Unlike Friends of the Earth, W.R.I. was not an activist organization; it occupied the nebulous intersection of politics, international relations and energy policy. Its mission was expansive enough to allow Pomerance to work without interference. Yet the only thing that anyone on Capitol Hill wanted to talk about was ozone.

    That was Curtis Moore’s proposal: Use ozone to revive climate. The ozone hole had a solution — an international treaty, already in negotiation. Why not hitch the milk wagon to the bullet train? Pomerance was skeptical. The problems were related, sure: Without a reduction in CFC emissions, you didn’t have a chance of averting cataclysmic global warming. But it had been difficult enough to explain the carbon issue to politicians and journalists; why complicate the sales pitch? Then again, he didn’t see what choice he had. The Republicans controlled the Senate, and Moore was his connection to the Senate’s environmental committee.

    Moore came through. At his suggestion, Pomerance met with Senator John Chafee, a Republican from Rhode Island, and helped persuade him to hold a double-barreled hearing on the twin problems of ozone and carbon dioxide on June 10 and 11, 1986. F.Sherwood Rowland, Robert Watson, a NASA scientist, and Richard Benedick, the administration’s lead representative in international ozone negotiations, would discuss ozone; James Hansen, Al Gore, the ecologist George Woodwell and Carl Wunsch, a veteran of the Charney group, would testify about climate change. As soon as the first witness appeared, Pomerance realized that Moore’s instincts had been right. The ozone gang was good.

    Robert Watson dimmed the lights in the hearing room. On a flimsy screen, he projected footage with the staticky, low-budget quality of a slasher flick. It showed a bird’s-eye view of the Antarctic, partly obscured by spiraling clouds. The footage was so convincing that Chafee had to ask whether it was an actual satellite image. Watson acknowledged that though created by satellite data, it was, in fact, a simulation. An animation, to be precise. The three-minute video showed every day of October — the month during which the ozone thinned most drastically — for seven consecutive years. (The other months, conveniently, were omitted.) A canny filmmaker had colored the “ozone hole” pink. As the years sped forward, the polar vortex madly gyroscoping, the hole expanded until it obscured most of Antarctica. The smudge turned mauve, representing an even thinner density of ozone, and then the dark purple of a hemorrhaging wound. The data represented in the video wasn’t new, but nobody had thought to represent it in this medium. If F.Sherwood Rowland’s earlier colorized images were crime-scene photographs, Watson’s video was a surveillance camera catching the killer red-handed.

    As Pomerance had hoped, fear about the ozone layer ensured a bounty of press coverage for the climate-change testimony. But as he had feared, it caused many people to conflate the two crises. One was Peter Jennings, who aired the video on ABC’s “World News Tonight,” warning that the ozone hole “could lead to flooding all over the world, also to drought and to famine.”

    The confusion helped: For the first time since the “Changing Climate” report, global-warming headlines appeared by the dozen. William Nierenberg’s “caution, not panic” line was inverted. It was all panic without a hint of caution: “A Dire Forecast for ‘Greenhouse’ Earth” (the front page of The Washington Post); “Scientists Predict Catastrophes in Growing Global Heat Wave” (Chicago Tribune); “Swifter Warming of Globe Foreseen” (The New York Times). On the second day of the Senate hearing, devoted to global warming, every seat in the gallery was occupied; four men squeezed together on a broad window sill.

    Pomerance had suggested that Chafee, instead of opening with the typical statement about the need for more research, deliver a call for action. But Chafee went further: He called for the State Department to begin negotiations on an international solution with the Soviet Union. It was the kind of proposal that would have been unthinkable even a year earlier, but the ozone issue had established a precedent for global environmental problems: high-level meetings among the world’s most powerful nations, followed by a global summit meeting to negotiate a framework for a treaty to restrict emissions.

    After three years of backsliding and silence, Pomerance was exhilarated to see interest in the issue spike overnight. Not only that: A solution materialized, and a moral argument was passionately articulated — by Rhode Island’s Republican senator no less. “Ozone depletion and the greenhouse effect can no longer be treated solely as important scientific questions,” Chafee said. “They must be seen as critical problems facing the nations of the world, and they are problems that demand solutions.”

    The old canard about the need for more research was roundly mocked — by Woodwell, by a W.R.I. colleague named Andrew Maguire, by Senator George Mitchell, a Democrat from Maine. “Scientists are never 100 percent certain,” the Princeton historian Theodore Rabb testified. “That notion of total certainty is something too elusive ever to be sought.” As Pomerance had been saying since 1979, it was past time to act. Only now the argument was so broadly accepted that nobody dared object.

    The ozone hole, Pomerance realized, had moved the public because, though it was no more visible than global warming, people could be made to see it. They could watch it grow on video. Its metaphors were emotionally wrought: Instead of summoning a glass building that sheltered plants from chilly weather (“Everything seems to flourish in there”), the hole evoked a violent rending of the firmament, inviting deathly radiation. Americans felt that their lives were in danger. An abstract, atmospheric problem had been reduced to the size of the human imagination. It had been made just small enough, and just large enough, to break through.
    4.
    ‘Atmospheric Scientist, New York, N.Y.’
    Fall 1987-Spring 1988

    Four years after “Changing Climate,” two years after a hole had torn open the firmament and a month after the United States and more than three dozen other nations signed a treaty to limit use of CFCs, the climate-change corps was ready to celebrate. It had become conventional wisdom that climate change would follow ozone’s trajectory. Reagan’s E.P.A. administrator, Lee M. Thomas, said as much the day he signed the Montreal Protocol on Substances That Deplete the Ozone Layer (the successor to the Vienna Convention), telling reporters that global warming was likely to be the subject of a future international agreement. Congress had already begun to consider policy — in 1987 alone, there were eight days of climate hearings, in three committees, across both chambers of Congress; Senator Joe Biden, a Delaware Democrat, had introduced legislation to establish a national climate-change strategy. And so it was that Jim Hansen found himself on Oct. 27 in the not especially distinguished ballroom of the Quality Inn on New Jersey Avenue, a block from the Capitol, at “Preparing for Climate Change,” which was technically a conference but felt more like a wedding.

    The convivial mood had something to do with its host. John Topping was an old-line Rockefeller Republican, a Commerce Department lawyer under Nixon and an E.P.A. official under Reagan. He first heard about the climate problem in the halls of the E.P.A. in 1982 and sought out Hansen, who gave him a personal tutorial. Topping was amazed to discover that out of the E.P.A.’s 13,000-person staff, only seven people, by his count, were assigned to work on climate, though he figured it was more important to the long-term security of the nation than every other environmental issue combined. After leaving the administration, he founded a nonprofit organization, the Climate Institute, to bring together scientists, politicians and businesspeople to discuss policy solutions. He didn’t have any difficulty raising $150,000 to hold “Preparing for Climate Change”; the major sponsors included BP America, General Electric and the American Gas Association. Topping’s industry friends were intrigued. If a guy like Topping thought this greenhouse business was important, they’d better see what it was all about.
    Jim Hansen at the Goddard Institute for Space Studies in 1989. Don Hogan Charles/The New York Times

    Glancing around the room, Jim Hansen could chart, like an arborist counting rings on a stump, the growth of the climate issue over the decade. Veterans like Gordon MacDonald, George Woodwell and the environmental biologist Stephen Schneider stood at the center of things. Former and current staff members from the congressional science committees (Tom Grumbly, Curtis Moore, Anthony Scoville) made introductions to the congressmen they advised. Hansen’s owlish nemesis Fred Koomanoff was present, as were his counterparts from the Soviet Union and Western Europe. Rafe Pomerance’s cranium could be seen above the crowd, but unusually he was surrounded by colleagues from other environmental organizations that until now had shown little interest in a diffuse problem with no proven fund-raising record. The party’s most conspicuous newcomers, however, the outermost ring, were the oil-and-gas executives.

    It was not entirely surprising to see envoys from Exxon, the Gas Research Institute and the electrical-grid trade groups, even if they had been silent since “Changing Climate.” But they were joined by executives from General Electric, AT&T and the American Petroleum Institute, which that spring had invited a leading government scientist to make the case for a transition to renewable energy at the industry’s annual world conference in Houston. Even Richard Barnett was there, the chairman of the Alliance for Responsible CFC Policy, the face of the campaign to defeat an ozone treaty. Barnett’s retreat had been humiliating and swift: After DuPont, by far the world’s single largest manufacturer of CFCs, realized that it stood to profit from the transition to replacement chemicals, the alliance abruptly reversed its position, demanding that the United States sign a treaty as soon as possible. Now Barnett, at the Quality Inn, was speaking about how “we bask in the glory of the Montreal Protocol” and quoting Robert Frost’s “The Road Not Taken” to express his hope for a renewed alliance between industry and environmentalists. There were more than 250 people in all in the old ballroom, and if the concentric rings extended any further, you would have needed a larger hotel.

    That evening, as a storm spat and coughed outside, Rafe Pomerance gave one of his exhortative speeches urging cooperation among the various factions, and John Chafee and Roger Revelle received awards; introductions were made and business cards earnestly exchanged. Not even a presentation by Hansen of his research could sour the mood. The next night, on Oct. 28, at a high-spirited dinner party in Topping’s townhouse on Capitol Hill, the oil-and-gas men joked with the environmentalists, the trade-group representatives chatted up the regulators and the academics got merrily drunk. Mikhail Budyko, the don of the Soviet climatologists, settled into an extended conversation about global warming with Topping’s 10-year-old son. It all seemed like the start of a grand bargain, a uniting of factions — a solution.

    It was perhaps because of all this good cheer that it was Hansen’s instinct to shrug off a peculiar series of events that took place just a week later. He was scheduled to appear before another Senate hearing, this time devoted entirely to climate change. It was called by the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources after Rafe Pomerance and Gordon MacDonald persuaded its chairman, Bennett Johnston, a Democrat from Louisiana, of the issue’s significance for the future of the oil-and-gas industry (Louisiana ranked third among states in oil production). Hansen was accustomed to the bureaucratic nuisances that attended testifying before Congress; before a hearing, he had to send his formal statement to NASA headquarters, which forwarded it to the White House’s Office of Management and Budget for approval. “Major greenhouse climate changes are a certainty,” he had written. “By the 2010s [in every scenario], essentially the entire globe has very substantial warming.”

    The process appeared entirely perfunctory, but this time, on the Friday evening before his appearance that Monday, he was informed that the White House demanded changes to his testimony. No rationale was provided. Nor did Hansen understand by what authority it could censor scientific findings. He told the administrator in NASA’s legislative-affairs office that he refused to make the changes. If that meant he couldn’t testify, so be it.

    The NASA administrator had another idea. The Office of Management and Budget had the authority to approve government witnesses, she explained. But it couldn’t censor a private citizen.

    At the hearing three days later, on Monday, Nov. 9, Hansen was listed as “Atmospheric Scientist, New York, N.Y. ” — as if he were a crank with a telescope who had stumbled into the Senate off the street. He was careful to emphasize the absurdity of the situation in his opening remarks, at least to the degree that his Midwestern reserve would allow: “Before I begin, I would like to state that although I direct the NASA Goddard Institute for Space Studies, I am appearing here as a private citizen.” In the most understated terms available to him, Hansen provided his credentials: “Ten years’ experience in terrestrial climate studies and more than 10 years’ experience in the exploration and study of other planetary atmospheres.”

    Assuming that one of the senators would immediately ask about this odd introduction, Hansen had prepared an elegant response. He planned to say that although his NASA colleagues endorsed his findings, the White House had insisted he utter false statements that would have distorted his conclusions. He figured this would lead to an uproar. But no senator thought to ask about his title. So the atmospheric scientist from New York City said nothing else about it.

    After the hearing, he went to lunch with John Topping, who was stunned to hear of the White House’s ham-handed attempt to silence him. “Uh, oh,” Topping joked, “Jim is a dangerous man. We’re going to have to rally the troops to protect him.” The idea that quiet, sober Jim Hansen could be seen as a threat to anyone, let alone national security — well, it was enough to make him laugh.

    But the brush with state censorship stayed with Hansen in the months ahead. It confirmed that even after the political triumph of the Montreal Protocol and the bipartisan support of climate policy, there were still people within the White House who hoped to prevent a debate. In its public statements, the administration showed no such reluctance: By all appearances, plans for major policy continued to advance rapidly. After the Johnston hearing, Timothy Wirth, a freshman Democratic senator from Colorado on the energy committee, began to plan a comprehensive package of climate-change legislation — a New Deal for global warming. Wirth asked a legislative assistant, David Harwood, to consult with experts on the issue, beginning with Rafe Pomerance, in the hope of converting the science of climate change into a new national energy policy.
    Southern Hemisphere ozone cover in 1987 as mapped by one satellite. NASA

    In March 1988, Wirth joined 41 other senators, nearly half of them Republicans, to demand that Reagan call for an international treaty modeled after the ozone agreement. Because the United States and the Soviet Union were the world’s two largest contributors of carbon emissions, responsible for about one-third of the world total, they should lead the negotiations. Reagan agreed. In May, he signed a joint statement with Mikhail Gorbachev that included a pledge to cooperate on global warming.

    But a pledge didn’t reduce emissions. Hansen was learning to think more strategically — less like a scientist, more like a politician. Despite the efforts of Wirth, there was as yet no serious plan nationally or internationally to address climate change. Even Al Gore himself had, for the moment, withdrawn his political claim to the issue. In 1987, at the age of 39, Gore announced that he was running for president, in part to bring attention to global warming, but he stopped emphasizing it after the subject failed to captivate New Hampshire primary voters.

    Hansen told Pomerance that the biggest problem with the Johnston hearing, at least apart from the whole censorship business, had been the month in which it was held: November. “This business of having global-warming hearings in such cool weather is never going to get attention,” he said. He wasn’t joking. At first he assumed that it was enough to publish studies about global warming and that the government would spring into action. Then he figured that his statements to Congress would do it. It had seemed, at least momentarily, that industry, understanding what was at stake, might lead. But nothing had worked.

    As spring turned to summer, Anniek Hansen noticed a change in her husband’s disposition. He grew pale and unusually thin. When she asked him about his day, Hansen replied with some ambiguity and turned the conversation to sports: the Yankees, his daughter’s basketball team, his son’s baseball team. But even for him, he was unusually quiet, serious, distracted. Anniek would begin a conversation and find that he hadn’t heard a word she said. She knew what he was thinking: He was running out of time. We were running out of time. Then came the summer of 1988, and Jim Hansen wasn’t the only one who could tell that time was running out.
    5.
    ‘You Will See Things That You Shall Believe’
    Summer 1988

    It was the hottest and driest summer in history. Everywhere you looked, something was bursting into flames. Two million acres in Alaska incinerated, and dozens of major fires scored the West. Yellowstone National Park lost nearly one million acres. Smoke was visible from Chicago, 1,600 miles away.

    In Nebraska, suffering its worst drought since the Dust Bowl, there were days when every weather station registered temperatures above 100 degrees. The director of the Kansas Department of Health and Environment warned that the drought might be the dawning of a climatic change that within a half century could turn the state into a desert. “The dang heat,” said a farmer in Grinnell. “Farming has so many perils, but climate is 99 percent of it.” In parts of Wisconsin, where Gov. Tommy Thompson banned fireworks and smoking cigarettes outdoors, the Fox and Wisconsin Rivers evaporated completely. “At that point,” said an official from the Department of Natural Resources, “we must just sit back and watch the fish die.”

    Harvard University, for the first time, closed because of heat. New York City’s streets melted, its mosquito population quadrupled and its murder rate reached a record high. “It’s a chore just to walk,” a former hostage negotiator told a reporter. “You want to be left alone.” The 28th floor of Los Angeles’s second-tallest building burst into flames; the cause, the Fire Department concluded, was spontaneous combustion. Ducks fled the continental United States in search of wetlands, many ending up in Alaska, swelling the pintail population there to 1.5 million from 100,000. “How do you spell relief?” asked a spokesman for the Fish and Wildlife Service. “If you are a duck from America’s parched prairies, this year you may spell it A-L-A-S-K-A.”

    Nineteen Miss Indiana contestants, outfitted with raincoats and umbrellas, sang “Come Rain or Come Shine,” but it did not rain. The Rev. Jesse Jackson, a Democratic presidential candidate, stood in an Illinois cornfield and prayed for rain, but it did not rain. Cliff Doebel, the owner of a gardening store in Clyde, Ohio, paid $2,000 to import Leonard Crow Dog, a Sioux Indian medicine man from Rosebud, S.D. Crow Dog claimed to have performed 127 rain dances, all successful. “You will see things that you shall believe,” he told the townspeople of Clyde. “You will feel there is a chance for us all.” After three days of dancing, it rained less than a quarter of an inch.

    Texas farmers fed their cattle cactus. Stretches of the Mississippi River flowed at less than one-fifth of normal capacity. Roughly 1,700 barges beached at Greenville, Miss.; an additional 2,000 were marooned at St. Louis and Memphis. The on-field thermometer at Veterans Stadium in Philadelphia, where the Phillies were hosting the Chicago Cubs for a matinee, read 130 degrees. During a pitching change, every player, coach and umpire, save the catcher and the entering reliever, Todd Frohwirth, fled into the dugouts. (Frohwirth would earn the victory.) In the Cleveland suburb of Lakewood on June 21, yet another record-smasher, a roofer working with 600-degree tar exclaimed, “Will this madness ever end?”

    On June 22 in Washington, where it hit 100 degrees, Rafe Pomerance received a call from Jim Hansen, who was scheduled to testify the following morning at a Senate hearing called by Timothy Wirth.

    “I hope we have good media coverage tomorrow,” Hansen said.

    This amused Pomerance. He was the one who tended to worry about press; Hansen usually claimed indifference to such vulgar considerations. “Why’s that?” Pomerance asked.

    Hansen had just received the most recent global temperature data. Just over halfway into the year, 1988 was setting records. Already it had nearly clinched the hottest year in history. Ahead of schedule, the signal was emerging from the noise.

    “I’m going to make a pretty strong statement,” Hansen said.
    Greenland in July 2017 The Ice Sheet Is Melting Fast
    In March, Geophysical Research Letters reported that the western part of Greenland’s ice sheet is melting at its fastest rate in at least 450 years. Some scientists believe that the Arctic hasn’t seen ice melt like this in 5,000 years. If the ice sheet melts entirely, sea levels would rise 20 feet, leaving Lower Manhattan underwater. Jason Gulley, a geologist, and Celia Trunz, a Ph.D. student in geology, have been conducting meltwater research by releasing a fluorescent red dye to determine how and why more rivers form on the surface of the ice sheet and what will happen as a result of these new and turbulent flows. So far, they have found that the rivers lubricate the ice slab, making the sheets move faster toward the coasts, which could cause even more icebergs to calve into the ocean. Video by George Steinmetz for The New York Times.
    6.
    ‘The Signal Has Emerged’
    June 1988

    The night before the hearing, Hansen flew to Washington to give himself enough time to prepare his oral testimony in his hotel room. But he couldn’t focus — the ballgame was on the radio. The slumping Yankees, who had fallen behind the Tigers for first place, were trying to avoid a sweep in Detroit, and the game went to extra innings. Hansen fell asleep without finishing his statement. He awoke to bright sunlight, high humidity, choking heat. It was signal weather in Washington: the hottest June 23 in history.

    Before going to the Capitol, he attended a meeting at NASA headquarters. One of his early champions at the agency, Ichtiaque Rasool, was announcing the creation of a new carbon-dioxide program. Hansen, sitting in a room with dozens of scientists, continued to scribble his testimony under the table, barely listening. But he heard Rasool say that the goal of the new program was to determine when a warming signal might emerge. As you all know, Rasool said, no respectable scientist would say that you already have a signal.

    Hansen interrupted.

    “I don’t know if he’s respectable or not,” he said, “but I do know one scientist who is about to tell the U.S. Senate that the signal has emerged.”

    The other scientists looked up in surprise, but Rasool ignored Hansen and continued his presentation. Hansen returned to his testimony. He wrote: “The global warming is now large enough that we can ascribe with a high degree of confidence a cause-and-effect relationship to the greenhouse effect.” He wrote: “1988 so far is so much warmer than 1987, that barring a remarkable and improbable cooling, 1988 will be the warmest year on record.” He wrote: “The greenhouse effect has been detected, and it is changing our climate now.”

    By 2:10 p.m., when the session began, it was 98 degrees, and not much cooler in Room 366 of the Dirksen Senate Office Building, thanks to the two rows of television-camera lights. Timothy Wirth’s office had told reporters that the plain-spoken NASA scientist was going to make a major statement. After the staff members saw the cameras, even those senators who hadn’t planned to attend appeared at the dais, hastily reviewing the remarks their aides had drafted for them. Half an hour before the hearing, Wirth pulled Hansen aside. He wanted to change the order of speakers, placing Hansen first. The senator wanted to make sure that Hansen’s statement got the proper amount of attention. Hansen agreed.

    “We have only one planet,” Senator Bennett Johnston intoned. “If we screw it up, we have no place to go.” Senator Max Baucus, a Democrat from Montana, called for the United Nations Environment Program to begin preparing a global remedy to the carbon-dioxide problem. Senator Dale Bumpers, a Democrat of Arkansas, previewed Hansen’s testimony, saying that it “ought to be cause for headlines in every newspaper in America tomorrow morning.” The coverage, Bumpers emphasized, was a necessary precursor to policy. “Nobody wants to take on any of the industries that produce the things that we throw up into the atmosphere,” he said. “But what you have are all these competing interests pitted against our very survival.”

    Wirth asked those standing in the gallery to claim the few remaining seats available. “There is no point in standing up through this on a hot day,” he said, happy for the occasion to emphasize the historical heat. Then he introduced the star witness.

    Hansen, wiping his brow, spoke without affect, his eyes rarely rising from his notes. The warming trend could be detected “with 99 percent confidence,” he said. “It is changing our climate now.” But he saved his strongest comment for after the hearing, when he was encircled in the hallway by reporters. “It is time to stop waffling so much,” he said, “and say that the evidence is pretty strong that the greenhouse effect is here.”

    The press followed Bumpers’s advice. Hansen’s testimony prompted headlines in dozens of newspapers across the country, including The New York Times, which announced, across the top of its front page: “Global Warming Has Begun, Expert Tells Senate.”
    The front page of The New York Times on June 24, 1988.

    But Hansen had no time to dwell on any of this. As soon as he got home to New York, Anniek told him she had breast cancer. She had found out two weeks earlier, but she didn’t want to upset him before the hearing. In the following days, while the entire world tried to learn about James Hansen, he tried to learn about Anniek’s illness. After he absorbed the initial shock and made a truce with the fear — his grandmother died from the disease — he dedicated himself to his wife’s treatment with all the rigor of his profession. As they weighed treatment options and analyzed medical data, Anniek noticed him begin to change. The frustration of the last year began to fall away. It yielded, in those doctor’s offices, to a steady coolness, an obsession for detail, a dogged optimism. He began to look like himself again.
    7.
    ‘Woodstock For Climate Change’
    June 1988-April 1989

    In the immediate flush of optimism after the Wirth hearing — henceforth known as the Hansen hearing — Rafe Pomerance called his allies on Capitol Hill, the young staff members who advised politicians, organized hearings, wrote legislation. We need to finalize a number, he told them, a specific target, in order to move the issue — to turn all this publicity into policy. The Montreal Protocol had called for a 50 percent reduction in CFC emissions by 1998. What was the right target for carbon emissions? It wasn’t enough to exhort nations to do better. That kind of talk might sound noble, but it didn’t change investments or laws. They needed a hard goal — something ambitious but reasonable. And they needed it soon: Just four days after Hansen’s star turn, politicians from 46 nations and more than 300 scientists would convene in Toronto at the World Conference on the Changing Atmosphere, an event described by Philip Shabecoff of The New York Times as “Woodstock for climate change.”

    Pomerance hastily arranged a meeting with, among others, David Harwood, the architect of Wirth’s climate legislation; Roger Dower in the Congressional Budget Office, who was calculating the plausibility of a national carbon tax; and Irving Mintzer, a colleague at the World Resources Institute who had a deep knowledge of energy economics. Wirth was scheduled to give the keynote address at Toronto — Harwood would write it — and could propose a number then. But which one?

    Pomerance had a proposal: a 20 percent reduction in carbon emissions by 2000.

    Ambitious, Harwood said. In all his work planning climate policy, he had seen no assurance that such a steep drop in emissions was possible. Then again, 2000 was more than a decade off, so it allowed for some flexibility.

    What really mattered wasn’t the number itself, Dower said, but simply that they settle on one. He agreed that a hard target was the only way to push the issue forward. Though his job at the C.B.O. required him to come up with precise estimates of speculative, complex policy, there wasn’t time for yet another academic study to arrive at the exact right number. Pomerance’s unscientific suggestion sounded fine to him.

    Mintzer pointed out that a 20 percent reduction was consistent with the academic literature on energy efficiency. Various studies over the years had shown that you could improve efficiency in most energy systems by roughly 20 percent if you adopted best practices. Of course, with any target, you had to take into account the fact that the developing world would inevitably consume much larger quantities of fossil fuels by 2000. But those gains could be offset by a wider propagation of the renewable technologies already at hand — solar, wind, geothermal. It was not a rigorous scientific analysis, Mintzer granted, but 20 percent sounded plausible. We wouldn’t need to solve cold fusion or ask Congress to repeal the law of gravity. We could manage it with the knowledge and technology we already had.

    Besides, Pomerance said, 20 by 2000 sounds good.

    In Toronto a few days later, Pomerance talked up his idea with everyone he met — environmental ministers, scientists, journalists. Nobody thought it sounded crazy. He took that as an encouraging sign. Other delegates soon proposed the number to him independently, as if they had come up with it themselves. That was an even better sign.

    Wirth, in his keynote on June 27, called for the world to reduce emissions by 20 percent by 2000, with an eventual reduction of 50 percent. Other speakers likened the ramifications of climate change to a global nuclear war, but it was the emissions target that was heard in Washington, London, Berlin, Moscow. The conference’s final statement, signed by all 400 scientists and politicians in attendance, repeated the demand with a slight variation: a 20 percent reduction in carbon emissions by 2005. Just like that, Pomerance’s best guess became global diplomatic policy.

    Hansen, emerging from Anniek’s successful cancer surgery, took it upon himself to start a one-man public information campaign. He gave news conferences and was quoted in seemingly every article about the issue; he even appeared on television with homemade props. Like an entrant at an elementary-school science fair, he made “loaded dice” out of sections of cardboard and colored paper to illustrate the increased likelihood of hotter weather in a warmer climate. Public awareness of the greenhouse effect reached a new high of 68 percent.

    At the end of the sulfurous summer, several months after Gore ended his candidacy, global warming became a major subject of the presidential campaign. While Michael Dukakis proposed tax incentives to encourage domestic oil production and boasted that coal could satisfy the nation’s energy needs for the next three centuries, George Bush took advantage. “I am an environmentalist,” he declared on the shore of Lake Erie, the first stop on a five-state environmental tour that would take him to Boston Harbor, Dukakis’s home turf. “Those who think we are powerless to do anything about the greenhouse effect,” he said, “are forgetting about the White House effect.” His running mate emphasized the ticket’s commitment to the issue at the vice-presidential debate. “The greenhouse effect is an important environmental issue,” Dan Quayle said. “We need to get on with it. And in a George Bush administration, you can bet that we will.”

    This kind of talk roused the oil-and-gas men. “A lot of people on the Hill see the greenhouse effect as the issue of the 1990s,” a gas lobbyist told Oil & Gas Journal. Before a meeting of oil executives shortly after the “environmentalist” candidate won the election, Representative Dick Cheney, a Wyoming Republican, warned, “It’s going to be very difficult to fend off some kind of gasoline tax.” The coal industry, which had the most to lose from restrictions on carbon emissions, had moved beyond denial to resignation. A spokesman for the National Coal Association acknowledged that the greenhouse effect was no longer “an emerging issue. It is here already, and we’ll be hearing more and more about it.”

    By the end of the year, 32 climate bills had been introduced in Congress, led by Wirth’s omnibus National Energy Policy Act of 1988. Co-sponsored by 13 Democrats and five Republicans, it established as a national goal an “International Global Agreement on the Atmosphere by 1992,” ordered the Energy Department to submit to Congress a plan to reduce energy use by at least 2 percent a year through 2005 and directed the Congressional Budget Office to calculate the feasibility of a carbon tax. A lawyer for the Senate energy committee told an industry journal that lawmakers were “frightened” by the issue and predicted that Congress would eventually pass significant legislation after Bush took office.

    The other great powers refused to wait. The German Parliament created a special commission on climate change, which concluded that action had to be taken immediately, “irrespective of any need for further research,” and that the Toronto goal was inadequate; it recommended a 30 percent reduction of carbon emissions. The prime ministers of Canada and Norway called for a binding international treaty on the atmosphere; Sweden’s Parliament went further, announcing a national strategy to stabilize emissions at the 1988 level and eventually imposing a carbon tax; and Margaret Thatcher, who had studied chemistry at Oxford, warned in a speech to the Royal Society that global warming could “greatly exceed the capacity of our natural habitat to cope” and that “the health of the economy and the health of our environment are totally dependent upon each other.”

    It was at this time — at a moment when the environmental movement was, in the words of one energy lobbyist, “on a tear” — that the United Nations unanimously endorsed the establishment, by the World Meteorological Organization and the United Nations Environment Program, of an Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, composed of scientists and policymakers, to conduct scientific assessments and develop global climate policy. One of the I.P.C.C.’s first sessions to plan an international treaty was hosted by the State Department, 10 days after Bush’s inauguration. James Baker chose the occasion to make his first speech as secretary of state. “We can probably not afford to wait until all of the uncertainties about global climate change have been resolved,” he said. “Time will not make the problem go away.” Much of Congress agreed: On April 14, 1989, a bipartisan group of 24 senators, led by the majority leader, George Mitchell, requested that Bush cut emissions in the United States even before the I.P.C.C.’s working group made its recommendation. “We cannot afford the long lead times associated with a comprehensive global agreement,” the senators wrote. Bush had promised to combat the greenhouse effect with the White House effect. The self-proclaimed environmentalist was now seated in the Oval Office. It was time.
    Australia in April 2018 Sea-Grass Meadows Are Cooked
    Shark Bay, an 8,500-square-mile Unesco World Heritage Site, is home to the largest sea-grass meadows in the world. These subtropical forests are home to thousands of large sharks, fish, sea turtles, bottlenose dolphins and dugongs, a mammal related to the manatee. In 2011, during an extreme, prolonged heat wave, shallow waters in the bay reached 93 degrees Fahrenheit, the hottest temperature ever recorded there; an estimated 22 percent of the sea grass disappeared, leaving bare sands in vast areas. “The water was four degrees Celsius warmer than usual for that time of year — everything cooked,” said Elizabeth Sinclair, a senior research fellow at the University of Western Australia. “The sea grass is like a rain forest. They provide the habitat and food for a lot of species. If you take away the home and food, there’s nothing left but a complete collapse of an ecosystem.” The 8,000-year-old sea-grass meadows also stored carbon dioxide; when they died, they released up to the equivalent of what two coal-fired power plants or 1.6 million cars emit into the atmosphere each year. Video by George Steinmetz for The New York Times.
    8.
    ‘You Never Beat The White House’
    April 1989

    After Jim Baker gave his boisterous address to the I.P.C.C. working group at the State Department, he received a visit from John Sununu, Bush’s chief of staff. Leave the science to the scientists, Sununu told Baker. Stay clear of this greenhouse-effect nonsense. You don’t know what you’re talking about.

    Baker, who had served as Reagan’s chief of staff, didn’t speak about the subject again. He later told the White House that he was recusing himself from energy-policy issues, on account of his previous career as a Houston oil-and-gas lawyer.

    Sununu, an enthusiastic contrarian, delighted in defying any lazy characterizations of himself. His father was a Lebanese exporter from Boston, and his mother was a Salvadoran of Greek ancestry; he was born in Havana. In his three terms as governor of New Hampshire, he had come, in the epithets of national political columnists, to embody Yankee conservatism: pragmatic, business-friendly, technocratic, “no-nonsense.” He had fought angrily against local environmentalists to open a nuclear power plant, but he had also signed the nation’s first acid-rain legislation and lobbied Reagan directly for a reduction of sulfur-dioxide pollution by 50 percent, the target sought by the Audubon Society. He was perceived as more conservative than the president, a budget hawk who had turned a $44 million state deficit into a surplus without raising taxes, and openly insulted Republican politicians and the president of the U.S. Chamber of Commerce when they drifted, however tentatively, from his anti-tax doctrinairism. Yet he increased spending on mental health care and public-land preservation in New Hampshire, and in the White House he would help negotiate a tax increase and secure the Supreme Court nomination of David Souter.

    Bush had chosen Sununu for his political instincts — he was credited with having won Bush the New Hampshire primary, after Bush came in third in Iowa, all but securing him the nomination. But despite his reputation as a political wolf, he still thought of himself as a scientist — an “old engineer,” as he was fond of putting it, having earned a Ph.D. in mechanical engineering from M.I.T. decades earlier. He lacked the reflexive deference that so many of his political generation reserved for the class of elite government scientists. Since World War II, he believed, conspiratorial forces had used the imprimatur of scientific knowledge to advance an “anti-growth” doctrine. He reserved particular disdain for Paul Ehrlich’s “The Population Bomb,” which prophesied that hundreds of millions of people would starve to death if the world took no step to curb population growth; the Club of Rome, an organization of European scientists, heads of state and economists, which similarly warned that the world would run out of natural resources; and as recently as the mid-’70s, the hypothesis advanced by some of the nation’s most celebrated scientists — including Carl Sagan, Stephen Schneider and Ichtiaque Rasool — that a new ice age was dawning, thanks to the proliferation of man-made aerosols. All were theories of questionable scientific merit, portending vast, authoritarian remedies to halt economic progress.

    Sununu had suspected that the greenhouse effect belonged to this nefarious cabal since 1975, when the anthropologist Margaret Mead convened a symposium on the subject at the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences. “Unless the peoples of the world can begin to understand the immense and long-term consequences of what appear to be small immediate choices,” Mead wrote, “the whole planet may become endangered.” Her conclusions were stark, immediate and absent the caveats that hobbled the scientific literature. Or as Sununu saw it, she showed her hand: “Never before have the governing bodies of the world been faced with decisions so far-reaching,” Mead wrote. “It is inevitable that there will be a clash between those concerned with immediate problems and those who concern themselves with long-term consequences.” When Mead talked about “far-reaching” decisions and “long-term consequences,” Sununu heard the marching of jackboots.

    In April, the director of the O.M.B., Richard Darman, a close ally of Sununu’s, mentioned that the NASA scientist James Hansen, who had forced the issue of global warming onto the national agenda the previous summer, was going to testify again — this time at a hearing called by Al Gore. Darman had the testimony and described it. Sununu was appalled: Hansen’s language seemed extreme, based on scientific arguments that he considered, as he later put it, like “technical garbage.”

    While Sununu and Darman reviewed Hansen’s statements, the E.P.A. administrator, William K. Reilly, took a new proposal to the White House. The next meeting of the I.P.C.C.’s working group was scheduled for Geneva the following month, in May; it was the perfect occasion, Reilly argued, to take a stronger stand on climate change. Bush should demand a global treaty to reduce carbon emissions.

    Sununu disagreed. It would be foolish, he said, to let the nation stumble into a binding agreement on questionable scientific merits, especially as it would compel some unknown quantity of economic pain. They went back and forth. Reilly didn’t want to cede leadership on the issue to the European powers; after all, the first high-level diplomatic meeting on climate change, to which Reilly was invited, would take place just a few months later in the Netherlands. Statements of caution would make the “environmental president” look like a hypocrite and hurt the United States’ leverage in a negotiation. But Sununu wouldn’t budge. He ordered the American delegates not to make any commitment in Geneva. Very soon after that, someone leaked the exchange to the press.

    Sununu, blaming Reilly, was furious. When accounts of his argument with Reilly appeared in The Los Angeles Times and The Washington Post ahead of the Geneva I.P.C.C. meeting, they made the White House look as if it didn’t know what it was doing.

    A deputy of Jim Baker pulled Reilly aside. He said he had a message from Baker, who had observed Reilly’s infighting with Sununu. “In the long run,” the deputy warned Reilly, “you never beat the White House.”
    9.
    ‘A Form of Science Fraud’
    May 1989

    In the first week of May 1989, when Hansen received his proposed testimony back from the O.M.B., it was disfigured by deletions and, more incredible, additions. Gore had called the hearing to increase the pressure on Bush to sign major climate legislation; Hansen had wanted to use the occasion to clarify one major point that, in the hubbub following the 1988 hearing, had been misunderstood. Global warming would not only cause more heat waves and droughts like those of the previous summer but would also lead to more extreme rain events. This was crucial — he didn’t want the public to conclude, the next time there was a mild summer, that global warming wasn’t real.

    But the edited text was a mess. For a couple of days, Hansen played along, accepting the more innocuous edits. But he couldn’t accept some of the howlers proposed by the O.M.B. With the hearing only two days away, he gave up. He told NASA’s congressional liaison to stop fighting. Let the White House have its way, he said.

    But Hansen would have his way, too. As soon as he hung up, he drafted a letter to Gore. He explained that the O.M.B. wanted him to demote his own scientific findings to “estimates” from models that were “evolving” and unreliable. His anonymous censor wanted him to say that the causes of global warming were “scientifically unknown” and might be attributable to “natural processes,” caveats that would not only render his testimony meaningless but make him sound like a moron. The most bizarre addition, however, was a statement of a different kind. He was asked to argue that Congress should only pass climate legislation that immediately benefited the economy, “independent of concerns about an increasing greenhouse effect” — a sentence that no scientist would ever utter, unless perhaps he were employed by the American Petroleum Institute. Hansen faxed his letter to Gore and left the office.

    When he arrived home, Anniek told him Gore had called. Would it be all right, Gore asked when Hansen spoke with him, if I tell a couple of reporters about this?

    The New York Times’s Philip Shabecoff called the next morning. “I should be allowed to say what is my scientific position,” Hansen told him. “I can understand changing policy, but not science.”

    On Monday, May 8, the morning of the hearing, he left early for his flight to Washington and did not see the newspaper until he arrived at Dirksen, where Gore showed it to him. The front-page headline read: “Scientist Says Budget Office Altered His Testimony.” They agreed that Hansen would give his testimony as planned, after which Gore would ask about the passages that the O.M.B. had rewritten.

    Gore stopped at the door. “We better go separately,” he said. “Otherwise they’ll be able to get both of us with one hand grenade.”

    In the crowded hearing room, the cameras fixed on Hansen. He held his statement in one hand and a single Christmas tree bulb in the other — a prop to help explain, however shakily, that the warming already created by fossil-fuel combustion was equivalent to placing a Christmas light over every square meter of Earth’s surface. After Hansen read his sanitized testimony, Gore pounced. He was puzzled by inconsistencies in the distinguished scientist’s presentation, he said in a tone thick with mock confusion. “Why do you directly contradict yourself?”

    Hansen explained that he had not written those contradictory statements. “The Bush administration is acting as if it is scared of the truth,” Gore said. “If they forced you to change a scientific conclusion, it is a form of science fraud.”

    Another government scientist testifying at the hearing, Jerry Mahlman from NOAA, acknowledged that the White House had previously tried to change his conclusions too. Mahlman had managed to deflect the worst of it, however — “objectionable and also unscientific” recommendations, he said, that would have been “severely embarrassing to me in the face of my scientific colleagues.”

    Gore called it “an outrage of the first order of magnitude.” The 1988 hearing had created a hero out of Jim Hansen. Now Gore had a real villain, one far more treacherous than Fred Koomanoff — a nameless censor in the White House, hiding behind O.M.B. letterhead.

    The cameras followed Hansen and Gore into the marbled hallway. Hansen insisted that he wanted to focus on the science. Gore focused on the politics. “I think they’re scared of the truth,” he said. “They’re scared that Hansen and the other scientists are right and that some dramatic policy changes are going to be needed, and they don’t want to face up to it.”
    10.
    The White House Effect
    Fall 1989

    The censorship did more to publicize Hansen’s testimony and the dangers of global warming than anything he could have possibly said. At the White House briefing later that morning, Press Secretary Marlin Fitzwater admitted that Hansen’s statement had been changed. He blamed an official “five levels down from the top” and promised that there would be no retaliation. Hansen, he added, was “an outstanding and distinguished scientist” and was “doing a great job.”

    The Los Angeles Times called the censorship “an outrageous assault.” The Chicago Tribune said it was the beginning of “a cold war on global warming,” and The New York Times warned that the White House’s “heavy-handed intervention sends the signal that Washington wants to go slow on addressing the greenhouse problem.”

    The day after the hearing, Gore received an unannounced visit from the O.M.B. director, Richard Darman. He came alone, without aides. He said he wanted to apologize to Gore in person. He was sorry, and he wanted Gore to know it; the O.M.B. would not try to censor anyone again. Gore, stunned, thanked Darman. Something about his apology — the effusiveness, the mortified tone or perhaps the fact that he had come by himself, as if in secret — left Gore with the impression that the idea to censor Hansen didn’t come from someone five levels down from the top, or even below Darman. It had come from someone above Darman.
    John Sununu with President George H.W. Bush in the Oval Office in 1989. Doug Mills/Associated Press

    Darman went to see Sununu. He didn’t like being accused of censoring scientists. They needed to issue some kind of response. Sununu called Reilly to ask if he had any ideas. We could start, Reilly said, by recommitting to a global climate treaty. The United States was the only Western nation on record as opposing negotiations.

    Sununu sent a telegram to Geneva endorsing a plan “to develop full international consensus on necessary steps to prepare for a formal treaty-negotiating process. The scope and importance of this issue are so great that it is essential for the U.S. to exercise leadership.” He proposed an international workshop to improve the accuracy of the science and calculate the economic costs of emissions reductions. Sununu signed the telegram himself. A day later, the president pledged to host a climate workshop at the White House. Rafe Pomerance was unconvinced, telling the press that this belated effort to save face was a “waffle” that fell short of real action: “We should be able to complete a treaty by the end of 1990,” he said, “not be starting one.” But the general response from the press was relief and praise.

    Still, Sununu seethed at any mention of the subject. He had taken it upon himself to study more deeply the greenhouse effect; he would have a rudimentary, one-dimensional general circulation model installed on his personal desktop computer. He decided that the models promoted by Jim Hansen were a lot of bunk. They were horribly imprecise in scale and underestimated the ocean’s ability to mitigate warming. Sununu complained about Hansen to D. Allan Bromley, a nuclear physicist from Yale who, at Sununu’s recommendation, was named Bush’s science adviser. Hansen’s findings were “technical poppycock” that didn’t begin to justify such wild-eyed pronouncements that “the greenhouse effect is here” or that the 1988 heat waves could be attributed to global warming, let alone serve as the basis for national economic policy.

    When a junior staff member in the Energy Department, in a meeting at the White House with Sununu and Reilly, mentioned an initiative to reduce fossil-fuel use, Sununu interrupted her. “Why in the world would you need to reduce fossil-fuel use?” he asked. “Because of climate change,” the young woman replied.

    “I don’t want anyone in this administration without a scientific background using ‘climate change’ or ‘global warming’ ever again,” he said. “If you don’t have a technical basis for policy, don’t run around making decisions on the basis of newspaper headlines.” After the meeting, Reilly caught up to the staff member in the hallway. She was shaken. Don’t take it personally, Reilly told her. Sununu might have been looking at you, but that was directed at me.

    Relations between Sununu and Reilly became openly adversarial. Reilly, Sununu thought, was a creature of the environmental lobby. He was trying to impress his friends at the E.P.A. without having a basic grasp of the science himself. Most unforgivable of all was what Sununu saw as Reilly’s propensity to leak to the press. Whenever Reilly sent the White House names of candidates he wanted to hire for openings at the E.P.A., Sununu vetoed them. When it came time for the high-level diplomatic meeting in November, a gathering of environmental ministers in the Netherlands, Sununu didn’t trust Reilly to negotiate on behalf of the White House. So he sent Allan Bromley to accompany him.

    Reilly, for his part, didn’t entirely blame Sununu for Bush’s indecision on the prospect of a climate treaty. The president had never taken a vigorous interest in global warming and was mainly briefed about it by nonscientists. Bush had brought up the subject on the campaign trail, in his speech about the White House effect, after leafing through a briefing booklet for a new issue that might generate some positive press. When Reilly tried in person to persuade him to take action, Bush deferred to Sununu and Baker. Why don’t the three of you work it out, he said. Let me know when you decide. But by the time Reilly got to the Noordwijk Ministerial Conference in the Netherlands, he suspected that it was already too late.
    Bangladesh in September 2017 Extreme Monsoons Threaten Homes
    Last year’s monsoons, which typically run from June through September, were the worst in 40 years, and more than eight million Bangladeshis were affected by the devastation. At least 145 people died, an estimated 307,000 people were forced into emergency shelters, 700,000 homes were damaged or destroyed and about a third of Bangladesh was submerged. Areas along the Bay of Bengal, long prone to chronic flooding, have become increasingly uninhabitable. Scientists believe that a sharp rise in the bay’s surface temperature is why Bangladesh has suffered some of the fastest sea-level rises in the world. Some project a five-foot rise by 2100, which could displace 50 million people. Video by George Steinmetz for The New York Times.
    11.
    ‘The Skunks at The Garden Party’
    November 1989

    Rafe Pomerance awoke at sunlight and stole out of his hotel, making for the flagpoles. It was nearly freezing — Nov. 6, 1989, on the coast of the North Sea in the Dutch resort town of Noordwijk — but the wind had yet to rise and the photographer was waiting. More than 60 flags lined the strand between the hotel and the beach, one for each nation in attendance at the first major diplomatic meeting on global warming. The delegations would review the progress made by the I.P.C.C. and decide whether to endorse a framework for a global treaty. There was a general sense among the delegates that they would, at minimum, agree to the target proposed by the host, the Dutch environmental minister, more modest than the Toronto number: a freezing of greenhouse-gas emissions at 1990 levels by 2000. Some believed that if the meeting was a success, it would encourage the I.P.C.C. to accelerate its negotiations and reach a decision about a treaty sooner. But at the very least, the world’s environmental ministers should sign a statement endorsing a hard, binding target of emissions reductions. The mood among the delegates was electric, nearly giddy — after more than a decade of fruitless international meetings, they could finally sign an agreement that meant something.

    Pomerance had not been among the 400 delegates invited to Noordwijk. But together with three young activists — Daniel Becker of the Sierra Club, Alden Meyer of the Union of Concerned Scientists and Stewart Boyle from Friends of the Earth — he had formed his own impromptu delegation. Their constituency, they liked to say, was the climate itself. Their mission was to pressure the delegates to include in the final conference statement, which would be used as the basis for a global treaty, the target proposed in Toronto: a 20 percent reduction of greenhouse-gas combustion by 2005. It was the only measure that mattered, the amount of emissions reductions, and the Toronto number was the strongest global target yet proposed.

    The activists booked their own travel and doubled up in rooms at a beat-up motel down the beach. They managed to secure all-access credentials from the Dutch environmental ministry’s press secretary. He was inclined to be sympathetic toward the activists because it had been rumored that Allan Bromley, one of the United States’ lead delegates, would try to persuade the delegates from Japan and the Soviet Union to join him in resisting the idea of a binding agreement, despite the fact that Bush had again claimed just earlier that week that the United States would “play a leadership role in global warming.” The Dutch were especially concerned about this development, as even a minor rise in sea level would swamp much of their nation.

    The activists planned to stage a stunt each day to embarrass Bromley and galvanize support for a hard treaty. The first took place at the flagpoles, where they met a photographer from Agence France-Presse at dawn. Performing for the photographer, Boyle and Becker lowered the Japanese, Soviet and American flags to half-staff. Becker gave a reporter an outraged statement, accusing the three nations of conspiring to block the one action necessary to save the planet. The article appeared on front pages across Europe.

    On the second day, Pomerance and Becker met an official from Kiribati, an island nation of 33 atolls in the middle of the Pacific Ocean about halfway between Hawaii and Australia. They asked if he was Kiribati’s environmental minister.

    Kiribati is a very small place, the man said. I do everything. I’m the environmental minister. I’m the science minister. I’m everything. If the sea rises, he said, my entire nation will be underwater.

    Pomerance and Becker exchanged a look. “If we set up a news conference,” Pomerance asked, “will you tell them what you just told us?”

    Within minutes, they had assembled a couple dozen journalists.

    There is no place on Kiribati taller than my head, began the minister, who seemed barely more than five feet tall. So when we talk about one-foot sea-level rise, that means the water is up to my shin.

    He pointed to his shin.

    Two feet, he said, that’s my thigh.

    He pointed to his thigh.

    Three feet, that’s my waist.

    He pointed to his waist.

    Am I making myself clear?

    Pomerance and Becker were ecstatic. The minister came over to them. Is that what you had in mind? he asked.

    It was a good start, and necessary too — Pomerance had the sinking feeling that the momentum of the previous year was beginning to flag. The censoring of Hansen’s testimony and the inexplicably strident opposition from John Sununu were ominous signs. So were the findings of a report Pomerance had commissioned, published in September by the World Resources Institute, tracking global greenhouse-gas emissions. The United States was the largest contributor by far, producing nearly a quarter of the world’s carbon emissions, and its contribution was growing faster than that of every other country. Bush’s indecision, or perhaps inattention, had already managed to delay the negotiation of a global climate treaty until 1990 at the earliest, perhaps even 1991. By then, Pomerance worried, it would be too late.

    The one meeting to which Pomerance’s atmospheric delegation could not gain admittance was the only one that mattered: the final negotiation. The scientists and I.P.C.C. staff members were asked to leave; just the environmental ministers remained. Pomerance and the other activists haunted the carpeted hallway outside the conference room, waiting and thinking. A decade earlier, Pomerance helped warn the White House of the dangers posed by fossil-fuel combustion; nine years earlier, at a fairy-tale castle on the Gulf of Mexico, he tried to persuade Congress to write climate legislation, reshape American energy policy and demand that the United States lead an international process to arrest climate change. Just one year ago, he devised the first emissions target to be proposed at a major international conference. Now, at the end of the decade, senior diplomats from all over the world were debating the merits of a binding climate treaty. Only he was powerless to participate. He could only trust, as he stared at the wall separating him from the diplomats and their muffled debate, that all his work had been enough.
    Rafe Pomerance (center) and Daniel Becker (far right) at the Noordwijk meeting in 1989. From Daniel Becker

    The meeting began in the morning and continued into the night, much longer than expected; most of the delegates had come to the conference ready to sign the Dutch proposal. Each time the doors opened and a minister headed to the bathroom at the other end of the hall, the activists leapt up, asking for an update. The ministers maintained a studied silence, but as the negotiations went past midnight, their aggravation was recorded in their stricken faces and opened collars.

    “What’s happening?” Becker shouted, for the hundredth time, as the Swedish minister surfaced.

    “Your government,” the minister said, “is fucking this thing up!”

    When the beaten delegates finally emerged from the conference room, Becker and Pomerance learned what happened. Bromley, at the urging of John Sununu and with the acquiescence of Britain, Japan and the Soviet Union, had forced the conference to abandon the commitment to freeze emissions. The final statement noted only that “many” nations supported stabilizing emissions — but did not indicate which nations or at what emissions level. And with that, a decade of excruciating, painful, exhilarating progress turned to air.

    The environmentalists spent the morning giving interviews and writing news releases. “You must conclude the conference is a failure,” Becker said, calling the dissenting nations “the skunks at the garden party.” Greenpeace called it a “disaster.” Timothy Wirth, in Washington, said the outcome was proof that the United States was “not a leader but a delinquent partner.”

    Pomerance tried to be more diplomatic. “The president made a commitment to the American people to deal with global warming,” he told The Washington Post, “and he hasn’t followed it up.” He didn’t want to sound defeated. “There are some good building blocks here,” Pomerance said, and he meant it. The Montreal Protocol on CFCs wasn’t perfect at first, either — it had huge loopholes and weak restrictions. Once in place, however, the restrictions could be tightened. Perhaps the same could happen with climate change. Perhaps. Pomerance was not one for pessimism. As William Reilly told reporters, dutifully defending the official position forced upon him, it was the first time that the United States had formally endorsed the concept of an emissions limit. Pomerance wanted to believe that this was progress.

    Before leaving the Netherlands, he joined the other activists for a final round of drinks and commiseration. He would have to return to Washington the next day and start all over again. The I.P.C.C.’s next policy-group meeting would take place in Edinburgh in two months, and there was concern that the Noordwijk failure might influence the group members into lowering their expectations for a treaty. But Pomerance refused to be dejected — there was no point to it. His companions, though more openly disappointed, shared his determination. One of them, Daniel Becker, had just found out that his wife was pregnant with their first child.

    She had traveled with Becker to the Netherlands to visit friends before the conference started. One day, their hosts took them on a day trip to Zeeland, a southwestern province where three rivers emptied into the sea. All week in Noordwijk, Becker couldn’t stop talking about what he had seen in Zeeland. After a flood in 1953, when the sea swallowed much of the region, killing more than 2,000 people, the Dutch began to build the Delta Works, a vast concrete-and-steel fortress of movable barriers, dams and sluice gates — a masterpiece of human engineering. The whole system could be locked into place within 90 minutes, defending the land against storm surge. It reduced the country’s exposure to the sea by 700 kilometers, Becker explained. The United States coastline was about 153,000 kilometers long. How long, he asked, was the entire terrestrial coastline? Because the whole world was going to need this. In Zeeland, he said, he had seen the future.
    Epilogue

    Ken Caldeira, a climate scientist at the Carnegie Institution for Science in Stanford, Calif., has a habit of asking new graduate students to name the largest fundamental breakthrough in climate physics since 1979. It’s a trick question. There has been no breakthrough. As with any mature scientific discipline, there is only refinement. The computer models grow more precise; the regional analyses sharpen; estimates solidify into observational data. Where there have been inaccuracies, they have tended to be in the direction of understatement. Caldeira and a colleague recently published a paper in Nature finding that the world is warming more quickly than most climate models predict. The toughest emissions reductions now being proposed, even by the most committed nations, will probably fail to achieve “any given global temperature stabilization target.”

    More carbon has been released into the atmosphere since the final day of the Noordwijk conference, Nov. 7, 1989, than in the entire history of civilization preceding it. In 1990, humankind burned more than 20 billion metric tons of carbon dioxide. By 2017, the figure had risen to 32.5 billion metric tons, a record. Despite every action taken since the Charney report — the billions of dollars invested in research, the nonbinding treaties, the investments in renewable energy — the only number that counts, the total quantity of global greenhouse gas emitted per year, has continued its inexorable rise.

    Like the scientific story, the political story hasn’t changed greatly, except in its particulars. Even some of the nations that pushed hardest for climate policy have failed to honor their own commitments. When it comes to our own nation, which has failed to make any binding commitments whatsoever, the dominant narrative for the last quarter century has concerned the efforts of the fossil-fuel industries to suppress science, confuse public knowledge and bribe politicians.

    The mustache-twirling depravity of these campaigns has left the impression that the oil-and-gas industry always operated thus; while the Exxon scientists and American Petroleum Institute clerics of the ’70s and ’80s were hardly good Samaritans, they did not start multimillion-dollar disinformation campaigns, pay scientists to distort the truth or try to brainwash children in elementary schools, as their successors would. It was James Hansen’s testimony before Congress in 1988 that, for the first time since the “Changing Climate” report, made oil-and-gas executives begin to consider the issue’s potential to hurt their profits. Exxon, as ever, led the field. Six weeks after Hansen’s testimony, Exxon’s manager of science and strategy development, Duane LeVine, prepared an internal strategy paper urging the company to “emphasize the uncertainty in scientific conclusions.” This shortly became the default position of the entire sector. LeVine, it so happened, served as chairman of the global petroleum industry’s Working Group on Global Climate Change, created the same year, which adopted Exxon’s position as its own.

    The American Petroleum Institute, after holding a series of internal briefings on the subject in the fall and winter of 1988, including one for the chief executives of the dozen or so largest oil companies, took a similar, if slightly more diplomatic, line. It set aside money for carbon-dioxide policy — about $100,000, a fraction of the millions it was spending on the health effects of benzene, but enough to establish a lobbying organization called, in an admirable flourish of newspeak, the Global Climate Coalition. It was joined by the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and 14 other trade associations, including those representing the coal, electric-grid and automobile industries. The G.C.C. was conceived as a reactive body, to share news of any proposed regulations, but on a whim, it added a press campaign, to be coordinated mainly by the A.P.I. It gave briefings to politicians known to be friendly to the industry and approached scientists who professed skepticism about global warming. The A.P.I.’s payment for an original op-ed was $2,000.

    The chance to enact meaningful measures to prevent climate change was vanishing, but the industry had just begun. In October 1989, scientists allied with the G.C.C. began to be quoted in national publications, giving an issue that lacked controversy a convenient fulcrum. “Many respected scientists say the available evidence doesn’t warrant the doomsday warnings,” was the caveat that began to appear in articles on climate change.

    Cheap and useful, G.C.C.-like groups started to proliferate, but it was not until international negotiations in preparation for the 1992 Rio Earth Summit began that investments in persuasion peddling rose to the level of a line item. At Rio, George H.W. Bush refused to commit to specific emissions reductions. The following year, when President Bill Clinton proposed an energy tax in the hope of meeting the goals of the Rio treaty, the A.P.I. invested $1.8 million in a G.C.C. disinformation campaign. Senate Democrats from oil-and-coal states joined Republicans to defeat the tax proposal, which later contributed to the Republicans’ rout of Democrats in the midterm congressional elections in 1994 — the first time the Republican Party had won control of both houses in 40 years. The G.C.C. spent $13 million on a single ad campaign intended to weaken support for the 1997 Kyoto Protocol, which committed its parties to reducing greenhouse-gas emissions by 5 percent relative to 1990 levels. The Senate, which would have had to ratify the agreement, took a pre-emptive vote declaring its opposition; the resolution passed 95-0. There has never been another serious effort to negotiate a binding global climate treaty.

    The G.C.C. disbanded in 2002 after the defection of various members who were embarrassed by its tactics. But Exxon (now Exxon Mobil) continued its disinformation campaign for another half decade. This has made the corporation an especially vulnerable target for the wave of compensatory litigation that began in earnest in the last three years and may last a generation. Tort lawsuits have become possible only in recent years, as scientists have begun more precisely to attribute regional effects to global emission levels. This is one subfield of climate science that has advanced significantly since 1979 — the assignment of blame.

    A major lawsuit has targeted the federal government. A consortium of 21 American children and young adults — one of whom, Sophie Kivlehan of Allentown, Pa., is Jim Hansen’s granddaughter — claims that the government, by “creating a national energy system that causes climate change,” has violated its duty to protect the natural resources to which all Americans are entitled.

    In 2015, after reports by the website InsideClimate News and The Los Angeles Times documented the climate studies performed by Exxon for decades, the attorneys general of Massachusetts and New York began fraud investigations. The Securities and Exchange Commission separately started to investigate whether Exxon Mobil’s valuation depended on the burning of all its known oil-and-gas reserves. (Exxon Mobil has denied any wrongdoing and stands by its valuation method.)

    The rallying cry of this multipronged legal effort is “Exxon Knew.” It is incontrovertibly true that senior employees at the company that would later become Exxon, like those at most other major oil-and-gas corporations, knew about the dangers of climate change as early as the 1950s. But the automobile industry knew, too, and began conducting its own research by the early 1980s, as did the major trade groups representing the electrical grid. They all own responsibility for our current paralysis and have made it more painful than necessary. But they haven’t done it alone.

    The United States government knew. Roger Revelle began serving as a Kennedy administration adviser in 1961, five years after establishing the Mauna Loa carbon-dioxide program, and every president since has debated the merits of acting on climate policy. Carter had the Charney report, Reagan had “Changing Climate” and Bush had the censored testimony of James Hansen and his own public vow to solve the problem. Congress has been holding hearings for 40 years; the intelligence community has been tracking the crisis even longer.

    Everybody knew. In 1958, on prime-time television, “The Bell Science Hour” — one of the most popular educational film series in American history — aired “The Unchained Goddess,” a film about meteorological wonders, produced by Frank Capra, a dozen years removed from “It’s a Wonderful Life,” warning that “man may be unwittingly changing the world’s climate” through the release of carbon dioxide. “A few degrees’ rise in the Earth’s temperature would melt the polar ice caps,” says the film’s kindly host, the bespectacled Dr. Research. “An inland sea would fill a good portion of the Mississippi Valley. Tourists in glass-bottomed boats would be viewing the drowned towers of Miami through 150 feet of tropical water.” Capra’s film was shown in science classes for decades.

    Everyone knew — and we all still know. We know that the transformations of our planet, which will come gradually and suddenly, will reconfigure the political world order. We know that if we don’t act to reduce emissions, we risk the collapse of civilization. We also know that, without a gargantuan intervention, whatever happens will be worse for our children, worse yet for their children and even worse still for their children’s children, whose lives, our actions have demonstrated, mean nothing to us.

    Could it have been any other way? In the late 1970s, a small group of philosophers, economists and political scientists began to debate, largely among themselves, whether a human solution to this human problem was even possible. They did not trouble themselves about the details of warming, taking the worst-case scenario as a given. They asked instead whether humankind, when presented with this particular existential crisis, was willing to prevent it. We worry about the future. But how much, exactly?

    The answer, as any economist could tell you, is very little. Economics, the science of assigning value to human behavior, prices the future at a discount; the farther out you project, the cheaper the consequences. This makes the climate problem the perfect economic disaster. The Yale economist William D. Nordhaus, a member of Jimmy Carter’s Council of Economic Advisers, argued in the 1970s that the most appropriate remedy was a global carbon tax. But that required an international agreement, which Nordhaus didn’t think was likely. Michael Glantz, a political scientist who was at the National Center for Atmospheric Research at the time, argued in 1979 that democratic societies are constitutionally incapable of dealing with the climate problem. The competition for resources means that no single crisis can ever command the public interest for long, yet climate change requires sustained, disciplined efforts over decades. And the German physicist-philosopher Klaus Meyer-Abich argued that any global agreement would inevitably favor the most minimal action. Adaptation, Meyer-Abich concluded, “seems to be the most rational political option.” It is the option that we have pursued, consciously or not, ever since.

    These theories share a common principle: that human beings, whether in global organizations, democracies, industries, political parties or as individuals, are incapable of sacrificing present convenience to forestall a penalty imposed on future generations. When I asked John Sununu about his part in this history — whether he considered himself personally responsible for killing the best chance at an effective global-warming treaty — his response echoed Meyer-Abich. “It couldn’t have happened,” he told me, “because, frankly, the leaders in the world at that time were at a stage where they were all looking how to seem like they were supporting the policy without having to make hard commitments that would cost their nations serious resources.” He added, “Frankly, that’s about where we are today.”

    If human beings really were able to take the long view — to consider seriously the fate of civilization decades or centuries after our deaths — we would be forced to grapple with the transience of all we know and love in the great sweep of time. So we have trained ourselves, whether culturally or evolutionarily, to obsess over the present, worry about the medium term and cast the long term out of our minds, as we might spit out a poison.
    Rafe Pomerance with some of his family. Ryan Pfluger for The New York Times

    Like most human questions, the carbon-dioxide question will come down to fear. At some point, the fears of young people will overwhelm the fears of the old. Some time after that, the young will amass enough power to act. It will be too late to avoid some catastrophes, but perhaps not others. Humankind is nothing if not optimistic, even to the point of blindness. We are also an adaptable species. That will help.

    The distant perils of climate change are no longer very distant, however. Many have already begun to occur. We are capable of good works, altruism and wisdom, and a growing number of people have devoted their lives to helping civilization avoid the worst. We have a solution in hand: carbon taxes, increased investment in renewable and nuclear energy and decarbonization technology. As Jim Hansen told me, “From a technology and economics standpoint, it is still readily possible to stay under two degrees Celsius.” We can trust the technology and the economics. It’s harder to trust human nature. Keeping the planet to two degrees of warming, let alone 1.5 degrees, would require transformative action. It will take more than good works and voluntary commitments; it will take a revolution. But in order to become a revolutionary, you need first to suffer.

    Hansen’s most recent paper, published last year, announced that Earth is now as warm as it was before the last ice age, 115,000 years ago, when the seas were more than six meters higher than they are today. He and his team have concluded that the only way to avoid dangerous levels of warming is to bend the emissions arc below the x-axis. We must, in other words, find our way to “negative emissions,” extracting more carbon dioxide from the air than we contribute to it. If emissions, by miracle, do rapidly decline, most of the necessary carbon absorption could be handled by replanting forests and improving agricultural practices. If not, “massive technological CO₂ extraction,” using some combination of technologies as yet unperfected or uninvented, will be required. Hansen estimates that this will incur costs of $89 trillion to $535 trillion this century, and may even be impossible at the necessary scale. He is not optimistic.
    Jim Hansen with his wife, Anniek, and one of their granddaughters, Sophie Kivlehan. Ryan Pfluger for The New York Times

    Like Hansen, Rafe Pomerance is close to his granddaughter. When he feels low, he wears a bracelet she made for him. He finds it difficult to explain the future to her. During the Clinton administration, Pomerance worked on environmental issues for the State Department; he is now a consultant for Rethink Energy Florida, which hopes to alert the state to the threat of rising seas, and the chairman of Arctic 21, a network of scientists and research organizations that hope “to communicate the ongoing unraveling of the Arctic.” Every two months, he has lunch with fellow veterans of the climate wars — E.P.A. officials, congressional staff members and colleagues from the World Resources Institute. They bemoan the lost opportunities, the false starts, the strategic blunders. But they also remember their achievements. In a single decade, they turned a crisis that was studied by no more than several dozen scientists into the subject of Senate hearings, front-page headlines and the largest diplomatic negotiation in world history. They helped summon into being the world’s climate watchdog, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, and initiated the negotiations for a treaty signed by nearly all of the world’s nations.

    It is true that much of the damage that might have been avoided is now inevitable. And Pomerance is not the romantic he once was. But he still believes that it might not be too late to preserve some semblance of the world as we know it. Human nature has brought us to this place; perhaps human nature will one day bring us through. Rational argument has failed in a rout. Let irrational optimism have a turn. It is also human nature, after all, to hope.
    Correction August 2, 2018

    An earlier version of this article misstated the type of solar panels installed by President Jimmy Carter on the White House roof. They were solar-thermal panels, not photovoltaic panels.
    Correction August 7, 2018

    An earlier version of this article misstated the number of acres that burned in Yellowstone National Park in 1988. Yellowstone lost 793,880 acres, not four million.

    #climat